ML20217M049: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot change)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 1: Line 1:
#REDIRECT [[IR 05000354/1998003]]
{{Adams
| number = ML20217M049
| issue date = 04/28/1998
| title = NRC Operator Licensing Exam Rept 50-354/98-03OL,(including Completed & Graded Tests) for Tests Administered on 980223-0304
| author name =
| author affiliation = NRC OFFICE OF INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT (IE REGION I)
| addressee name =
| addressee affiliation =
| docket = 05000354
| license number =
| contact person =
| document report number = 50-354-98-03OL, 50-354-98-3OL, NUDOCS 9805040395
| package number = ML20217L976
| document type = EXAMINATION REPORT, TEXT-INSPECTION & AUDIT & I&E CIRCULARS
| page count = 137
}}
See also: [[see also::IR 05000354/1998003]]
 
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:*
    .
  ...
    .
I
j                          U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION
i
i-
                                              REGION I
        Docket No:              50-354
L
        License Nos:            NPF-57
        Report No.              50-354/98-03(OL)
l
        Licensee:                Public Service Electric and Gas Company
I
.
        Facility:                Hope Creek Generating Station
l      Location:                P.O. Box 236
                                Hancocks Bridge, New Jersey 08038
        Examination Period:      February 23,1998 - March 4,1998 (onsite)
                                March 4 - March 12,1998 (inoffice)
        Chief Examiner:          D. Florek, Senior Operations Engineer
        Examiners:              J. Caruso, Operations Engineer
                                T. Fish, Operations Engineer
        Approved by:            R. Conte, Chief, Operator Licensing
                                  and Human Performance Branch
                                Division of Reactor Safety
                                                                          l
                                                                          l
                                                                          :
,
          9805040395 990428
          PDR    ADOCK 05000354                                          l
                                                                          '
          V                PDR
                                                                          i
 
                                                                                                *
                                                                                                  .
                                                                                                    .
                                                                                                ,.
                                      EXECUTIVE SUMMARY -
                            Examination Report 50-354/98-03(OL)
  Initial exams were administered to six senior reactor operator (SRO) instant applicants and
  five reactor operator (RO) applicants during the period of February 23 - March 2,1998, at
  the Hope Creek Generating Station.
  OPERATIONS
  PSE&G staff submit initially an inadequate examination to administer to applicants for an .
  operator's license. A good majority of the test items of each portion of the examination
  required replacement or significant modifications. Significant interactions between the
  NRC and PSE&G and an exam postponement for two weeks were required to develop an
  exam that was consistent with the NRC Examiner Standards.-
  Also, there was insufficient controls, criteria, or data recorded in the controlling documents
  as evidence that the required control manipulations were significant and were properly
  credited. Because of this, not all of the applicants performed five significant control
  manipulations which had to be redone. This area is unresolved item pending further
  enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5)(50-354/98-
  03-01).
1
                                                  ii
 
  c
  .,--
                                                Report Details
        05    Operator Training and Qualifications
        05.1 Operator Initial Exams
        a.    Scope
              The NRC examiners administered initial exams to five RO and six SRO instant
              applicants in accordance with NUREG-1021," Examiner Standards," Interim
              Revision 8. The exams were prepared by PSE&G staff and were approved by the
              NRC.- PSE&G staff administered and graded the written exam. The NRC
              administered the operating exam.
        b.    Observations and Findinos
                                                                                                        -
              The Hope Creek exam was initially scheduled for the week of February 9,1998, but
              due to the inadequate submittal by PSE&G, the exam was delayed and rescheduled
              for the week of February 23,1998. The PSE&G staff involved with the
              development of these exams signed security agreements to ensure the integrity of
              the initial exam process.
              The PSE&G staff submitted their proposed sample plan on December 9,1997,
              . which was later than requested in the NRC letter dated November 19,1997. The
              sample plan was generally acceptable. Because of the reduced time for review, the
              NRC Chief examiner made some general comments regarding low power JPMs and
              the apparent lack of technical specification assessment on the written exam. The
              Chief Examiner also informed PSE&G that because of the reduced time for review
              some comments may also result from the review of the initial proposed exams and
              these, in the final product, turned out to be minor in nature.
              The PSE&G proposed SRO and RO exams were submitted for NRC approval on
              January 5,1998. The PSE&G initial submitted exam was not adequate with
              respect to discriminating between safe and unsafe license candidates. The exam
              required significant modification to meet NRC Examiner Standards.
              PSE&G submitted a revised exam over the period January 20-22,1998. A NRC
              review of this submittal identified similar difficulties with the exam, but to a slightly
              lesser degree. Following this submittal, Region i staff discussed in detail each of
;              the specific items of the exam at the Hope Creek training center on
L              January 26-27,1998. The NRC subsequently issued a letter, dated
j.              February 2,1998 officially delaying the exam and offering PSE&G an additional
                opportunity to have the NRC administer the exam if PSE&G could submit a adequate
,
                exam by February 9,1998.
!
L                          .  . .
                PSE&G submitted their third version of the exam on February 9,1998. The NRC
                concluded that the quality, while not at the totally acceptable level, was sufficient
              to proceed with the on-site preparation activities. The PSE&G staff was able to
                revise the exam materials during this NRC on-site preparation visit to a level that        !
                allowed the exam to be administered.                                                      l
!
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                _.
 
                                                                                                ,
                                                                                                  e
                                                                                              ,.
                                                                              .
                                              2
      While the written question topic areas were generally acceptable, the difficulty.with
                                                                                            -
      the specific written question generally related to the discrimination validity of the
      question. The following summarizes the problems noted with the PSE&G written
      exam submittals (Some examples from the initial submittal are identified):                  I
                                                                                                  l
      --      Poorly written question distractors which were easily eliminated. (38,43,
              65,67)
      --      Questions with multiple correct answers. (15,55,76).
                                                                                                  !
      -      Questions with no correct answer as written. (50,75,104,110)                        i
                                                                                                  l
      --      Questions that did not correlate with the assigned K/A. (31,98,116)
      -      Awkwardly worded questions. (6,96,102)
      --      Questions stems that did not solicit the answer in the answer key. (52,59,
              90)
      -      Questions not appropriate for the license level. (56,58)
      The following summarizes the problems noted with the walkthrough portion of the
      exam submittals:
      --      Insufficient JPM coverage against the safety function specification.
      --      Insufficient JPMs to assess low power conditions.
:    -      Inadequate standards in the JPMs.
      -
              JPM and administrative questions written as simple memory or direct look up
              rather than "open reference" use.
      The simulator scenarios were deficient because they lacked sufficient depth to
      properly assess applicant performance against the required competencies, as well as
      details regarding the actions expected of the applicants. Contributing to this was
  >
      insufficient description of the scenario objectives, insufficient description of the
      specific malfunction effects, insufficient critical task specification, and improper
      completion of the forms in NUREG 1021 to assess the simulator exam.
    ' The NRC examiners administered the operating exams in the period of
      February 23-27,1998. PSE&G administered the written exam on March 2,1998.
 
e                                                                                                  l
:
                                                                                                    l
                                                  3
        By letter, dated March 6,1998, PSE&G staff identified answer key comments on
        eleven questions. A copy of the PSE&G letter is contained in Attachment 3. The
        NRC resolution of the PSE&G comments on the written exam is described in
        Attachment 4. PSE&G also graded the written exam based on answer key revisions
        consistent with their comments. The NRC regraded the written exam based on the
          NRC resolution of the facility comments.
          During the administration of the walkthrough portion of the operating' test, several      .
          items were identified that demonstrated a poor quality product in the exam. JPM          I
          initiation cues and JPM questions contained typos in significant data that confused
        the applicant and required the examiner to revise on the spot. One JPM and one
          admin question had incorrect answers in the answer key. The admin JPMs did not
          contain sufficient cues to provide to the applicant and did not contain all the
          required attachment material to determine whether the applicant's action was
          correct. These required considerable post exam interaction between the NRC
          examiners and the PSE&G staff to resolve .
    c.    Conclusions
          PSE&G staff submitted initially an inadequate exam to administer to applicants for
          an operator's license. A majority of the test items of each portion of the
          examination required replacement or significant modifications. Significant
          interactions between the NRC and PSE&G, and an exam postponement for two
          weeks, were required to develop an exam that was consistent with the NRC
          Examiner Standards.
  05.2 Sianificant Control Manipulations
    a.    Scone
          The examiner reviewed in detail the evidence of significant control manipulations        J
          performed by the applicants. These manipulations were required per 10 CFR
          55.31(a)(5). Guidance contained in information notice IN 97-67," Failure to Satisfy
                                                                                                    ]
          Requirements for Significant Manipulations of the Controls for Power Reactor
          Operator Licensing" was also used.
    b.    Observations and Findines
          PSE&G criteria and supporting documentation were not sufficient to assure that
          applicants performed five significant control manipulations as required by 10 CFR
          55.31(a)(5). The criteria of "at least one' notch for a minimum of eight rods" did not .
          assure that a manipulation was significant. This could be a very significant
          manipulation with clearly observable power changes or not significant with no
          power changes depending on the rods selected and its location and position in the
          core. In addition PSE&G did not record supporting data ( initial power level, time
          start, final power level, time end ) to demonstrate that the actual manipulation in
          Mode 1, whether it was by recirculation flow or control rods, was significant and
          that multiple credit was not provided for the manipulation.
                                                                                                    I
 
                                                                                          .-
                                                                                          ,.
                                            4
  The PSE&G control for documenting significant control manipulations was the
    " Reactivity Manipulations Documentation Guide," dated January 31,1997. The
    guide documented each manipulation with a signature and date with no additional
    specific detail provided as to what the applicant specifically performed. All the
    applicants that took this exam, performed significant control manipulations while
  the plant was in Mode 1. The PSE&G method and criteria for these manipulations
    were:
  --      Core Flow in Mode 1 - a change in reactor power, as indicated by the
          APRMs, of at least 5%.
  --      Individual Control Rod Manipulation in Mode 1 - at least one notch for a
          minimum of eight rods.
  All applicants had at least five significant control manipulations documented. Many
  of the applicants had several of the significant control manipulations performed on
  the same day. The data in the summary were not sufficient to determine if an
  applicant took multiple credit for an extended continuous power change, an issue
  identified in Information Notice 97-67. PSE&G was requested to provide additional
  data as to what was the extent of each of the significant control manipulations.
  The initial PSE&G response provided on February 4,1998 provided some data
  (control room logs and control rod pull sheets) on some of the manipulations, but
  the data was not sufficient to determine if all the control manipulations were
  significant. Additional discussions with the PSE&G staff on February 13,1998
  provided no new additional data. As a result, on February 18,1998, the NRC
  informed PSE&G that many of these manipulations were not acceptable because
  PSE&G could not provide supporting data on the extent of many of the
  manipulations and provide information that these manipulations were significant.
  On February 19,1998 PSE&G staff met in the Regional office and were able to
  provide data using reactor engineering logs, additional control rod pull sheets, which
  were not provided in earlier discussions, which allowed many of the significant
  control manipulations to be accepted. The reactor engineering logs provided data
  on power history when many of the manipulations were performed. Some of these
  significant control manipulations performed on the same day were acceptable and
,
  some were not.
l
; in the final analysis, five applicants from the February 1998 exam did not have the
  required five significant control manipulations and one applicant had seven
  acceptable significant control manipulations, but one of the submitted control
  manipulation did not meet PSE&G criteria. The problems with the applications
  were:
  -
          No supporting documentation was available to conclude that the
          manipulation resulted in an observable affect on power or that the
          manipulation was not part or a continuous power change.
 
f
                                                                                              I
                                                "
                                                                                              l
      -
              The supporting documentation indicated that the manipulation was part of a
              continuous power change and multiple credit was taken when only one
              manipulation should have been credited.
      --
              PSE&G credited partial withdrawal of control rods following a single rod
              scram test. This was not considered significant since this type of
              manipulation provided little, if any, integrated response and training value.
                                                                                              )
      -
              Credit was taken for movement of the same four rods twice when the            l
                                                                                              '
              PSE&G criteria was to move eight rods.
      The following summarizes these applicant's significant control manipulations. The
      details are contained as Attachment 5.
      Docket No.            Credited      Acceptable      Additional Required              i
                                                                                              I
      55-62176              7              2              3                                !
      55-62178              5              2              3                                I
      55-62183              5              2              3
      55-62187              5              2              3
      55-62175              5              4              1
      55-62174              9              7              0 (1 not reviewed)
      55-60813              6              4              1                                1
      Based on the concerns and findings of the NRC, the five applicants and the one
      operator performed the required additional significant control manipulations on Hope  3
      Creek on February 21,1998 by lowering or raising reactor power by at least 5% by      1
      adjusting recirculation flow.
  c.  Conclusion
      There was insufficient controls, criteria or data recorded in the controlling document
      to assure that the control manipulations were significant and were properly credited.
        Because of this, not all of the applicants performed five significant control
      manipulations which had to be redone. This area is unresolved item pending further      l
        enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5)(50-        l
        354/98-03-01).
  E.8  Review of UFSAR Commitments ,
                                                                                              i
        A recent discovery of a licensee operating their facility in a manner contrary to the  l
        updated final safety analysis report (UFSAR) description highlighted the need for a
        special focused review that compares plant practices, procedures and/or parameters
        to the UFSAR descriptions. While performing the exam activities discussed in this
        report, the examiner reviewed portions of the UFSAR that related to a control rod    ]
        withdrawal accident exam question. The selected exam question reviewed was
                                                                                              '
                                                                                              '
        consistent with the UFSAR.
                                                                                              !
 
                                                                                            'I
                                                                                          a.-
                                                6
                                    V. Manaaement Meetinas
  X1    Exit Meeting Summary
  On March 4,1998, the examiners discussed their observations of the exam process with
  members of PSE&G management. The examiners noted that no simulator fidelity concerns
  had been observed or identified. PSE&G management acknowledged the examiner.
  observations.
                      LIST OF ITEMS OPENED, CLOSED AND DISCUSSED
  NUMBER                TYPE DESCRIPTION
  50-354/98-03-01      URI  Significant control manipulations is unresolved item pending
                              further enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to
                              meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5).
                            PARTIAL LIST OF PERSONS CONTACTED
  Licensee
  P. Doran, Operations Training
  H. Hanson Jr., Operations Superintendent
  K. Krueger, Assistant Operations Manager
  J. McMahon, Director Training, QA and EP
{ M. Swartz, Simulator Supervisor
  B. Thomas, Licensing
  Attachments:
  1. SRO Exam and Answer Key
  2. RO Exam and Answer Key
l 3. PSE&G Comments on the Written Exam
  4. NRC Resolution of PSE&G Comments on the Written Exam
  5. Significant Control Manipulation Details
1
 
3"
.
  i
                            e
          ATTACHMENT 1
    SRO EXAM AND ANSWER KEY
                              l
 
                                                                                              ,
                                                                                          ..
                                                                                            .
            U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                                .S.ite-Specific
                          Written Examination
                                Applicant information
  Name:                                      Region: I
  Date:. Date: 2/23/98                      Facility: Hope Creek
                                                    .
                      ,
  License L'evel: SRO                        ReactorType: GE
'
  Start Time:                                Finish Time:
                                      Instructions
  Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet
  on top of the answer sheets. The passing grade requires a final grade of at least
  80.00 percent. Examination papers will be collected four hours after the examination
  starts.
                                Applicant Certification
  All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
                                                                  Applicant's Signature
                                          Results
  Examination Value                                                                Points
  Applicant's Score                                                                Points
  Applicant's Grade                                                              Percent
 
    e
                                        Sini::r Rrct::r Operat:r An:w r Sh:ct3
      :
        Circle the correct answer. If an answer is changed write it in the blank.
              1. a b c d                                                26. a b c d
l            2: a b c 'd:                                              27 a b c d
                                                                            .
                                                                                                        -
l
!'            3. a b c d.                                                28' . a b c ' d
              4. a b c d                                                  29. a b c d
            .5. a b c d                                                  30.. a b c d
              6. a b c d                                                  31. a b c d .
                                                                  '
              7. a'b c d                                                  32. a b c d    '
                                                                      '          ~
              8. a b c d                                                  33. a b c d -
, ..          9. a b c d                                                  34. a b c d
            10. a b c d                                                  35. a b c d
                                                                          36. a b c d
                                                    '
            11. a b c d                                                                                    1
            12. a b c d                                                  37. a b c d                        l
            13. a b c d                                                  38. a b c d
                                                                                                            1
            14. a b c d                                                  39. a b c d
            15. a b c d                                                  40. a b c d                        '
            16. a b c d                                                  41. a b c d
            17. a b c d                                                  42. a b c d
            18. a b c d                                                  43. a b c d
              19. a b c d                                                  44, a b c d
              20. a b c d                                                  45. a b c d
              21. a b c d                                                  46. a b c d
              22. a b c d                                                  47. a b c d                      ,
                                                                                                          .
              23. a b c d                                                  48. a b c d
              24. a b c d                                                  49, a b c d                        i
;            25. a b c d                                                  50. a b c d
                                                                                                              ,
                                                                  Page 1
u.--.-.-----                                                                        .    . . . . . _ _
 
                                                                                          r
                                  Senior R:cctor Oper;t:r Answ:r ShIct3
                                                                                      ..
                                                                                        .
  Circle the correct answer, if an answer is changed write it in the blank.
      51. a b c d                                                  76. a b c d
  ' 52 'a b"c d
    -                                                          -    77, a b c d    -
      53. a b c d                                                ' 78. a b c d
      54. a b c d                                                  79. a b c d
      55.-a b c d                                                  80. a b 'c d
                      '
      56. a b c d                                                  81. a b c d
                                                                    '82. a b c d '
                        '
      57.'& b c d
      58. a'b~ c 'd'                                                83. a b c d      -
      59. . a b c . d                .
                                                      ,            84. a b c d
      60. a b 'c d                                                  85. a b c d
      61. a b c d                                                    86, a 'b c d
      62.- a b c d                                                  87. a b c d
      63. a b c d                                                    88. a b c d _
      64. a b c d                                                    89. a b c d
      65, a b c d                                                    90. a b c d
      66. a b c d                                                    91. a b c d
l
      67. a b c d                                                    92. a b ' c d
      68 a b c d                                                    93. a b c d
l    69. a b c d                                                    94, a b c d
      70. a b c d                                                    95 a b c d
      71. a b c d                                                    96. a b c d
      72. a b c d                                                    97. a b c d
      73. a b c d                                                    98. a b c d
      74. a b c d                                                    99. a b c d
      75. a b c d                                                    00. a b c d
l                                                          Page 2
l
 
e
                              S:ni::r Reactor Op::rator Examination
# 1. Which of the following evolutions is NOT cllow:d to be perform d by ths Rscctor Building
      Equipment Operator?
      a. Transferring an RPS bus to its alternate power supply with the reactor at power.
                                          ~                                                        '
      b. Test scramming a control rod from the individual test switches'on ths hydraulic control'
            . unit.
      c. Operating the Standby Liquid Control system in'the Test Tank to Test Tank' mode.
      d. Reducing hydraulic control unit nitrogen pressure to the normal band with the associated
            control rod withdrawn.
  2. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                        l
            A fully qualified Nuclear Control Operator (NCO) with an active license has just
              returned from 10 days vacation
        . On the first day back on shift, this NCO worked a normal 12 hour s'hift and then
          .
              accepted and worked 4 hours of overtime
      Which of the following is the maximum number of hours this NCO may work on the second
      day back on shift? (Assume no additional authorizations have been made.)
                                                                                                        1
        a. 8 hours                                                                                      j
        b.12 hours                                                                                      !
        c. 14 hours
        d. 16 hours
                                                                                                        1
  3. Which of the following conditions require the Operations Superintendent to perform a formal
      turnover when delegating his Control Room Command Authority to another individual?
        a. Command Authority is being delegated to the current on-shift Nuclear Control Operator
                (RO) and the plant is in Op Con 4.
        b. Command Authority is being delegated to the current on-shift Control Room Supervisor.      i
        c. Command Authority is being delegated to a current on-shift Nuclear Control Operator
              -(RO) and the plant is in Op Con 3..
        d. Command Authority is being delegated to a Senior Reactor Operator with an active
                license who is not a member of the current on-shift crew.
                                                    Page 1.of 46
                                                                                                    .. ,
 
                                                                                                    '
                          S nler R:act r Operater Examinatisn
4. A t;gging request with switching ord:r has been receiv:d from th3 Syst:m Operctor. Tha            ,.
    Switching Order has been confirmed and the tags prepared. The System Operator has
    contacted Hope Creek and directed the performance of the tagging request and switching
    order.                  .                      .
    Which of the following personnel are required to be present in the 500KV switdiyard
    blockhouse for completion of the tagging request and switching order?
    a. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Nuclear Control Operator.
    b. Two Nuclear Equipment Operators.
      c. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Control Room Supervisor.
      d. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a member of the Syste.ms Operation Department..
                                                                                        ,
5. Followirig shift turnover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entere          the
    narrative log by the previous shift is incorrect.        -
    The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the        rect entry and initials
    and dates the change. Which of the following describes how          RO  should  highlight and
    explain the change?
      a. The correct entry should be circled in red wi      n explanation placed in the comments
          section.
      b. The correct entry should be cire      in red with an explanation made next to the corrected
          entry.
      c. The incorrect entry      uld be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments
          section.
      d. The in      ect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the
                cted entry.
        DeItTC ^ Se e A TTML e a f ym a d l dy .1
      Aft 3-S-%              1) r!_ c m t.c5 } 3lat )$
                                              Page 2 of 46
 
e
                              S:nior R:cct:r Op rator Excminction
'~
-
  6. During a valid high rarctor prcssura condition, th) R circulation Pumps did NOT
        automatically trip as designed.
        Which of the following actions must be taken by the Control Room to open the Recirculation
                                  ~
                                            "
      ' Pump Trip (RPT) Breakers.'
                                              .                                          .
                                                                                                      I
                                                                                                      '
        a. Manually initiate both channels of the Redundant Reactivity' Control System (RR.CS).
          b. Verify the RPT Breakers trip when the Recirculation Pump MG Set Drive Motor Breakers
              are opened.
          c. Direct the local tripping of the RPT Breakers.        -
        .d.  Depress the RPT Breaker " Trip" pushbuttons.
                        '                                '
  7 'Which of the following are the MINIMUM guidelines f'or' Operations Superinte'ndent (OS)
        review of critical plant parameters (reactor power, level, ' pressure and turbine load) during
        normal, steady-state plant operations?
        The OS shouId:
          a. receive a verbal report from the. Control Room Supervisor (CRS) every hour..
                                                                                                      l
                .
          b. review the current operating logs, review CRIDS, or perform a panel walkdown at least
                                                                                                      I
              twice during the 12-hour shift.
          c. view current plant conditions on the Control Room information Display System (CRIDS)      i
              every hour,
                                                                                                      i
          d. walk-down the control room panels at least four times during the 12-hour shift.
                                                                                                      4
                                                  Page 3 of 46
 
                                                                                                      *t
                              Sanior Reactor Op::rator Examination
                                                                                                      ?
  8. Given the following conditions:                                                    .
        .. A plant shutdown with control rod insertions occurring is in progress
          * Reactor power is 22% with generator output at 242 MWe
            '
        '- The sec6nd NCO (PO) begiris deinerting the'drywell' '
    '                                                                      '
          * The CRS is reviewing procedures at the CRS desk
                                                                              -
          * No other personnel are in the Control Room
      Which of the following additi,onal requirements, if met, would allow a License Class instant
                                                                      ,
      .SRO trainee under direction of the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) to continue rod. motion for.
      the given conditions? -
        a. Operations Manager written permission to allow a. License''Class trainee to insert control
                                            ~
              rods.
        lb. Another technically qualified member of the unit technical staff,to observe rod movement.
        c. Verification that the Rod Worth Minimizer is operating properly before reducing power
              below 20%.
        d.' A Reactor Engineer's presence to satisfy Technical Specification requirements.
.
  9. Given the following conditions:
              The plant is shutdown for a maintenance outage
              A Red Blocking Tag (RBT) is hung on 4160 VAC breaker
          + The breaker is tagged in the " Test Disconnect" position -
          + Later in the outage, the breaker is being removed from its cubicle for maintenance
      Which of the following describes the required tagging actions for the given conditions?
        a. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and an
              additional RBT installed on the ropettape placed across the opening.
        b. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker but kept active and maintained in the
              physical possession Gf Operations while the breaker is out of the cubicle.
        c. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and
              the same RBT installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening.
        d. ' The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and a White
              Caution Tag installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening.
                                                  Page 4 of 46
                                                                                                          i
 
  <
                                  S:;nier Reactor Op rator Examination
  '' 10. Which of the following describes how the Operations end Chemistry D:ptrtm:nts coordinita
          installing Red Blocking Tags on the Hydrogen injection System?.
            a. - Operations positions all system components
                    . Chemistry. monitors the system component positioning
                - Operations installs the tags
                - Chemistry performs the independent verification
            b. - Chemistry positions all system components
                - Operations monitors the system component positioning
                - Chemistry installs the tags
                - Operations performs the independent verification
            c. -- Operations positions all system components
                - Chemistry monitors the system component positioning
                      ~
                                                                                                  .
                - Chemistry installs the tags -
                    ~
                - Chemistry performs the independent verification -                  -
          ' d. - Chemistry positions all system components .        ,
                                                                                                            -
l
                  - Operations monitors the system component positioning
                  - Operations installs the tags
                  - Operations performs the independent verification                                  ,
      11. Given the following conditions:
                Power is 89%
                At 1200 on 2/16/98 is discovered that, due to a recent procedure change, part of a TS
                required surveillance was not performed.
                The last complete satisfactory surveillance was completed at 1200 on 1/15/98
                The incomplete surveillance was performed on 2/13/98                                        l
                The surveillance is required to be performed at least once per 31 days
                  The action statement requires that inoperable equipment must be restored within 72 hrs,
                or be in Hot Shutdown within 12 hrs and in Cold Shutdown within next 24 hours.
            If the surveillance is not satisfactorily performed, which of the following identifies the date
          when the unit must be in Hot Shutdown?
              a. 2/18/98
              b. ~ 2/19/98
              c. 2/23/98
              d. 2/26/98
                                                        Page 5 of 46
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                              )
 
                                                                                                    ''
                            S:nier Reactar Op:: rat:r Examinati:n
  12. Given the following conditions:                                                                .-
          A General Emergency has been declared
          All Emergency Response Organization facilities have been activated                  '
                                                                                                        *
          Planned emergency exposures 'are necessary to evacuate injured plant persorinel
          The Radiation Protection Supervisor - Exposure Control's ALARA Analysis shows
            expected rescue team individual exposures of 6500 mrem-
          The Operations Support Center Coordinator, Operations Superintendent and
            Radiological Assessment Coordinator have determined that emergency exposure
              ~
          .must be' received
      Which of the following individuals must authorize the emergency exposure for the given
      conditions?                                              -
                                                                      ,
                                '
        a. Emergency Duty Officer
        b. Emergency Coordinator
        c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
        d. Operations Support Center Coordinator            ,
  13. The estimated time to independently verify a valve position'is 15 minutes.
      Of the listed dose rates, which is the MINIMUM dose rate that would allow waiving the " Hands
      On" independent verification requirement for the conditions given?
        a.10 mrem /hr
        b. 30 mrem /hr
        c. 45 mrem /hr
        d. 60 mrem /hr
l
l
                                                Page 6 of 46
 
e
                                    Ssnisr Reactor Op:rator Examination
                                                                                                              I
** 14. An em:rg:ncy his occurred immidiattly r; quiring rcasonablo cctions to be taken that d:part
-
          from Technical Specifications. No actions consistent with Technical Specifications that can
          provide adequate equivalent protection are immediately apparent.
'                                                                                                          '
          Which'of the following' identifies who is required to approve the action and under what'        -
          conditions the action can be performed?
            a. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
                                                                                                              I
                safety of facility personnel.
            bJ The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
                safety of the public.-
            c. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to be
                .taken to protect the health and safety of facility personnel.
                      ~
                                                                                                              '
            d.' The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Ope,ra. ting Facil'ity, approves actions to'be
                taken to protect the health and safety of the public.
                                  .        .
                          ~
        ~
    15. V hich of the following is the first no'ification
                                                t        requirement and when must that notification be
          made when a plant event requires declaration of an Alert?                                          I
                                                        ~
            a. To the N'RC - within 15 minutes of the everit occurring.
                                                                                                              l
            b. To the State and Local agencies - within 15 minutes of the event occurring.
            c. To the NRC - within 15 minutes of the Alert declaration.
                                                                                                              I
            d. To the State and Local agencies - within 15 minutes of the Alert declaration.
                                                                                                              j
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                              I
                                                                                                                l
                                                      Page 7 of 46
                                                                                                              1
 
                                                                                                          ,
                                S:nlar R: actor Op;ratsr Excmination
                                                                                                          '-
                                                                                                          .
    16. Given the following conditions:
              A major plant transient has occurred
  '
      '
            'The plant is now in a stable condition
          * Post transieilt reviewindicates an' Alert should have'been" declared ~30 ' minutes *
              ago but the conditions do not currently exist
        Which of the following describes the requirements for event declaration and notification by the
        Operations. Supervisor (OS)?
                                                                                                ?
        'a. The OS should declare the Alert, make the appropriate St' ate, Local and NRC
              notifications and immediately downgrade or terminate the classification as appropriate for
              current plant conditions.
          b. The OS neeci not.declaie the' Alert 'but should make a non-emergency one hour report to '
    '
              the NRC Operations Center.          .
          c. The OS should declare the Alert, make the State, Local and NRC notifications and hold
              at this classification until the Emergency Duty Officer (EDO) terminates the event.
          d. The OS need not declare the Alert but should make a non-emergency four hour report to
              the NRC Operations Center.
    17. Given the following conditions:
              The plant is performing a shutdown in accordance with 10-0004, " Shutdown
              From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown"
              At 20% power the shutdown is completed by placing the Reactor Mode Switch
              to " Shutdown"
              All plant systems responded as designed during the scram
              Post Scram Actuation Review is in progress in accordance with HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0101,
              Post Reactor Scram /ECCS Actuation Review and Approval Requirements
        Which of the following should be the FIRST reactor scram signal identified when reviewing
        the Sequence Of Events printout?
          a. Reactor Mode Switch in " Shutdown"
          b. IRM Neutron Flux - High
          c. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level- High
          d. APRM Neutron Flux - Upscale, Setdown
l
l
                                                    Page 8 of 46
                                                                                                            J
 
ic
L                                  Stnior Rocctcr Op::rator Examination
  ' 18. Giv:n ths following conditions:
l
                  The plant is at normal operating pressure and temperatures
                                                                                                                  j
                                  ~
  '
                  All' plant systems are operating as designed                                                    '
          '
    '
                  The "A" arid "B" scrarn to00le' switches at the hydraulic control unit for
      '
                  control rod 42-03 have been placed in " Test"                                              -
            Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Pilot Valves for Control Rod 42-
            03 and the Scram Dump Valves for the given conditions?
              a. -- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves
                  - The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions                                    -
                                                                                                                  I
        ,  .b. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial po'sitions.                            '
                  - The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions
                                                                  ~
      '
              c. '- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves          .
                    - The Scram. Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
  '
                      Valves                                                                    .    .
              d. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial positions. .
L                  - The Scram Dump Valves repcsition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
                                        '
i                      Valves                                                                            .
                                                                                                            .
    19. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is performing the control rod exercise surveillance
i
                  The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects control rod 34-19 on the rod select module
!                  Only one half of the selected rod pushbutton illuminates
            Which of the following describes what has failed and how that affects the ability to move
              control rods?                                                                                        ;
                                                                                                                    i
                a. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is
                                                                                                '
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                    i
                    allowed.
                b. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is not
                    allowed.                                                                                      !
                c. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod
                    .and rod motion is not allowed.
                d. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod            ,
                    and rod motion is allowed.                                                                    j
                                                        Page 9 of 46
 
                                                                                                            ''
                              Soniar Reactor Op:rator Examination
    20. Given the following conditions:                                                                    .-
              The plant is operating at 25% power performing a startup
              Control rod 18-23 has been determined to be stuck                                          *
              While attem ting to withdraw the controi rod, indicated drive water flow is' reading
              "0" gpm
  +                                                  .
        Which of the following is the cause of this indication?
          a. Hydraulic Control Unit Directional Control Valve (122) has failed to reposition.
          b. The 2 gpm Stabilizing Valve has failed to reposition.
          c. Both Cooling Water Header to Exhaust Header Pressure Equalizing Valves have failed
                                                                                        '
                          '
              open.        .-
                                                                      ~
          .d. The Drive Water Header Pressure . Control Valve has failed closed.
    21. Given the following conditions:
  -          Control rod insertions are in progress for, a plant shutdown
              The last control rod in Group 35 was inserted to Notch "02"
              The first three control rods in Group 34 were then fully inserted
              Insert and withdraw limits for these two Groups are Notch "00" and Notch "12"
              respectively-
        Which of the following describes what the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) will be displaying for
        the given conditions?
          a. The RWM will be displaying normal operation parameters wi'.h no alarms or errors in
.
                effect.
          b. The RWM will be displaying a select error with no other alarms or errors in effect.
          c. The RWM will be displaying a select error with the Group 35 control rod at Notch "02" in
                the withdraw error box. A rod withdrawal block is in effect.
          d. The RWM will be displaying a select error and three insert errors. A rod insert block is in
                effect.
i
I
                                                    Page 10 of 46
 
  <
                                  S:nier Reactor Operatur Examination
  " 22. Given the following conditions:
                  A reactor startup is in progress
                ' Reactor power is,30%
                  'The total steam flow sisinal output from the Feedwster l'evel Control Spstem fails to the ' '
                  equivalent of 16% power.
            Which of the following describes how the Rod Worth Minimizer will enforce control rod                      3
            movement for the given conditions?
              a. The Rod Worth Minimizer will allow continued control rod movement but only in single
                  notchincrements.
*
            _ b. .The Rod Worth. Minimizer will allow all normal control rod motion until actual reactor        .
                  power is less than the Low Power Setpoint-
                                                      ,
                                                              .
-            c. The Rod Worth Minimizer will immediately prevent all control rod insertions and
                  withdrawals.
                                                                                                              -
        -                                                        -              .
                                                                                                                  '
            id. The Rod Worth Minimizer'will' prevent co'ntrol rod withdrawals if anp control rod is
          ,        withdrawn past its withdraw limit.                                                ,
                                                                                              .
                                                                                                          ,
                                                                                                        ,
    ^ 23. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 75% power
                  Confirmed seal failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump
                  The pump has just been tripped
            Which of the following describes the preferred order for isolation of the "B" Recirculation
            Pump and the reason for that order?
              a. Close the Suction Valve', isolate seal purge and close the Discharge valve - This order
                    ensures further damage is not done to the seal package from overpressure.
              b. Close the Discharge Valve, isolate seal purge and close the Suction Valve - This order                ,
                                                                                                                        '
                    ensures the Discharge Valve is stroked against a minimal differential pressure.
                                                                                                                        1
              c. Close the Suction Valve, isolate seal purge and close the discharge valve - This order
                    ansures the Suction Valve is stroked against a minimal differential pressure.
                                                                                                                        ;
              d. " Close the Discharge Valve, isolate seal purge and close the Suction Valve - This order
                    ensures further damage is not done to the seal package from overpressure.
                                                                                                                    .
                                                        Page 11 of 46
 
                                                                                                          ,
                                  S;nior R:acter Operatar Examin tion
                                                                                                        "
      24. Given the following conditions:
                Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
  .
              The Pump Discharge Valve (F031 A) is closed
                                    -                                                      ..        .
                                                                                                            .,.
                                                    .
                              .
          Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on t'he discharge. valve
                                                                              ~                  ~
          closure is bypassed to allow the pump to.be started?
            a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time
    ,          limits.  -
                                                                                        ~
                                                                  ~
            b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 10d% open position.
            c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
            d.' This trip is bypassed until'the discharge valve Jog (open) circuit has timed out.
                                                                .
      25. Given the following conditions:                                                  -
                The plant is operating at 60% power with the "B" Recirculation Pump scoop tube locked
                The operator is preparing to reset the scoop tube        .
                                                                                ,                  ,
                Speed demand on the "B" Recircybtion Pump is slightly LESS than indicated speed
          Which of the following actions is the operator directed to perform if pump speed begins to
          slowly rise at approximately 2% per minute after the Scoop Tube Trip / Reset pushbutton is          4
                                                                                                                I
          pressed?
            a. Immediately press the "A" Recirc MG Set Drive Motor Breaker Trip pushbutton.
            b. Attempt to control speed with the Increase / Decrease arrows on the Pump Speed Control
                Station for the "B" Recirc pump.
            c. Press the Scoop Tube Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump,
            d. Press the Recirc Pump Trip (RPT) Breaker Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump.
.
                                                                                                                '
1
l
l
                                                      Page 12 of 46
                                                                                                                ;
 
                                                                          _ - - - - - - _ _
  ,
    s-
                                    S ni:r R: actor Operc.tur Examinnti:n
    ~~~ 26. Given tha following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 75% power                                        .
                Valve. stroke tim.e testing is in pr, ogress on the "A" RHR Pump Torus Suction
                                            '                        '
                Valve (F004A)
                The valve is currently closed l
                All other RHR system components are in their normal standby lineup
                A steam break causes drywell pressure to reach 2.0 psig.
            Which of the following' describes the response'of the F004A vafve and the "A" RHR pump?
              a. The F004A valve automatically ~ opens and the "A" RHR Pump automatically starts after
                  F004A is fully open.
              b. 'The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A" RHR Pump automaticatiy starts
                  after F004A is fully open.                                                      ,
              c. The F004A valve automatically opens but the "A" RHR Pump must be started by the
                  operator after F004Ais fully open.
              d. The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A" RHR Pump manually started
                  after F004A is fully open.
      27. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 90% power
                  The Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU) Inboard Isolation Valve (F001) has just
                  stroked closed
                  No other RWCU valve repositioned
                  RWCU responded as designed
            Which of the following initiated the RWCU isolation?
              a. RWCU system differential flow is excessive.                                          >
              b. The RWCU Filter /Demineralizer inlet temperatures are excessive.
              c. The "A" Reactor Protection System MG set tripped.
              d. The "A" and "D" NSSSS Manual Isolation pushbuttons have been armed and depressed      l
                  simultaneously.
                                                                                                      i
                                                                                                      l
l
'
                                                          Page 13 of 46
        .
          .
                    _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 
                                                                                                      '
                            S:niar Rrct:r Operatnr Examin:. tion
28. Which of the following describes the rcison for hcving th3 capability to byp;ss ths Residuni      ..
                                                                                                      .
      Heat Removal (RHR) Pump suction path interlocks?
      a. Allows operation'of the RHR Pumps for shutdown cooling from the Remote Shutdown
                                                                                                  -
            Panel. -
                                              >
                                          -                        .
..
      b. Allows the "C" and "D " RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of suppression
            pool heat removal.
      c. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for cooling the containment Hydrogen Recombiners
            post-LOCA.    .
      d. Allows the "C" and "D" RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of core decay heat
            removal.
                    .
29. The plant is'in Mode 4 with' Shutdown Cooling in service on the "A" Residual' Heat Removal
      (RHR) loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
      Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Rea'ctor Protection System (RPS) bus
      will affect the inboard and Outboard Sh'utdown Cooling Iso'lation Valves (F008 & F009)?
    .  a. The F008 arid F009 valves' b'oth close.
      b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open. ~
      c. The F008 and F009 valves both remain open.
      d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.
30. Given the following conditions:
        . The plant is shutdown
        . The reactor head is removed but no fuel has been removed from the vessel
        . Shutdown Cooling is in service on the "B" Residual Heat Removal loop
            Reactor coolant temperature decreases to 65 *F
      Which of the following would be the expected result of the low reactor coolant temperature?
        a. The reactor vessel flange thermal stress limits will be exceeded.
        b. The Technical Specification reactor coolant chemistry condt::tivity limit will be exceeded.
        c. The reactor temperatures can no longer be monitored.
        d. The calculated shutdown margin would be invalid.
                                              Page 14 of 46
 
[ .-
                                  S:ni:r R: actor Op; rater Examinttion
,
  '' 31. During a loss of feedwater, a manual start of the High Pressure Coolant injection (HPCI)
i          system was done at a water level of -20 inches by operator manipulation of the system
            components.
            iWhich of the folloWing describes'ths HPCI system response as reactor water level' continues
t          to change?
              a. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will automatically restart at -38 inches.
              b. It requires operator action to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  automatically restarts at -38 inches.
              c. It requires operator actions to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  to restart when level is less than -38 inches.
                                ~
'
l
              d. It wili automatically trip at +54 in'ches and Will require operator action to restart when levsl l
                                                                                                                  '
                  is less than -38 inches.
\,                                                                                                      .
      32. Given the following coriditions:
                  A loss of coolant accident has occurred
                  Reactor water level reached -140 inches and is currently -50 inches and rising
                  Drywell pressure is 6 psig
                  All plant systems responded as designed
            For the given conditions, which of the following describes the system isolation capabilities for
            the Core Spray System (CSS) Downstream Loop Injection Valve (F0058) and the CSS
            Upstream Loop Injection Valve (F004B), should Core Spray Loop "B" isolation be required?
              a. Only F005B valve may be closed.
              b. Neither the F0048 or F005B valves may be closed.
              c. Only the F004B valve may be closed.
              d. Both the F004B and F005B valves may be closed.
                                                                                                                  j
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                        Page 15 of 46
                                                                                                                  i
l
 
                                                                                                        '
                                S:nior R:acter Op:rator Examination
                                                                                                        e
      33. Given the following conditions:                                                ,
                A failure-to-scram with Main Steam isolation Valve (MSIV) closure has occurred
    .
                The pressure spike.on the MSIV closure was 1120 psig
  '
        '
                Reactor power is 16% and water level is -25 inches' as the 3.9 minute' timer times out
            * Only Division ll of the Redundant Reactivity, Control System automatically initiates
                                        ~
            . No operator actions are taken
          Which of the following is the expected plant response for the given conditions.
            a. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and the RWCU lsolation Valves (Inboard -
                                                                                                            1
                F001 & Outboard - F004) close.
            b. The "B" SLC Pump starts,.the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU inboard Isolation
                Valve (F001) closes.
                                                                                                          -
            c. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and only the RWCU ' Inboard Isolation
                Valve (F001) closes.
            d. The "B" SLC Pump starts,'the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the~RWCU Outboard -
                Isolation Valve (F004) closes.
      34. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is in a failure-to-scram condition
            . Standby Liquid Control (SLC) has been initiated by the operator
            * Approximately 13 minutes later the operator noted SLC Storage Tank level analog
                indication on Panel 10C651 is "0" gallons
              * No additional SLC system abnormalities were noted
          Which of the following describes how boron injection would be continued for the given
>          conditions?
            a. Boron injection would continue with two SLC Pumps running.
            b. Boron injection would continue with the "A" SLC Pump running.
            c. Boron injection would continue with the "B" SLC Pump running,
            d. Boron injection would have to be transferred to RWCU as directed by EOP-0304.
(
                                                    Page 16 of 46
                                                                                                      _
 
o ,.
                                  Sanier R:acter Op;rator Examination
  # 35. Giv:n th3 following conditions:
(            * The reactor scrammed and HPCI and RCIC initiated on low reactor water level
                  following a loss of feedwater
            . Water' level has bee'n restored to'the normal band '
                , All required operator actions were taken on the scram
            . All Scram Roset switches have been placed in RESET and released
                                                                                                            ,
!        Which of the following would prevent the scram air header from repressurizing for the
l        conditions given?
          ' a. The Scrarn Discharge Volume High Level Scram Bypass Switch was not returned to
                  NORMAL.
                                                                                                        '
            b. The RPS trip logic channels'B1 and 82 fail to reenergize when RPS is reset.
              .
l            c. 125 VDC power is lost to one Backup Scram valve.
                                                                                                            1
            d. The Redundant Reactivity Control System Alternate Rod insertion logic is not reset.        l
      .
                                                                                                            i
      36. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant was performing a stdrtup following a refueling outage when a reactor
                    scram occurred (all rods inserted)
              * The sequence of events printout shows that just prior to the scram, Average
                    Power Range Monitoring (APRM) channels "B" and "D" were upscale Hi-HI
            Which of the following additional conditions, by itself, could have caused the full reactor
            scram signal?
            a. Rod Block Monitor Channel "A" has failed.
            b. RPS Bus "B" has deenergized.
              c. SRM Channels "A" and "C" are reading 1.5 E5 counts per second.
              d. The Reactor Protection System shorting links are removed.
i
                                                                                                          .
                                                                                                            !
                                                                                                            !
!
                                                        Page 17 of 46
i
 
                                                                                                        '
                                    S:nler Reactor Operatar Examination
                                                                                                        t-
      37. Giv n th)following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at.100% power
            * APRM Channel"D."is bypassed with the joystick
              '
                                                                                                          ;
                                                                                                          j
                                                            ~~
      ''                                                          *
                ' Control rod 30-31 is selected ~
                  All other plant systems are operating as designed
          Which of the following occurs if APRM Channel"F" fails full"downscale" for the given            ;
                                                                                                          '
          conditions?
            a. R~od Block Monitor Charinel "B" automatically shifts'to the "B" APRM as'its reference.
            b. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B" generates a rod withdrawal block on a failure to null.
  '
            c. ' Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is indicating 0%.                          -  . ,
                                                                                                <
                                                                                                      -
    .
            d.c: Rod Block Monitor Channel "B" is bypassed on the reference. AP.RM downscale.
        <        -
                                                                                  .;
      38. Given the following conditions:
,
                  The plant is performing control rod withdrawals for a reactor startup
                  The reactor is subcritical-
                    Reactor power is 75 counts per second (CPS) in the source range
                  The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects the "B" Source Range Monitoring (SRM)
                  detector then holds its " Drive Out" pushbutton in the depressed position
          Which of the following describes the plant response?
            a. The "B" SRM detector will not withdraw due to the current power level.
            b. The Retract Permit light will extinguish and the SRM Det Removal Not Permitted alarm
                    will be received.
            c. The "B" SRM detector will retract until source range indicates less than 3 cps.
            d. A Control Rod Withdrawal Block will be generated.
                                                        Page 18 of 46
 
  <
                                    Sani:r R:act:r Op:rctor Examination
  *#
;    39. Given the following conditions:
l
l                  The plant is operating at 55% power
'
              * Average Power Range Monitoring (APRM) . Channel"C" currently has 14 " good"
                                                    '                            '
            ~                                '
                                                            ''  -                                      '      ~
                  LPRM input signals
                                                                                        ^
          Which of the following will result in receipt of the APRM Sys A Upscale Trip /inop alarm (C4 on
l          Section C3)?
            a. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Flow".
            b. .One of the " good" LPRMs mode switch is placed in "C" (Calibrate).
            c. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Average".
                                                                                                              -
            d. 'One of the " good"i.PRMs fails "downscale".
                .    .
    40. Which of the following describes the difference in actual reactor water level versus indicated
          . wide range reactor water level and the expected change in that difference during a power
                                                          '                    *
            reduction from 100% to 65%?
.
              a. ' Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
                                                                                            ,
                    the power re' duction.
              b. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
                    the power reduction.
              c. Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference.will get smaller during
                    the power reduction.
              d. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
                    the power reduction.
      41. The Reactor Core isolation Cooing (RCIC) system flow controller has failed full downscale
            demanding a "0" gpm flowrate. The controller is in " Automatic".
            Which of the following is the expected RCIC turbine response upto receipt of a valid initiation
            signal for the given conditions?
              a. RCIC will start, accelerate and trip on mechanical overspee'd.
                b. RCIC will start, accelerate then slow to a stop.
                c. RCIC will start, accelerate then will slow to and run at a low speed.
                d. RCIC will start, accelerate to and run continuously at approximately 4000 rpm.
i
                                                        Page 19 of 46
                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                  !
 
                                                                                                                  s
                                S3nior R:actsr Operator Examinction
                                                                                                                ..
                                                                                                                  .
      42. Given the following conditions:
              * Aloss of all AC power has occurred
                No, Diesel Generators are running                                                          .
                The Reactor Core isolation Cooling (RCIC) systein has initiated and is injecting
                A valid RCIC steam line high flow signal is received
                                                                                                              4
          Which of the following describes the RCIC inboard and Outboard Steam Supply isolation
          kMves (F007 & F008) isolation capabilities and the response of the RCIC turbine for the
          given conditions?.
            a. The F007 and F008 valves remain open but can be closed from the Control Room.
            b. .The F007 and F008 valves remain. open and cannot be closed.from .the Con. trol Room.
                                                                                                        -
            c. Only the F007. valve closes.              _ .
                                                        '
    '
            'd.. Only the F008 valve closes.
                                  .
      43.' Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                            ~
                The Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) Manual Initiatiori Channel "B"
                and "F" pushbuttons (S6B and S6F) have been armed and depressed
              + There is no Safety Relief Valve response
          Which of the following "B" Division electrical bus failures caused this system response?
            a. A loss of 120 VAC Bus 1BJ481
            b. A loss of 250 VDC Bus 10D261
            c. A loss of 125 VDC Bus 1BD417
            d. A loss of 480 VAC Bus 10'B420
l
L
                                                    Page 20 of 46
L___________-____-_-_____-__-___-_-_                      _ _ - _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -
 
  ,
                                S nior R:act:r Op;ratar Extminttion
  '' 44. Which of the following is the MINIMUM number of Stftty R:li:f Vcivas (SRV) th;t must be
          opened during an Emergency Depressurization and the reason for that minimum number?
            a. 4 SRVs provide the minimum depressurization rate required to ensure the low pressure
                ECCS systems inject soon enough to minimize the amount of time water level is below
l              the top of active fuel.
!          b'. 5 SRVs provide the minimum depressurization rate required to ensure the low pressure
                ECCS systems inject soon enough to minimize the amount of time water level is below
                the top of active fuel.
                                                                                                        i
            c. 4 SRVs provide the minimum steam flow through the core required to assure adequate
                core cooling.
            d. S SRVs provide the minimum steam flow through the core required to assure adequato
                core cooling.-
'
      .
      45. Given the following conditions:                                                                )
                                                                                                        )
                The plant has been operating ~at 100% power for several weeks                            !
                All systems are operating as designed
          Which of the following is the reason why periodic nitrogen makeup to the drywell is required
          for the given conditions?
            a. Due to leaks from drywell air operated equipment.
            b. Due to PCIG normal system leakage.
            c. Due to normal periodic cycling of the Torus - Drywell Vacuum Breakers.
            d. Due to normal drywell air inleakage.
l
t
                                                    Page 21 of 46
l
 
                                                                                                          *
                                S;nier Re::ctor Operator Exeminatisn
    46. Given the following conditions:                                                                  1
              The plant had been operating at 75% power
              A loss.of main condenser vacuum caused a complete Main Steam isolation  '            -
            ' Velve'(MSIV)' closure '
  .
          . .. The Main Condenser Vacuum Breakers have been opened
                The main turbine did NOT trip and was NOT manually tripped o'n the scram        ,
                The MSIV switches have been placed in "Close"
        . Which of the following conditions are required to allow resetting the NSSSS MSIV isolation
          logic for the given conditions?
          a. The Mai.n Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches must be in " Bypass" and the Turbine
                                                              .
                                                                                                      '
                Control Valves must be closed.
            b. - The Reactor Mode Switch must be out of "Run".a.nd the Turbine Control Valves must be
                closed.
        ' c. The Main Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches must be in " Bypass" and the Turbine
                Stop Valves.must be closed to less than 90% open.
          d. The Reactor Mode Switch must be out of "Run" and the Turbine Stop Valves must be
                closed to less than 90% open.
    47. Which of the following conditions would prevent opening the RHR "B" Loop inboard and
          Outboard Drywell Spray Valves (F0218 and F0168) following a LOCA?
            a. The LPCI Injection Valve (F0178) is not fully closed.
            b. Less than 5 minutes have elapsed since the "B" RHR initiation occurred.
            c. The RHR Full Flow Test Valve (F0248) is not fully closed.
            d. Reactor water level is above -129 inches.
1
                                                  Page 22 of 46
,
 
.
                                S$nior R: actor Opsrator Examination                                        >
" 48. Giv:n ths following conditions:
              The Fuel Pool Cooling system is operating with one pump and heat exchanger
              in service
            '
              The Fuel Pool Gates areinstalled'
              No makeup water sources are available
        Which of the following is the expected effect on Spent Fuel Pool water level and cooling
        capability if a leak develops on the common FPCC Pump Suction?
                                                                                                        .
          a. Cooling capability and water level will be unchanged.
          b. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
          c. Cooling capability will be unchanged and water level will lower-slightly~and stabilize.
          d. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will continuously lower.
  ,
    49. Which of the following describes how the main steam line flow restrictors assist in maintaining
        adequate core cooling for steam line break between the flow restrictors and the Main Steam
        isolation Vawes?
          a. They ensure the ' total inventory loss from the reactor vessel maintains level above the top
                of active fuel until one division of low pressure ECCS is injecting.
          b. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain water level above
                the top of active fuel for a minimum of 5 seconds.
          c. They ensure the total energy release rate to the Primary Containment does not result in
                exceeding suppression chamber design pressure.
          d. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain level above the top
                of active fuel until HPCI is at rated flow.
    50. Which of the following describes the expected indicated steam flow response with an open
          Safety Relief Valve (SRV) and the reason for that response?
          a. Indicated steam flow goes up, because SRV steam flow is seen as additional steam flow          i
                over what is going to the main turbine.                                                      l
          b. ' Indicated steam flow goes down, because the SRV steam flow is not monitored by the            j
                main steam system flow detectors.                                                            l
            c. Indicated steam flow remains constant, because the Turbine Control Valves and intercept    ,  i
                Valves throttle open to maintain a steady MWe output.                                        I
            d. Indicated steam flow remains constant, because the Turbine Control Valves throttle
                closed to maintain constant reactor pressure.
                                                      Page 23 of 46
 
                                                                                                    '
                            S:ni:r R:act::r Op:: rat:r Examination
                                                                                                    "
  51. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is operating at 70% power
        + The "B" EHC Pressure Regulator is tagged out of service
          ' Unknown to the operator, the "A" EHC Pressure Reg'ulator output signal is
            failed "as is"
      Which of the following would be the expected response of the Turbins Control Valves and
      Turbine Bypass Valves as the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) begins to raise power using
      recirculation flow for the given conditions? (Figure attached)
        a. -- The Turbine Control Valves will close
            - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
        b.      IThe Turbine Control Valves will close
                .The Turbine Bypass Valves will not. move
                ~
        c. - The Turbine Control Valves will.not move
j
                .The Turbine Bypass. valve will not' move
I
        d. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move.-
            - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
l
l 52. Given the following conditions:
        . A loss of off-site power (LOP) has occurred from 75% power
        . Within 10 seconds a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) occurs
      Which of the following is the expected response of the LOP and LOCA sequencers?
!
l      a. As soon as power is restored to the buses, the LOCA sequencer will control the
l            restoration of allloads.
        b. The LOCA sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
            close, then the LOP sequencer will complete load restoration.
        c. As soon as power is restored the buses, the LOP sequencer will control the restoration of
            all loads.
        d. The LOP sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
            close, then the LOCA sequencer will complete load restoration.
l
l
l
l
l                                                Page 24 of 46
l
 
  ~
                                S::nier Reacter Op::rator Examination
  '' 53. Giv:n the following conditions:
              The "B" Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) had started following a valid
                LOCA signal                          .          .
              Some time fater the EDG was shutdown ~using~the local Emergency Stop pushbuttons            -
                due to fluctuating oil pressure        .                                                ~
              Concurrent with stopping the EDG, the 10A402 bus lost power
          Which of the following describes the actions, if any, regarding resetting the Engine Shutdown
          Relay (ESR) and th.e (86R) Lockout Relay to restart the "B" EDG and reenergize the 10A402
          bus?
            a. ESR must be reset
                (86R). Lockout Relay reset is not re'quired
!          b. ESR must be reset
                (86R) Lockout Relay must be reset
            c. - ESR reset is not required
                (86R) Lockout Relay reset is not required
            d. ESR reset is not required
              . (86R) Lockout Relay must be reset
!    54. Which of the following parameter changes indicate the moisture content of charcoal adsorber
l          bed of the Gaseous Radwaste System (GRW)is rising?
            a. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to Krypton is rising.
            b. GRW charcoal adsorber bed temperature is lowering.
            c. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to lodine is rising.
            d. GRW charcoal adsorber bed hydrogen concentration is lowering.                                l
l
I
                                                                                                            {
                                                      Page 25 of 46
                                                                                                            4
 
                                                                                                          *
                              Sanier Rgactcr Op;ratar Excminction
                                                                                                          s-
    55. Giv:n the following conditions:
              The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
  ,
              Mairi Steam. Line (MSL) radiation levels have been averaging 80 mrem but are now
              slowly trending upwards
              Chemistry has' verified the. higher radiation readings are due to failed fue!
        What are the immediate Operator Actions required for the given conditions?
          a. Place additional Condensate Domineralizers in service if possible,
          b. Scram the reactor and close the Main Steam Isolation Valves when MSL levels are
              greater than 120 mrem.
          c. Direct Reactor Water Cleanup flow to the main condenser to reduce coolant activity.
            '
          d . Reduce reactor power to maintain MSL radia! ion levels less than 120 mrem.
                                          .                                                .
    56. Given the following conditions:                                                                4
              The plant is operating at 50% power
              All systems are operating normally                      .
              One Reactor Building Ventilation System (RBVS) Exhaust Fan discharge damper
              has failed to the full "open" position with the fan running
              No other RBVS components have changed
        Which of the following describes how this will affect the initiation of the Emergency Core
        Cooling Systems (ECCS) and the reason for this?
          a. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
          b. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
          c. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
          d. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
l
                                                    Page 26 of 46
t
 
  -
                                    S :nisr R actar Operator Excminatisn
  ..
      57. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 40% power
              .    The Jet Pump operability surveillance indicates that one jet pump has failed
                  Technical Specifications ~ require the' plant to' be in hot shutdown within 12 hours
            Which of the following describes why such a severe' restriction placed on continued operation
            for the given conditions?
                a. A jet pump failure at this low power level will significantly affect the core flows and result
                    in unacceptable thermal limits (MCPR).
                b. A jet pump failure may limit reactor water level restoration capability during the reflood
                    portion of a Loss Of Coolant Accident.
l
                c. A jet pump failure combined with the flow restricting orifices may adversely affect core
                    flow to the higher power fuel bundles.
          '
            'd. ' A jet pump failure results in'less conservative protective ~ action setpoints for
                  ~ instrumentation using recirculation loop flow as an input signal.
..
      58. Given the following conditions:
                    The "A" Recirculation Pump has tripped
                    The "A" Recirculation Pump discharge valve is open
                    RECIRC LOOP A JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 2 mlbm/hr
                    RECIRC LOOP B JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 35 mlbm/hr
                    RECIRC PMP B FLOW indicates 24,000 gpm
                    Recirc pump "B" speed is 49%
            Which of the following would be expected values for total JET UMP FLOW (the flow
            recorder) and actual core flow?
                a. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
                b. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
                c. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
                d. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Ac.ual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
                                                                                                                  !
                                                                                                                  !
l                                                                                                                .
L                                                                                                                l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  ^
i
                                                        Page 27 of 46
 
                                                                                                                ,
                                Sanisr R actgr Operater Examination
                                                                                                                "
    59. Given the following conditions:                                                    ,
                                                                                                                      l
            * The plant is operating at 90% power                                                                  ,
                                                                                                                    '
              All main turbine' sealing steam normal and backup supplies have been lost
                                                                            "
  '
              There is no time estimate for repair / restoration
          Which of the following are the immediate operator act' ions for the given conditions?                      i
l          a. Reduce power as necessary to maintain condenser pressure less than 5.0" HGA.
        .
            b. Reduce recirculation flow to minimum, unload 'and trip the main turbine.
:
            c.~ Reduce power as necessary to maintain adequate self-sealing steam to the main turbine
l
                seals.
            d. ' Reduce recirculation flow t'o maintain power less than 25% (Bypass Valve capacity).
                                                                                                            . .
;
      *
!                                                        ,
I
'
    60. . During a loss'of off-site power the operator is cautioned not to acknowledge the flashing              '
          " Trip" pushbuttons for the 4.16 KV Vital 1 E Bus infeed breakers.
                                                                                                              8
          Which of the following will occur if these pushbuttons are pressed?
            a. 'That' bus' feeder breaker will attempt to close until the anti-pump feature causes it to trip
                open and remain open.
            b. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus, if running, will trip and its output breaker
                will open.
            c. That bus' alternate feeder breaker will trip open and then immediately reclose when the
l                pushbutton is released
I
            d. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus will not load.
1
                                                                                                                      !
                                                      Page 28 of 46
                                                                                                                    u
 
.
                                  S:nier Rrctor Optrator Examination
" 61. Giv:n the following conditions:
                The plant is at 45% with power ascension to 100% in prpgress
          * One of the Electrical Protection Assembly (EPA) breakers on the "B" Reactor
              .
                                ~
              ' Protection Systerri(RPS) MG' set has just tripp'ed -
                Breaker investigation.shows a trip on "overvoltage"
        Which of the following describes the response of the Recirculation Pumps if a main turbine
        trip occurs before the "B" RPS Bus is reenergized for the given conditions?
          a. Both Recirculation Pumps runback to " minimum" speed.
            '
                                                                                                        ,
          b. The "A" Recirculation Pump trips, the "B" Recirculation Pump runs back to " minimum"
                  speed.                        ,
                                                                                                ,
                                                                                                        l
          c. Both Recirculation Pumps trip.
          d. 'The "B" Recirculation' Pump' trips, the "A" Recirculation Pump runs b'ack to " minimum"
                . speed.                                                                              .
                                                                                                    s
  62. Given the following conditions:                                                                  ;
                A plant startup is in progress with the Reactor Mode Switch in "Run"
                The Main Turbine is reset and is at 950 rpm accelerating to 1800 rpm
            . A loss of 125 VDC power from distribution panel 1CD318 to the EHC control
                logic occurs
        Which of the following is the expected plant response?
          a. Main turbine trips.
          b. Main turbine startup would continue at the selected acceleration rate.
          c. Main turbine speed will remain constant at 950 rpm.                                        !
          d. Main turbine control valves throttle closed due to a loss of the speed reference signal.
                                                      Page 29 of 46
 
                                                                                                                    ,
                                  S::nicr R    cter Op: rat:r Examinati n
                                                                                                                    "
      63. Givrn the following conditions:
                  The plantis< operating at 20% power                                          .
                  A main generator load reject has just occurred
                  The powerhoad unbalance circ 6it tripped unexpectedly during the load reject
          Which of the Ibmowing is the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and the
          Reactor Protedhon System (RPS) for the given conditions?
            a. - The Twtbine Control Valves throttle closed                                                            ,
                  - RPS dzes not trip
            b - The Turtbine Control Valves fast close
                    .RPS trips
            c. - The Tudbine Control Valves throttle closed -
                  - RPS Mps
            d. - The Tur'bine Control Valves fast close ,                ,
                  - RPS daes not trip
                                                .
      64. Which of the tiillowing describes when the Main Turbine is . required to be tripp'e d'following a .
          reactor scram?
            a. At 50 MWe lowering
,
            b. At 25 NMAe lowering
            c. At 0 MWe
            d. At 50 MWe rising (reverse power)
      65. During a failure 4o-scram condition, which of the following is the criteria used to determine if
          HC.OP-EO.ZZ4100(Q), " Reactor Scram", should be exited and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
          " Reactor / Pressure Vessel (RPV) Control", entered?
            a. Reactor period on SRM Period meters is stable at -80 seconds
                                                                                                                          I
            b. All APRB4*downscale" lights are not illuminated
            c. . All four RPS logic channels are deenergized
l
            d. All controE tods are inserted to or beyond Notch "02"
i
                                                      Page 30 of 46                                                        l
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          <
                                                                                                                            i
  -
    .
              . .              .
                                      .  .
                                                      .
                                                                                                              ___._______U
 
  .
                                S:nier Recctor Optrator Excmination
  .a
    66, Following a reactor scram and Main Steam Isolation Valve closure, reactor pressure reaches
          1050 psig causing the "H" and "P" Safety Relief Valves (SRV) to open.
      ,,
          Which of the following lists the operating setpoints..for subsequent openings of the ",P" SRV7
                                                ,    ,
            a. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 935 psig.
            b. SRV"P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 905 psig.
            c. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 935 psig.
            d. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 905 psig.
    67. With the plant at 100% power a severe overfeeding transient is' occurring., Water level is +50 :
          inches and rising rapidly.
                                        .
                                                                            ..
                                                                                                ,
                                                ,
;          Which of the following reactor water levels require termination of all feed to the reactor,
          closing'the MSIVs and a reactor scram assuming none of these actions have occurred?            -
l            a. +54 inches
            b. +65 inches
                                          '
            c. +90 inch'es
            d. +118 inches
      68. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 80% power
                All three Feedwater Pumps are in service
                Feedwater Level Control is in " Automatic - Three Element" control
              . Narrow Range level "A" is reading 34 inches
                Narrow Range level "B" is reading 36.5 inches
              * Narrow Range level "C" is reading 35.0 inches
            Which of the following would be the expected response of the Feed Water Level Control
            System and reactor water level if Narrow Range level "B" failed to the low end of the rangel
            a. It would transfer to Single Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
                '
              b. It would remain in Three Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
              c. It would transfer to Single Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.5
                  inches.
              d It would remain in Three Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.0
                  inches.
                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                            ;
                                                    Page 31 of 46
                                                                                                            1
 
                                                                                                    '
                              S niar Reacter Op rator Excminati:n
                                                                                                    "
69. Which of the following is the b sis of the 65 psig Suppression Ch:mber Pressura limit?
      a. 65 psig is the primary containment maximum expected post-LOCA pressure.
      b. Above 65 psig, the system lineup required for containment venting may not be able to be
                            .
          completed.
      c.. Above 65 psig, the Safety Relief Valves'may not be available when required for an-
          Emergency Depressurization.
      d. 65 psig is the operational limit of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers.
70. Given the following conditions:
          The plant is operating at 95% power
      * All Drywell Cooling Chilled Water pumps have tripped
          Drywell pressure is rising
          HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0201,"Drywell High Pressure / Loss Of Drywell Cooling", has been            ,
          entered and the Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) is being aligned to supply
          backup cooling to the Chilled Water System
    Which of the foll'owing describes the effect of failing'to close the Chilled Water isolation
    Supply and Return Valves (HV9532-2 and HV9532-1) before the transfer to RACS?
      a. The RACS Pump automatic start permissives will be bypassed until the valves are closed.
      b. The RACS. valves will not automatically sequence open to supply Chilled Water should a
          loss of off-site power occur.
      c. Chilled Water system flow will divert back into the RACS system overflowing the RACS
          head tank.
      d. RACS system flow will divert back into the Chilled Water system overflowing the Chilled
          Water head tank.
                                                Page 32 of 46
 
  .,
                                    S:ni::r R actor Operator Excmin*_tirn
  " 71. During a loss of cool:nt eccid:nt the following conditions exist.
                                                                    '
                                                                            S'
                                                                                          ( '' -
j                Reactor pressure is 125 psig
'
                D_rywell temperature is 325 'F                  p          b      .b
            Which of the following describes the accu acy and triending capabilities of wide range reactor
            water level indication for the given conditi.ons?
                                                    ~-
              a. They are not providing accurate reactor water level or level trend information.
!            b. They are providing acc6 rate reactor water level but level trend is not reliable.
            - c. They are providing accurate reactor water level and level trend information.
    ,
              d, The        tiot providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is reliable.
      72. Given the following conditions:
                The piant is operating at 95% power
              * Suppression pool temperature is 92 'F
                At 0915, Safety Relief Valve (SRV)"G" opened                          ~
                After several cycles of the SRV Open and Close pushbuttons, the operator notes
                that tailpipe temperature for the SRV is stable at 305 'F and NO other plant parameters
                have changed
            Which of the following describes the limitations on continued reactor operation for the given
            conditions?                                                                              *
              a. Reactor operation may continue until pressure set is reduced to less than 850 psig.
              b. Reactor operation may continue until suppression pool temperature reaches 120 'F.
              c. Reactor operation may continue indefinitely.
              d. Reactor operation may continue until 0917.
,
                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          ,
l
l
l                                                      Page 33 of 46
 
                                                                                                                ,.
                              S:ni r Rrct::r Operator Excmin tien
                                                                                                                "
  73. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                          r      \
                                                                                                    ''
              Reactor power is 82%                                                      3
              HPCI is in operation for a surv.eillance
                                                  ~                                  "                      '
            '
              The "B" loop of RHR is in' Suppressi6n Pool Coolin~g
              Suppression pool temperature is 103 'F when the running            ' pump tripped
                                      ,
              HPCI was secured
              Subsequently, suppression pool temperature incre            to 106 *F
        Which of the following lists the suppression poo mperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-
        EO.ZZ-0102, Primary Containment Control ~            entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec
        3.6.2.17
        a. EO4102          - 9$ 'F                  /
              TS 3.6.2.1    - 95 *
        b. EO-0102        - 95 *
                                    F
              TS 3.6.2.1[ -
        c. EO-0102 e      - 105 *F                                                                  ,
              TS-      .1  - 95 *F
        d.      -0102      - 105 *F.
              TS 3.6.2.1    - 105 *F                                ,
  ,,
                    rc    n a s ine ,,          ?-            !g5
                                                                                    '
                                                                                      ,      .: _,,
          - t il                                                                                        '
          h                    f 3(. M r.'s r,G qi im, t,' V"li W '' 6 U l'4 W''I!' 4 U " ,
  74. Given the following conditions:                h,dc'g Wg              ljtM(Mj        h ''> j NJ /
              ,
            The plant is operating at 100% power
            A feedwater heater trip has resulted in a feedwater temperature of 385 *F
            No operator actions have been taken
        Which of the following is the operational concem for the given conditions?
        a. Entry into the Exit Region of the Power-To-Flow Map.
        b. Violation of the Hope Creek Operatira License.
l
        c. Immediate thermal hydraulic instabilities.
        d. Recirculation Pump damage.
                                                    Page 34 of 46
                                                                                                          _-
 
.
                                  Senior Reactor Optrator Examinction
  .,
    75. Which of the following describes how the operators would know the H                      ater ~
          Chemistry injection (HWCI) system had NOT been removed from se '                whiie performing a
          shutdown in accordance with HC,OP-lO.ZZ-OOO4(Q), "S,                    rom  Rated  Power To Cold
          . Shutdown"?
        *                                                              /                                      ~
                  .                              .
            a. Hydrogen explosions in the Mechanica              _ "mPump while operating to maintain
                condenser va'cuum.
            b. Post-shutdown (2 hours              ine Building radiation levels would be much higher.
            c. Alarms and i            ons resulting from a control rod drop accident would not be available
                to the o      ors as quickly.
            d        e Primary and Secondary Condensate Pumps will cavitate.            .
                                                                                              ,.
                                        .        e  Sh5r ?r                  i                          n!u l
    76. Following a reactor scram all rods are at position "00". except one that is at position "24."
          Which of the following describes the capability of the reactor to remain shutdown?
            a. Control rods are inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal limit,
                therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.
-            b. Control rods are not inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal
                limit, therefore it cannot be assured the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.
            c. Design basis shutdown margin is met, therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under
                all conditions,
            d. Design basis shutdown margin is not met, therefore it cannot be assured that the reactor
                will remain shutdown under all conditions.
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  l
                                                        Page 35 of 46
 
                                                                                                        .
                              S:ni:r R::ctor Operater Extmination
                                                                                                        "
  77. Given the following conditions:
            The Control Room has been abandoned in accordance with HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0130(Q),
              " Control Room Evacuation"
            ' Control has been established at the' Remote Shutdown Panel in accordance with'
              .HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0008(Q), " Shutdown From Outside Control Room"                          ~
              RCIC is operating maintaining reactor water level at +35 inches
              Safety Relief Valves (SRV) are being used to cooldown
              Condensate Storage Tank (CST) level is 135,000 gallons
            The Condensate System is not available
      Which of the following is correct for the given conditions?
        a. RCIC is' operated'without overspeed protection.
        b.'' insufficient CST inventory is available to allow the cooldown to clear the shutdown
              cooling interlocks.
-
        c. The RCIC Gland Seal Condenser Condensate Pump must be manually operated..
          '
        d. SRVs cannot be operated in a rotation that will evenly distribute heat to the Suppression
              Chamber.
  78. Which of the following describes the effect of failing to restart the Turbine Building Ventilation
      System if it trips while operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0104(Q)-FC, " Radioactive Release
      Control"?
        a. The Turbine Building will go to a slightly negative pressure.
        b. The total off-site release calculations will not be accurate.
        c. The Turbine Building releases will be monitored but not treated.
        d. The total off-site release will be higher.
  79. A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) has occurred.
      Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed before a reactor scram is required?
        a. An immediate scram is required
        b. One (1) minute
        c. Ten (10) minutes
        d. Twenty (20) minutes
                                                  Page 36 of 46
 
                                                  u
  -                                                                                                        1;
                                  S:nler React:r Op;ratar Examination
l
!
  " 80. Giv:n th3 following conditions:
I
                A loss of coolant accident has occurred
l_              The Reactor Auxiliaries Cooling Syste.m (RACS) has been restored
                                .                                        .
,
          Which of the following describes the availability / response of the Emergency Instrument Air
'
          Compressor (EIAC) for these conditions should instrument air header pressure begin
          lowering?
            a. The EIAC is not available until the LOCA signal is cleared, reset and the 1E breaker is
                closed.
                                                                                                            I
            b. The EIAC will automatically start on instrument air header pressure less than 85 psig.
            c. The EIAC is not available until the Non-1E breaker is closed and instrument air pressure
      s        is less than 85 psig.                                                                  ,
            d. The EIA' Cwill not automatically start but may be started manually from the Control Room
    ,
                or locally.                          ,                            ,
      8.1. Which of the following describes the reason control rods insert during a loss of instrument air?
            a. A flowpath is opened to'the bottom of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          i
                reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
            b. Drive water flow and pressure both rise enough to drift the control rod in, similar to a
                  normal insertion.
            c. A flowpath is opened from the top of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          I
                  accumulator pressure to drift the rod in.
              d. The normal scram flowpath to and from the drive mechanism operating piston is opened,
                  allowing accumulator and reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
      82. Following a loss of shutdown cooling, decay heat removal is being transferred to the
            Alternate Shutdown Cooling lineup (Injection to the reactor returning to the suppression pool
            via open Safety Relief Valves).
            Which of the following indications is utilized to monitor the margin to Op Con 3 entry in this  ;
            lineup?
              a. Safety Relief Valve tailpipe temperatures
              b. Suppression pool temperatures                                                              l
              c. Reactor vessel skin temperatures
              d. Local suction temperatures on the running low pressure ECCS pumps
                                                        Page 37 of 46
                                                          _
 
                                                                N                                    ,
                              Sanior Rsactor Op3 rater Examinstion
                                                                                                      "
  83. Which of the following describes th3 conditions r: quiring th3 R: ctor Mods Switch to be
      placed in " Shutdown" on a sustained loss of Control Rod Drive charging water header
      pressure (<900 psig) with reactor pressure at 650 psig?
        a. - Within 20 minutes of determining more than one CRD accumulator.is inoperable and at
            least one of.those inoperable accumulators is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        b. Within 20 minutes of determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable-
            accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        c. Immediately upon determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and all the
            inoperable accumulators are associated with fully inserted control rods.
        d. Immediately upon determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable
            accumulator is pssociated with a withdrawn control rod.
      '
                                              !.          .
  84. Given the following conditions:
                                                                      .
            The plant is shutdown for refueling
            The Reactor Protection System shorting links have been removed
            'A fuel bundle is being moved from the fuel pool to core.
      If SRM "C" fails "downscale", which of the following are the required immediate ections?
        a. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel movement.
        b. Verify a full scram and a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel
            movement.
        c. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is required to be
            terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant monitored by SRM "C."
        d. Verify a full scram and control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is
            required to be terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant
,
            monitored by SRM "C."
I
l
                                                Page 38 of 46
                                                            _
 
  ..
                                  S:nier R:act:r Op;rator Examination
      85. Given the following conditions:
                  A large break loss of coolant accident has occurred
    .
          '
                . Drywell pressure reached a maximum of 22 psig
                  Suppression chambe~r sprays have ~NOT been pla'ced in service
                  . Drywell sprays are in service            .
                  Drywell pre'ssure is 4 psig and slowly lowering
            Which of the following is the expected positions of the Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers and
            the Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers for'the given conditions?
              a. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Brealiers are open
                      . The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
              b.' - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
  .                - The. Reactor Building-to-Torus. Vacuum Breakers .are~ closed    ,
              c. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                    - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
              d. - -The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                    - The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
                                      .
      86. Given the following conditions:
                    The plant has experienced a loss of coolant accident
                    Suppression chamber sprays were placed in service when required
                    Drywell sprays were initiated with suppression pool level approximately 145 inches
              Which of the following would be the result of these actions?
              a. The Residual Heat Removal Pumps will be operated outside the NPSH Limit Curves.
              b. Excessive differential pressures between the suppression chamber and the drywell will
                    occur.
              c. The suppression chamber venting flowpath will be damaged leading to loss of pressure
                    suppression capability.
                d. The suppression chamber spray capacity will be lost.                                  i
                                                                                                          1
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          4
I
                                                        Page 39 of 46
l
l
 
                                                                                                        '
                                Senior Reactor Operator Examination
  87. Following a reccior serrm with e Mein Steam isolation Velva Closure, tha plant is b:ing          s- I
        depressurized using the Safety Relief Valves (SRV).                                                !
        Which of the following.is the reason.why the depressurization should be accomplished with
                                                  ~
                                                                                          ~
*
        " sustained" SRV opening's 'if the pneumatic supply (PCIG and instrument air) is lost to the
.
        SRVs?
          a. This prevents exceeding the 100'FIhour cooldown limit during the depressurization while
              conserving the SRV pneumatic supply,
          b. This ensures the available SRV pneumatic supply is sufficient to cooldown to less than
            .
              the shutdown cooling interlocks.
          c. This directs depressurization without regard to the Technical Specification cooldown
              limits before the depleted pneumatic supply results in Ipss of SRV. control.  >
          d. This ensures the SRV accumulat.or pneumatic supply is available and adequate for later
              us's if the Emerciency Operating Procedures require Emergency Depressurizatiori.
                                        .
  88. The following data was collected following a Group 1 isolation and reactor scram from 100%
      . power:
            The Group 1 isolation was caused by technician error
            The reactor scrammed on high reactor pressure
              Reactor pressure peaked at 1060 psig
            All control rods fully inserted
              The plant was stabilized in Op Con 3
        Which of the following is the basis for a decision not to startup?
          a. A safety limit violation has occurred and the requirements of Technical Specification 6.7,
              " Safety Limit Violation" must met.
          b. The reactor steam dome pressure LCO was violated.
          c. The Reactor Protection System did not respond as expected.
          d. The P.edundant Reactivity Control System did not respond as expected.
                                                                                                          i
                                                  Page 40 of 46                                            l
 
                                                                            _  _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _. . _ _ _ _
  ,,
                                Senior Reactor Operator Examinaticn
    89. Which of the following describes the basis for initiating boron injection before exceeding the
          Boron injection initiation Temperature (BilT)? -
          a. This ensures the reactor will be shutdown and in hot-standby conditions before the
              suppression pool reaches the heat capacity level limit.
          b. This ensures the reactor will be shutdown and in hot-standby conditions before the
              suppression pool reaches the heat capacity temperature limit
          c. This ensures the Primary Containment Pressure Limit will not be exceeded before RPV
              pressure is below the Minimum Alternate Flooding Pressure.
          d. This ensures suppression pool temperature will not exceed 150 *F during an Emergency
              Depressurization, if required.
    90: Given the following condition:
            * The plant is operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0206, " Reactor Flooding"
              Suppression chamber pressure is 22 psig
              Reactor pressure is 105 psig
,
              4 SRVs have been opened and have remained open for 85 minutes
              All reactor water level indicators are off-scale high
          Which of the following would be the MINIMUM expected actual reactor water level for the
          given conditions?
          a. -209 inches
          b. -161 inches
          c. +118 inches
          d. Filled solid
                                                                                                                                                      l
                                                                                                                                                      l
                                                    Page 41 of 46
                                                              _ _ _ _ _
 
                                                                                                  .
                            Sonier React:r Operatar Examinati:n
                                                                                                  e
  91. HPCI and RCIC both started and are injecting in response to a valid low reactor water level.
      Current plant conditions are as follows:
        * Reactor water level is +25 inches, steady
        4 Reactor pressure is'845 psig, rising slowly
          Drywell pressure is 1.1 psig, steady                                  .
          RCIC has been aligned to Full Flow Recirc operation (CST to CST) for pressure control
          HPCI is injecting to the reactor for level control
          After 10 minutes of operation a valid high suppression pool level is received
      Which of the following would be the expected response of RCIC if a valid high suppression
      pool level is received for the given conditions?
                                                    ~
        a. RCIC will remain in Full Flow' Recirculation.
        b. RCIC will trip on high turbine exhaust pressure.
        c. RCIC will trip on low suction pressure.
  '
        d. RCIC will' operate on minimum flow.
  92. During high primary containment water level condilions, suppression pool water level
      bdications cannot be used.
      Operation of which system will invalidate the alternate method used for determining primary
      containment water level?
        a. RCIC
        b. Core Spray
        c. RHR
        d. HPCI
I
I
l
l
                                                  Page 42 of 46
 
.,
                                    S:;nier R: actor Op:ratar Examination
        93. Given the following conditions:
                    A leak has occurred in the suppression pool
*
                + The reactor is shutdown.                                  '          '
                                                                                              '              '
                                                                                                                ,
                . A cooldown is being performed using SRVs~
                    The Heat Capacity Level Limit (HCLL) curve is being monitored                            ,
                . The " Action Required' area of the HCLL curve has been entered for several minutes
                  .
              Which of the following is a possible effect of initiating an emergency depressurization with the
              given conditions?
                a. The suppression pool may exceed design temperature.                                        ,
        .    .b. Failure of the downcomer vent header joints due to " chugging."
    .
              . c. The SRNailpipe Level Limit curve may be exceeded.
                d'. The capacity of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers will be' exceeded.
                                                              .
  .                      .                            .                                        .
      '94. ' Following the runback of the Recirculation Pumps on a trip of a Primary Condensate Pump,
              the operator may monitor the Source Range Monitoring (SRM) per.iod meters for strong              i
              deflections above and below " Infinity".
              Under which of the following conditions may SRM period indications be considered accurate -
              indication of thermal hydraulic instabilities?
                a. Only when the SRM detectors are fully withdrawn from the core,
                    .
                b. . Anytime, regardless of detector position, if the detectors are stationary,
                c. Only when the SRM detectors are fully inserted into the core,
                d. Anytime the SRM detectors are moving.
                                                                                                              1
                                                                                                                l
                                                                                                                l
                                                                                                              I
                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                              l
                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                                ;
                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                                l
                                                          Page 43 of 46
 
                                                                                                      '
                                                                                                        l
                                Seni::r Reactor Operator Examinctisn
                                                                                                    '-
  95. With the plant et pow;r ths M2in Storm / Rs:ctor Wrtsr Cleanup Arsa Lerk Temperature
        High alarm was received and the RWCU system automatically isolated. The leak has been
        determined to be in the RWCU Pipe Chase Room 4402.
                                                                            ~
        Which of the following is NOT a required operator action for the given' conditions?
                                                                                    ~
          a. Notify Chemistry to close the" Manual' Sample Line Isolation Valves P-RC-V9670 and 1-
                RC-V006.
          b. Observing the RWCU Inboard and Outboard Isolation Valves (F001 & F004) close,
          c. Observing the Recirc Sample Line isolation Valves (BB-SV-4310 and 4311) automatically
                close.
          d. Operate available Reactor Building ventilation fans consistent with plant conditions.
                                                    ,
                                                                                        -
,
            ,
  96. Given the following conditions:
                                        ~
              The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI
        room
          . HPCl isolated due to high room temperatures
          . RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/mi
        Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
          a. RBVS remains in service
          - b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recire and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
          c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
          d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 2 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
    97. With the Reactor Building Ventilation in a normal lineup, the operator observes that Reactor
          Building pressure is .10 inches of vacuum water gauge.
          Which of the following is an immediate action to restore Reactor Building pressure to the
          required pressure?
              a. Place at least two FRVS units in service.
              b. Secure a reactor building supply fan.
              c. Place an FRVS unit in service and increase FRVS flow rate to maximum.
              d. Place the third Reactor Building Exhaust Fan in service.
                                                      Page 44 of 46
 
    ,
1                                  S:nicr ROIctor Operator ExaminLtion
l
    * 98. Given the following conditions:
<
                . The reactor has scrammed from power
                . Pilot Scram Valve Group 1 solenoids, Logic "A" and Logic "B" did not doenergize
    ,
                                                                      *    '                              -
                  The Screm Discharge Volume is currently full
            Which of the following describes the difference between inserting control rods in accordance
I            with HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0303, " Individual Control Rod Scrams" and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0302, "De-
            energization Of Scram Solenoids"?
              a. EO-0302 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0303 does not.
              b. EO-0303 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0302 does not.
              c. EO 0303 does not isolate the Scram Discharge Volume, E04302 'does.-
l              d. EO-0302 results in a flowpath from the RPV to the Reactor Building Sump, EO-0303.does
                                            '
                  .not.
        .
                                                                              .
        99. Which 'of the following are the appropriate hydrogen concentration values to complete the
  .          following statement following a loss of coolant accident with hydrogen generation occurring?
              Rising containment hydrogen concentrations require corrective actions be taken at
l                          and reentry into HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102, " Primary Containment Control", at
                          '
!
                a. 2.0%,      - 0.5%
                b. 0.5%,      2.0%
                c. 2.0%,      2.0%
                d. 0.5%,        0.5%
I
L
                                                      Page 45 of 46
                    ,
 
                                                                                                  .
                            S:nier React:r Op:ratcr Extminatian                                ,,
  100 Givon '.he following conditions:
          A loss of coolant accident has occurred
          Hydrogen is present in the primary containment
        ~The Hydrogen Recombiners have been started
      Which of the following is the hydrogen concentration that requires termination of Hydrogen
      Recombiner operation and the reason why that value is selected?
      a. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 4% hydrogen concentration because there is
          insufficient oxygen available to support the recombination reaction.
      b. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 6% hydrogen concentration because there is
          . insufficient. oxygen available to support the recombination r.eaction.
      c. The Hydrogen.Recombiners are secured at 4% hydrogen concentration in order to
                                                            *                '
          prevent their becoming an ignition source.
      .d. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 6% hydrogen concentration in order to
          prevent tiieir becoming'an igniti6n sou'rce'.
                                                                                      .
    .
                                                    .
I
                                                Page 46 of 46
 
                              Seni:r R :ct:r Operator Answ:r K;y
  .,
                                                                                                        i
      1. b        294001G101                        26. d        203000K406
    2a            294001G102              .          27. c        204000K115                  .
    3. d          294001G104                        28. d-        205000A104-
      4. c        294001G108                        29. gn        205000A203
                                                          n c ~ r r~ ~ e n -a s r> tw 3 s 'n
                                                                                              '+/      .
      5. e        204001OM8~
    ,seu res we en ,nro.s riot 1.>.,b
                                        .
                                                      30. d          205000G421              N ''1"lI l
      6. c        294001G128                        31    a      206000K102
      7.' b        294001G131                        32. a          209001A403                ,
      8. b        294001G202 -                        33. a.        211000A208
      9 '. . c    294001G213.                        34. a        211.000K506                  .
    10. d        294001G217                          35. d        .212000A414
    11. d        294001G222                          36    d      212000K411
    12. a        294001G304                          37. d        215002K604
    13. c          294001G310                        38, d        215004A104
    14. b          294001G412                        39. b        -215005K104
    15. d          294001G440                        40. d        216000A301
    16. b          294001G441                        41. c        217000A210
    17. d          294001G448                        42. b        217000K201
    18. a          201001K405                        43. c          218000K201
i
!    19. c          201002A405                        44. c'        218000K302
    20. a          201003A207                          45. b        223001K103
    21. a'        201006K514                          46. c        223002A403
    22. d          201006K602                          47. a        226001K403
                                                                                                    .
    23      c    202001A210                          48. b        233000K302
    24. aoed 202001A302                                49. b        239001G128
              s e < nrr~ ke a h- A& v Gs ifd Ff*
    25. b          202002A101      d' z'' . ,! I2    50. b        239002A109
                                                  Page 1
 
.
                                                                                                                  .
                                      S:ni:r Rrct:r Operator An w:r KGy                                          ..
  51. c            241000K302                                      76. c      295015A202
  52; a            262001A304                                      ;77. c      295016A108
  53'. b        '264000K603                                      78. b      295017K302
  54. a          271000A408                                      79. Cc Y' 295018K202wt                  M.
                                                                        sn . rteejgg
                                                                              '2d$d1NAT0I ' yp'###a%4'N3+W 7 "I' '
  55. d          272000A201                                      80. a
  56. d          290001K601                                      81. d      295019K201
  57. b          290002K401                                      82. a      295021A104-              .
  58. a          295001A203                                      83..d      295022K207.
  59..a          295002A105                                      84. a      295023G23.2
  60. d          295003A101                                      85. b      295024A116
  61      c      295003K204                                      86.'b      ~295024K101
  62. a          295004K203                                      87. d      295025K102
  63      d      295005K201                                      88. c      295025K201
  64. c          295006G449                                      89. b      295026K304
  65. b          295006K103                                      90. b      295028K302
  66. a            295007K304                                      91. d      295029A104
  67. c            295008G123                                      92  d      295029A201
  68. d            295009K202                                      93. a      295030K103
                                                                                295031A202
  69. car b 295010A202see arre ce ugs trorar%g.,pp3lli g). b
  70. d            295010K302                                      95. c        295032G448
          e                          t@ld dSe CXM                                                                  ,
                                                                                                                    '
    ,,, .            - . ,. , , i v i    I V .P '''*              96. pb      295034K102      '
                                                                                                            *
                  " H d 3 ye        r M Y' % ' %' '*?
  72.Sed(y# 235'OT3 Aid 2 ' '""                        ''' " k0k'
                                                              ' y~    see  wmean    e va~~ ~wys dM's W '**hh#I
                                                                    97.  d      295035A201
                                                                                295037K205
  ""'L_ -
        -
                    2050iOOiUE _ _
          ' %.;.n.u w-h 6n.gr{nn
                                                , :< fu
                                                      -
                                                        6%
                                                                    98. c
  74. b            295014G110
                                                    "
                                                                    99. b      500000G404
    r>. (                                                                      500000K303
  75. c            23501 iKivo                                      00  c
  4 l' V TC d ,~Sf*  , , , p,,
                                WMM&f*"I    f g #*
                                                Y
                                                3-5-11
            , ,. 7
            '' F    ,    .7          -b  :m - f            Page 2
 
                                          .                        .
                                                                                            .
                                                                                                  - - . .        ,
,
  Y
            3/4.0 aPPLI M afLITY                                                              ~
    4
    ^      LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                    - . ... .. .
            .... .. .. ........................... ....... .-
            3.0.1 Compliance with the Limiting conditions .for Operation contained in th's                >
            succeeding Specifications is required during the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS or
            other conditions specified thereins except that upon failure to most the
            Limiting Conditions for Operation, the associated ACTION requirements.shall be
            met.
            3.0.2 Noncompliance with a Specification shall exist when the requirements of
            the Limiting Condition for Operation and associated
                            ~
                                                                          ACTION requirements are
                                                                      If the Limiting condition for
            not met within the specified time intervals.
            Operation is restored prior to expiration of the specified time intervals,
            completion of the Action requirements is not required.
            3'.0.3 When a Limiting condition for Operation is. net not, ascept as provided
              in the associated ACTION requirement's,'within one hour action shall be
              initiated to place the unit in an OPERATIONAL CONDITION in which the
        ,
          '
            ' Specification does not apply 'by placing it,- as applicable, in
          ,
                      1.  At least'STARTUF within the nest 6 hours,
                      2.  At.least NOT SEUTDONN within the following 6 hours, and
                      3.    At least 00LD SNUTDONN within the subsequent 24 hours.
                                      ~
              Where corrective measures are completed that permit operation under the ACTION
      -        requirements, the ACTION may be taken in accordance with the specified time
              limits as measured from the time of failure to meet the Limiting condition for
              Operation. Raceptions to these requirements are stated in the individual
              Specifications.
              This Specification is not applicable in OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS 4 or 5.
                3.0.4 Entry into an OPERhTIONAL CONDITION or other specified condition shall
                not be made when the conditions for the Limiting condition for Operation are                  *
                not met and the associated ACTION requires a shutdown if they are not met
                within a specifLed time interval.      Entry into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION or
                other specified condition may be made in accordance with the ACTION
                requirements when conformance to them permits continued operation of the
                facility for an unlimited period of time. This provision shall not prevent
                passage through or to OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS as required to. comply wit
                requirements. Exceptions to these requirements are stated in the individual
                SpecLtLeatLons.                                                                            '
                  3.0.5 Equipment removed from service or declared ' inoperable to comply with
                  ACTIONS may be returned to service under administrative control solely to
                  perform        testing required to demonstrate its OPERASILITY
                  other equipment.
                  service under administrative control to perform the testing required to
                  demonstrate OPERABILITY.
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  !
                                                                                        Amendment No. 63      l
                  ROFE CREEK
                                                          3/4 0-1
 
            _
              f
j[id$i$hh!$2!p,x                ''/ea
          y    **  'oi
      4
                e,1
% ;, p*a              g      g;      g,.
                                          .
                se            gx      .-
        .
                                .34i
    .
                                      $
                                            1
  4 .,
    o
              vn.. . n                      \
                    r    ,_
 
'      .
                                                                                                  :
..
                                                                                                  {
            APPLICABILITY
    ,
                                                                                                l
            SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)                                                l
  .    .                                                                                        \
                      Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda shall be applicable as
                      follows in these Technical Specifications:                                  3
                      ASNE Boiler and Pressure Vessel            Required frequencies
                      Code and applicable Addenda                for performing inservice
                      terminology for inservice                  inspection and testing
                      inspection and testing activities          activities
                                                                                                  )
                                    Weekly                        At least once per 7 days
                                    Monthly                      At least once per 31 days
                      Quarterly or every 3 months                At least once per 92 days
                      Semiannually or every 6 months            At least once per 184 days
                              Every 9 months                      At least once per 276 days      i
                              Yearly or' annually                At least once per 366 days
                  c.  The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are applicable to the above
                        required frequencies for performing inservice inspection and testing
                                                  '
                        activities.
          -
                  d.    Performance of the above inservice inspection and testing activities
                        shall be in addition to'other specified Surveillance Requirements.
                  e.    Nothing in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be con-
',-                    strued to supersede the requirements of any Technical Specification.
                  f.    The Inservice Inspection Program for piping identified in NRC
                        Generic Letter 88-01 shall confom to the staff positions on schedule,
                        methods, and personnel, and sample expansion included in that generic
                        letter, or as otherwise approved by the NRC.
                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                  !
                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                  1
                                                    3/4 0-3                    Amendment No. 51
              HOPE CREEK
 
                                                                                                                                                              .,
                                                                                                                .
                                                                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                                HC.OP-SO.CH-0001(Z)          .-
                                                                      ATTACHMENT 4
                                                                          (Page1of1)
                                  .
                      MAIN TURBINE CONTROL OIL (EHC) SYSTEM OPERATION -                                                                                    .
                                                    'EHC CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAM
            -    _,e                                                                                                          --
                          m                    w=                    "-
                                                                      -                                                .  e w---'
                                                                                                                .gs
                              --
            _ ..., -i                    -
                                                                  __,    m;        , _ , , , , ,                                                . ,,,,,,,,,,
                                                                                                                                x =z
              ,                _
                              -                      '
                                                            l
                                                                      .
                                                                            ,;                                    , z_ ,                      9 =
    === __; '=' ^
                                                                ,
    .roo              e                              A/
                                                            x  s
                                                                i
                                                                I
                                                                        *                                          X
                c#
    _
          g&,
                    -
                          --
                                                      ,v.
                                                      s    M )d
                                                                          .    .,                    -
                                                                                                              :-            .                                  ,
                                                                        . y, -                              ._,-
            q .. g,                                    _
                                                                  _.c                                  _=
                                                                                                              r--    '
                                                                                                                                      :      -
            ~~~ j                              e,,s                                                    --
                                                                                                                                          -
                                                                                            .gT N D
                                                                                        ,
                  .
                                                                                                            *,
                                                                                                                      "'              !      *        -
        -                  .
                                              -
                                              -
                                                                                                                                              --
                            ,
                                    .
                                                                                                                                      , F- 69.oauser
                                                                                                                                      ,                          .
                                                                                                                                            '
                                            ,                                                                                          ) H- toesor
                                                                                                                                              saron coaum
                                                                                                                                      l F- =wr=caux'un
                                                                                                                                                    weso
                A                ( r s.Lr                l
        m                          Y*                e.                                            ****""**
                                        l*            **
                                                                &        ""
                                                                                            'fH*
                                                                                              ,t
                                                                    w
                                                                                .,
        Iv= H HL_A.o,o.                                                      /                _y '
                                                                                                                                              W:
      e,esem wr        !        i
                                                                  ,/      ./ '    __g'N
                                                                                        L, 4 m ~ l
                                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                                                ! omwe
          m            l        ,f.
                                                                "
                                                                            ~;
                                                                                      '    me
                                                                                                                m  aton
                                                                                                                                    7
                                                                                                                                    -
            e L_ a                    -s
                                      s                                      ,,,,,,,.
          v
                                ;4'                      l                  ==o          I"          ,,                              ,
                B                      i                ,,,
                                                          **                                        ,[                    4      *7um
                                                                                                                                                  i er
      t  m
    .s em.u noms            .fy,
                              m
                                                                                                    ;
                                                                                                                      $x*/*                      . Z
                                                                                                                                                  .
                              ' J:    _
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                          +
                                                                                          e.uames                    enso m,    4 4 ow=um
                                                                                                                                        t
l
  Hope Creek                                                              Page x2 or 84                                                            Rev.19
                                                                                                                                                                    I
 
    #
    ed
                              s
                      w
            ATTACHMENT 2
      RO EXAM AND ANSWER KEY
t
  -
 
                                                                                              ,
                                                                                            -
                                                                                          ..
            U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                                . Site-Specific                                    .
                          Written Examination
                                Applicant Information
  Name:                                      Region: 1
  Date: Date:. 2/23/98                    -  Facility: Hope Creek
  License Level: RO                          Reactor Type: GE
  Start Time:                                Finish Time:
                                      Instructions
  Use the anr,wer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet
  on top of the answer sheets. The passing grade requires a final grade of at least
  80.00 percent. Examination papers will be collected four hours after the examination
  starts.
                                Applicant Certification
l
  All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
                                                                  Applicant's Signature
I
                                        Results
  Examination Value                                                                Points
  Applicant's Score                                                                Points
  Applicant's Grade                                                              Percent
l
l
l
 
    .
  .
                                        R: actor Oper_"ttr An:wer Sheeta
  =s
    Circle the correct answer, if an answeris changed write it in the blank.
          1. a b c d                                                  26. a b c d
          2. a b c d -                                              ~27..a bec d          .
          3. a b' c d                                                28. a b c d
          4. a b c d                                                  29. a b c d
          5. a b c d                                                  30. a b c d
          6. a b c d                                                  31. a b c d
                                                    *                                  -
              abcd
      *
          7'.                                                          32. a b'c a
          8. a b c d '                                                33, a b c d- -
          9. a b c d            .
                                                                      34. a..b c.d  .
        10. a b c d                                                  35. a b c d
        11. a b c d                                                  36. a b c d
        12. a b c d                                                  37. a b c d            I
                                                                                              i
        13. a b c d                                                  38. a b c d
        14. a b c d                                                  39. a b c d
        15. a b c d                                                  40. a b c d            !
          16. a b c d                                                  41. a b c d
                                                                                          ^
          17. a b c d                                                  42, a b c d
          18. a b c d                                                  43, a b c d
          19. a b c d                                                  44. a b c d
          20. a b c d                                                  45. a b c d
          21. a b c d                                                  46. a b c d
          22. a b c d                                                  47    abcd
          23. a b c d                                                  48. a b c d
l
        -24. a b c d                                                  49. a b c d
[
          25. a b c d                                                  50. a b c.d
                                                            Page.1
!
                                                                                              1
l
l
 
                                                                                          .
                                      R: actor Operator An:wcr Shscts
                                                                                          ,.
  Circle the correct answer. If an answer is changed write it in the blank.
                            .
    51. s_b c d'                                                    76. a b c d
    52- a.b c d '
        .
                                                -
                                                                    77. a b c d      .
                                                                                        -
'
    53.'s b_c d                                                    78. a b c d    .
    54. a b c d                                                    79. a b c d
      55. a b c d                                                    80. a b c d
    ~ 56. a b c d                                                    81. a b c d
    '57, a b c d                                                    '82. a b c d
      58. a b c.d                                                    83. a b c d
      59. a b c d                            ,                    .84. a-b c d  ,
    60. a b c d-                                                    85. a b c d
      61. a b c d                                                    -86. a b c d
      62, a b c d                                                    87. a b c d
      63, a b c d                                                    88. a b c'd
      64, a b c d                                                    89. a b c d
      65.'a b c d                                                    90 a b c d
      66. a b c d                                                    91, a b c d
      67, a b c d                                                    92. a b c d
      68. a b c d                                                    93. a b c d
      69. a b c d                                                    94    abcd
      70. a b c d                                                    95. a b c d
      71. a b c d                                                    96. a b c d
      72. a b c d                                                    97. a b c d
      73. a b c d                                                    98. a b c d
      74. a b c d                                                    99, a b c d
      75. a b c d                                                    00. a b c d
                                                          Page 2
 
  -
                                                                                                          i
  ,,                                Reactor Operatar Examination
    1. Which of the following evolutions is NOT allowed to be performed by the Reactor Building
        Equipment Operator?
          a. Transferring an RPS bus to its alternate power supply with the reactor at power.
          ti. ' Test scramming a control rod'from the' individual test switch'es on the hydraulic control
                unit.
          c. Operating the Standby Liquid Control system in the Test Tank to Test Tank mode.
          d. Reducing hydraulic control unit nitrogen pressure to the normal band with the
                associated control rod withdrawn.
    2. Given the following conditions:
          * A fully qualified Nuclear Control Operator (NCO) with an active license has just
                returned from 10 days vacation
              ' On the first day back on shift, this NCO wo*ed a normal 12 hour shift and then
                accepted and worked.4 hours of overtime
        Which of the following is the maximum number of hours this NCO may work on the second
        day back on shift? (Assume no addition'ai authorizations have been made.)
            a. 8 hours
            b. 12 hours
            c. 14 hours-                                                                  -
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          1
            d. 16 hours
      3. A tagging request with switching order has been received from the System Operator. The
          Switching Order has been confirmed and the tags prepared. The System Operator has
          contacted Hope Creek and directed the performance of the tagging request and switching
          order.
          Which of the following personnel are required to be present in the 500KV switchyard
          blockhouse for completion of the tagging request and switching order?
l            a. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Nuclear Control Operator.
              b. Two Nuclear Equipment Operators.
              c. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Control Room Supervisor.
              d. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a member of the Systems Operation Department.
                                                                                                          !
!
                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          1
l          '
                                                      Page 1 of 45
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          l
 
                                                                                                        ,
                                  R actor Op rator Examination
                                                                                                      -
  4. Following shift turnover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entered in t
      narrative log by the previous shift is incorrect.
      The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the corr        entry and initials
                                                                                                  ,
      and dates the change. Which of the following describes how the          should  highlight and
      explain the change?
        a. The correct entry should be circled in red wit        explanation placed in the comments
            section.
        b. The correct entry should be cir        in red with an explanation made next to the
            corrected entry.
        c. The incorrect ent        ould be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments
            section.
        d. The '      rrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the
              rrected entry.
          Deterea see cn m ros:s srueue f(sc 3-s-W
  5. Which of the following will identify when Op Co'n 2 is entered during a reactor startup and
      heatup?
        a. When the reactor is declared critical.
        b. When the first control rod is withdrawn.
        c. When the MODE switch is placed in Startup/ Hot Standby.
                                                                                                    ~
        d. When enough control rods are withdrawn to increase keff to greater than or equal to .99.
  6. During a valid high reactor pressure condition, the Recirculation Pumps did NOT
      automatically trip as designed.
l    Which of the following actions must be taken by the Control Room to open the Recirculation
      Pump Trip (RPT) Breakers,
        s. Manually initiate both channels of the Redundant Reactivity Control System (RRCS).
        b. Verify the RPT Breakers trip when the Recirculation Pump MG Set Drive Motor Breakers
            are opened.
        c. Direct the local tripping of the RPT Breakers.
        d. Depress the RPT Breaker " Trip" pushbuttons.
                                                Page 2 of 45
l
 
~                                Reacter Operator Excmination
  7. Which of the following are the minimum requirements for the " Board" Nuclear Control
    Operator (RO) to review critical plant parameters (reactor power, level, pressure and turbine
    load) and walk down the control boards during normal, steady-state plant operations?
    The RO should:
        a. continuously monitor critical plant parameters and perform a complete control board
            walk down every hour.
        b. monitor critical plant parameters every five (5) minutes and perform a complete control
            board walk down every two (2) hours.
        c. continuously monitor critical plant parameters and perform a complete control board
            walk down every two (2) hours.
        d. monitor critical plant parameters every five (5) minutes and perform a complete control
            board walk down every hour.
  8. Given the following conditions:
          A plant shutdown with control rod insertions occurring is in progress
          Reactor power is 22% with generator output at 242 MWe
          The second NCO (PO) begins deinerting the drywell
          The CRS is reviewing procedures at the CRS desk
          No other personnel are in the Control Room
      Which of the following additional requirements, if met, would allow a License Class Instant
      SRO trainee under direction of the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) to continue rod motion for    j
      the given conditions?
                                                                                                    '
        a. Operations Manager written permission to allow a License Class trainee to insert control
            rods.
        b. Another technically qualified member of the unit technical staff to observe rod movement.
        c. Verification that the Rod Worth Minimizer is operating properly before reducing power
            below 20%.
        d. A Reactor Engineer's presence to satisfy Technical Specification requirements.
                                                                                                    l
                                                                                                    4
                                                Page 3 of 45
 
                                                                                                        ~    i
                                    R:actar Op rct:r Ex minatian                                            l
                                                                                                        -
    9. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is shutdown for a maintenance outage                                                    j
                                                                                                              '
            A Red Blocking Tag (RBT) i,s hung on 4160 VAC breaker
            The breaker is tagged in the " Test Disconnect" position                                          I
  -
            Later in the outage, the breaker is being removed from its cubicle for maintenance
        Which of the following describes the required tagging actions for the given conditions?
          a. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and an
              additional RBT installed on the rope / tape placed across the opening.
          b. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker but kept active and maintained in the
              physical possession of Operations while the breaker is out of the cubicle.
          c. The RB,T shall be removed from the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and
                                  .
l              the same RBT installed on the ~ safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening.
          . d. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and a
              White Caution Tag installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle open;ng.
                                                                              ~
                                                                                                              \
    10. Given the following conditions:
            A Hope Creek radiation worker is fully qualified with current lifetime exposure
            records on file
                                                                                                              I
            This individual's current yearly exposure (TEDE) is 355 mrem
            A Site Area Emergency has just been declared
.
        Which of the following is the MAXIMUM additional exposure that can be received by this
!        individual without exceeding any administrative or procedurally based limits? (Assume no
I        additional approvals have been received.)
            a. 1645 mrem
            b. 4145 mrem
            c. 4395 mrem
i          d. 4645 mrem
                                                                                                              i
                                                  Page 4 of 45
                                                                                                          ..
 
l .
l                                    Rrct:r Oper; tor Excmin tien
l~
l
    11. The estimated time to independently verify a valve position is 15 minutes.
!
        Of the listed dose rates, which is the MINIMUM dose rate that would allow waiving the " Hands
                                                          ~
        On" independent verification requirement for the conditions given?
        .
            a. 10 mrem /hr
            b. 30 mrem /hr
            c. 45 mrem /hr
            d. 60 mrem /hr
    12. An emergency has occurred immediately requiring reasonable actions to be taken that depart
        from Technical Specifications. No actions consistent with Technical Specifications that can
        provide adequate equivalent protection are immediately apparent.
                                                                                                      I
        Which of the following identifies who is required to approve the action and under what
        conditions the action can be performed?
            a. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and      )
                safety of facility personnel,
            b. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
                safety of the public.                                                                  ,
                                                                                                        1
            c. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to
                be taken to protect the health and safety of facility personnel.
            d. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to
                be taken to protect the health and safety of the public.
                                                                                                      1
                                                                                                      i
                                                                                                        i
                                                                                                      !
l
l
                                                  Page 5 of 45
 
                                  Rxctor Operater Examination
  13. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is performing a shutdown in accordance with 10-0004, "Shu,down
        .    From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown" .                      _
                                                                                        .
            At 20% power the shutdown is completed by pla'cing the Reactor Mod..i Switch
              to " Shutdown"
            All plant systems responded as designed during the scram
        . Post Scram Actuation Review is in progress in accordance with HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0101,
            Post Reactor Scram /ECCS Actuation Review and Approval Requirements
      Which of the following should be the FIRST reactor scram signal identified when reviewing
      the Sequence Of Events printout?
          a. Reactor Mode Switch in '' Shutdown"
          b.'  IRM Neutron Flux - High                ,
          c. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level- High
          d. APRM Neutron Flux- Upscale, Setdown
                                                              *
,
l
l 14. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is operating at 55% power
            All systems are operating normally in automatic
      Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Discharge Volume (SDV) vent
      and drain system if APRM Channel"A" fails full" upscale"?
          a. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves close.
          b. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves remain open.
          c. The Scram Dump Valves do not change position, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves remain
                open.
          d. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, one set of SDV Vent and Drain Valves close.
l
l
l
l
                                                Page 6 of 45
 
              -
    a
    ..
      .
                                              R ; actor Op:: rater Examination
l-            15. Given the following conditions:
  -
                    * The plant is at normal operating pressure and temperatures                                  ,
l.          .      . All plant systems are ope,ating
                                                  r    as designed . . ,.          ,    ,.
                      The "A" and "B" scram toggle switches at the hydraulic control unit for
        ,
                        control rod 42 03 have been placed in " Test"
                  Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Pilot Valves for Control Rod 42-
                  03 and the Scram Dump Valves for the given conditions?
                    a. - The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves            ,
                          -- The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions
                    . b. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain ~in their initial positions
                            . The Scram Dump Va.lves remain in their initial positions                          j
                    c. -- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the. Scram inlet and Outlet Valves
                          -- The Scram Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
                                            '
                                          '            '-                                '
                              Valves                              -
          '
                      d. -- The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial positions
                          - The Scram Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
                              Valves.                        ,
              16. Given the following conditions:
                        The plant is performing the control rod inxercise's'urveillance
                        The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects control rod 34-19 on the rod select module
                        Only one half of the selected rod pushbutton illuminates
                  Which of the following describes what has failed and how that affects the ability to move
                  control rods?
                      a. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is
                          allowed,
                      b. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is not !
                          allowed.
                      c. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod
                          and rod motion is not allowed.
                      d. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod
,
                          and rod motion is allowed.
I
l
                                                              Page 7 of 45
                                                                                                                  :
 
    ,                                                                                            .
                              Reactor Operator Examination
                                                                                                  -
                                                                                    -
17. Given the following conditions:
      * The plant is operating at 25% power performing a startup
      . Control rod 18-23 has been determined to be stuck
      . While attempting to' withdraw the control rod, indicated drive water flow is reading
        "0" gpm
    Which of the following is the cause of this indication?
        a. Hydraulic Control Unit Directional Control Valve (122) has failed to reposition.
        b. The 2 gpm Stabilizing Valve has failed to reposition.
        c. Both Cooling Water Header to Exhaust Header Pressure Equalizing Valves have failed
            open.
        d. The Drive Water Header Pressure Control Valve ha's failed closed.
18. The current Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) group has insert and withdraw limits of Notch 24
    and Notch 36 respectively.
    Which of the following are the control rod attemate limits allowed by the RWM for this group?
        a. Notch 22 and Notch 34
        b. Notch 22 and Notch 38
        c. Notch 26 and Notch 34
        d. Notch 26 and Notch 38
                                              Page 8 of 45
 
                                      Recctor Op: rater Examinati::n
..
  19. Given the following conditions:
              The p      is operating at 75% power
            . Confirmed .      failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump
              The pump has ju          en tripped
    '
        Which of the following descri        the order for "B" Recirculation Pump valve manipulation that
        must be followed in order to ensu          e pump will be completely isolated?
            a. Close the Discharge Valve, isolate        al purge, isolate RWCU flow from the loop and
                close the Suction Valve.
            b. Isolate the seal purge, close the Suction Val        isolate RWCU flow from the loop and
                close the Discharge Valve.                          .
            c. Close the Suction Valve, close the Distarge Valve, i            te seal purge, and isolate
                RWCU flow from the loop.
          .d. Isolate the seal, purge, close the ,Dischar
                                                      s      e Vs Ive iso} ate RW      ow frope loop and
                                                                                          .
                close the Suction Valve.            p
                                                                                                    .
  20. Given the following conditions:
              Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
              The Pump Discharge Valva (F031 A) is closed
          Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on the discharge valve
          closure is bypassed to allow the pump to be started?
            a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time
                                                                                                      -
                limits.
            b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 100% open position,
            c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
            d. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve jog (open) circuit has timed out.
      21. With the plant at 100% power, which of the following would cause a drop in reactor power and
          a rise in the "A" Recirculation Loop drive flow?
            a. A jet pump has failed in the "B" Recirculation loop.
              b. The "B" Recirculation Pump speed has risen.
              c. A jet pump has failed in the "A" recirculation loop.
              d. The "A" Recirculation Pump speed has risen.
                                                      Page 9 of 45
 
                                                                                                      ,
                                    R:: actor Op ratcr Examination                                      j
                                                                                                      ..
    22. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is operating at 60% power with the "B" Recirculation Pump scoop tube locked
                                                                        '
.
            The operator is preparing to reset th.e scoop tube
            Speed demand on the "B" Recirculation Pump is slightly LESS than indicated speed
        Which of the following actions is the operator directed 'to perform if pump speed begins to
        slowly rise at approximately 2% per minute after the Scoop Tube Trip / Reset pushbutton is
        pressed?'
            a. Immediately press the "A" Recirc MG Set Drive Motor Breaker Trip pushbutton.
            b. Attempt to control speed with the increase / Decrease arrows on the Pump Speed Control
                Station for the "B" Recirc ~ pump.
            c. Press the Scoop Tube Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump.
            d. Press the Recirc Pump Trip (RPT) Breaker Trip pushbutton for th'e "B" Recirc pump.
  .                                                                  .                          .
    23' Which of the following is the MAXIMUM speed at which the Recirculation Pumps can operate
        .with NO Reactor Feedwater Pumps operating?
            a. 20%
            b. 30%
            c. 45%
            d. 50%
                                                  Page 10 of 45
 
                                        R actor Operat:r Examin2tian
  ..
    24. Given the following conditions:
            * The plant is operating at 75% power
        ,
                Valve stroke time testing is in progress on the "A" RHR Pump Torus Suction
                Valve (F004A)
                The valve is currently closed                          .
            * All other RHR ~ system components are in their normal standby lineup
            * A steam break causes drywell pressure to reach 2.0 psig.
          Which of the following describes the response of the F004A valve and the "A" RHR pump?
            a. The F004A valve automatically opens and the "A" RHR Pump automatically starts after
                , F004A is fully open.    ,                              ,
                                                                          I
            .b. The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A' RHR Pump automatically starts
                  'after F004A is fully open.              .
  ,
            c. The F004A valve automatically opens but the "A" RHR Pump must be started by the
                                                                                                  -
              -
                ' operator after F004A l's fully open.
      -
            d.' The F004A valve must be manually opened 'and the "A" RHR Pump manually started    -
                    after F004A is fully open.
      25. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 90% power
                The Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU) Inboard Isolation Valve (F001) has just
                stroked closed                                                                      I
                No other RWCU valve repositioned
                RWCU responded as designed
          Which of the following initiated the RWCU isolation?
              a. RWCU system differential flow is excessive.
              b. The RWCU Filter /Demineralizer inlet temperatures are excessive,
              c. The "A" Reactor Protection System MG set tripped.
              d. The "A" and "D" NSSSS Manual isolation pushbuttons have been armed and depressed
                    simultaneously.
                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                      !
                                                                                                      !
'
                                                        Page 1.1 of 45
                                                                                                      ;
 
                                                                                                            -
                                      Reactcr Op;rator Examinttion
                                                                                                            "
    26. Which of the following describes the reason for having the capability to bypass the Residual
        Heat Removal (RHR) Pump suction path interlocks?
            a. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for shutdown cooling from the Remote Shutdown
                                                                                              -
                Panel.
            b. Allows the "C" and "D " RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of suppression
                pool heat removal.
            c. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for cooling the containment Hydrogen Recombiners
                post-LOCA.
            d. Allows the "C" and "D" RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of core decay
                heat removal.
    27. The plant is in Mode 4 with Shutdown Cooling in servics on the "A" Residual Heat Removal
          (RHR) loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
          Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Reactor Protection System (RPS) bus
          will affect the Inboard and Outboard Shutdown Cooling isolation Valves (F008 & F009)?
            a. The F008 and F009 valves both close.
            b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open.
            c. The F008 and F009 valves both remain open.
            d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.
      28. During a loss of feedwater, a manual start of the High Pressure Coolant injection (HPCI)
          system was done at a water level of -20 inches by operator manipulation of the system
          components.
          Which of the following describes the HPCI system response as reactor water level continues
          to change?
              a. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will automatically restart at -38 inches.
              b. It requires operator action to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  automatically restarts at -38 inches.
              c. It requires operator actions to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  to restart when level is less than -38 inches.
              d. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will require operator action to restart when
                  level is less than -38 inches.
                                                                                Page 12 of 45
-__                                    _____ _ -____--______- _ _ _ _____ - - -
 
    ,,
                                          Reactor Operator Examination
        29. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 70% power
                  An inadvertent initiation of HPCI has occurred                                          *
                  . HPCI injection to the vessel is' occurring
              Which of the following is the required IMMEDIATE action for the given conditions?
                a. Close the HPCI Main Pump Discharge Valve (F007) and depress the Turbine Trip
                    pushbutton.
                b. Depress the Turbine Trip pushbutton and stop the Auxiliary Oil Pump.
                c. Control. reactor water level manually to maintain level between Level 4 and Level 7.
                d. Reduce reactor power as necessary by running bacii Recirculation flow and inserting
      -
                    control rods.  .
  .
                                                                          .          .                    .
        '30. Given the following conditions:
                  A loss of coolant accident has occurred
                  Reactor water level ~is -110 inches and lowering
                  Reactor pressure is 290 psig and lowering
              Which of the following is the minimum combination of the CSS Manual Initiation pushbuttons
              that must be armed and depressed to place four Core Spray Pumps in service and injecting?
              (Assume the manual initiation pushbuttons are operable.)
                a. "A" and "B"
                b. "A" and "C"
                c. "C" and "D"
                d. "A", "B", "C" and "D"
                                                                Page 13 of 45
-            .
                                          _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 
                                                            ~
                                  R cctor Opercter Examinatian
                                                                                                      "
  31. Given the following conditions:                                              ,
        * A loss of coolant accident has occurred
        . Reactor water level reached -140 inches and is currently -50 inches and rising
                                                                    ,
        * Drywell' pressure is 6 psig                        ,
            All plant systems. responded as designed
      For the given conditions, which of the following describes the system isolation capabilities for
      the Core Spray System (CSS) Downstream Loop injection Valve (F0058) and the CSS
      Upstream Loop Injection Valve (F004B), should Core Spray Loop "B" isolation be required?
          a. Only F005B valve may be closed.
        . b. Neither the F004B or F0058 valves may be closed.
          c. Only the F004.B valve may be closed.
          d. Both the F004B and F0058 valves may be closed.
                                                      .        . .
                                                          .
                                                                                          ,
  32. Given the following conditions:
            A failu're-to-scram with Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) closure has occurred
        . The pressure spike on the MSIV closure was 1120 psig
        . Reactor power is 16% and water level is -25 inches as the 3.9 minute timer times out
            Only Division 11 of the Redundant Reactivity Control System automatically initiates
            No operator actions are taken
      Which of the following is the expected plant response for the given conditions.
          a. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and the RWCU isolation Valves (Inboard -
              F001 & Outboard - F004) close.
          b. The "B" SLC Pump starts, the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU inboard
              Isolation Valve (F001) closes.
L        c. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and only the RWCU Inboard Isolation
              Valve (F001) closes.
          d. The "B" SLC Pump starts, the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU Outboard
              Isolation Valve (F004) closes.
                                              Page 14 of 45
 
          .
V
)
i
  ..                                  Rxcter Operatcr Examinstion
      33. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is in a failure-to-scram condition
                Standby Liquid Control.(S,LC) has been initiated by the operator.
L
              . Approximately 13 minutes later the operator noted SLC Storage' Tank level analog
'
                indication on. Panel 10C651 is "0" gallons'
                No additional SLC system ' abnormalities were noted
            Which of the following describes how boron injection would be continued for the given
j          conditions? -
              a. Boron injection would continue with two SLC Pumps running.
L            b. Boron injection would continue with the "A" SLC Pump running.
              c. Boron injection would continue with the "B" SLC Pump running.                      ,
              d. Boron injection would have to be transferred to RWCU as directed by EOP-0304.
        <                .
                                                            . ..              .                          ,
                                                                                                            ,
,
                                                                                                  ^            '
!    ' 34. Which of the following is the raison why the Reactor Protection System (RPS) power supplies
l          contain Electrical Protection Assembly (EPA) broakers for specific protection against
i          undervoltage, overvoltage and underfrequency conditions? ,
j            a. To maintain bus parameters during short duration power interruptions (less than 2
'
                  seconds).
              b. To provide a highly reliable, stable power supply to the RPS supplied loads, specifically
l                instrumentation.                                                                                ,
l            c. To maintain a close tolerance power supply for the Scram Pilot Valve solenoids                    I
                                                                                                                  I
l                preventing spurious deenergization.
                                                                                                                  '
              d. To provide a highly reliable, stable power supply to ensure the Scram Pilot Valve
;
                  . solenoids will reposition during a reactor scram.                                              j
l                                                                                                                  :
l-
l-
                                                                                                                .
                                                        Page 15 of 45
 
        L
                                                  Renctsr Operatsr Examinati::n
                                                                                                            ..
          35. Given the following conditions:
                          The plant was performing a startup following a refueling outage when a reactor
              .        , , scram occurred (all rods inserted)
                          The sequence of events printout shows that just prior to the scram,' Average
                          Power Range Monitoring (APRM) channels "B" and "D" were upscale Hi-HI            -
                Which of the following additional conditions, by itself, could have caused the full reactor
                scram signal?
                        a. Rod Block Monitor Channel "A" has failed.
                        b. RPS Bus "B" has deenergized.
                        c. SRM Channels "A" and "C" are reading 1.5 E6 iounts per second.
                        d. The Reactor Protection System shorting linktare removed.
          36. The Nuclear Control Operator (PO) is performing backpanel checks and reports the following
                                                                                        _
              . indications on the Traversing incore Probe (TIP) "A" and "B" subsystem panel (Refer to '
                attached figure):
                          Squib Monitor lights            - both illuminated
                          Shear Valve Monitor lights .    - both extinguished
                          Ball Valve "Open" lights        - both extinguished
                          Ball Valve " Closed" lights    - both illuminated
                Which of the following is the status of the "A" and "B" TIP shear valves and primary
                containment integrity?
                        a. The TIP Shear Valves are operable and primary containment integrity is met.
                        b. The TIP Shear Valves are inoperable and primary containment integrity is met.
                        c. The TIP Shear Valves are inoperable and primary containment integrity is not met.
                        d. The TIP Shear Valves are operable and primary containment integrity is not met.
i
l
                                                                Page 16 of 45
  .. ..    .    _ _ .      ..
 
.,
                                    R:act:r Operat:r Extminati:n
                                                                                                    '
  37. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                    l
              The plant is operating at 100% power
            ;
              APRM Ch,annel "Q" is bypassed with the joystick                                  ,,
          * Control rod 30-31 is selected - ~
              All other plant systems are operating as designed
      Which of the following occurs if APRM Channel "F" fails full "dow.ucale" for the given
        conditions?
          a. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B" automatically shifts to the "B" APRM as its reference,
          b. Rod Block Monitor Channel "B" generates a rod withdrawal block on a failure to null.
          c. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is indicating 0%.
          d. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is bypassed on the reference APRM downscale.
                -              .        .    ..
    .
  38. Given the following conditions.:
              Control rod insertions are in progress for scheduled plant shutdown
          ' Current reactor power is 17%
                Intermediate Range Monitoring (IRM) Channel "A" has failed full" upscale" and
              has NOT been bypassed with the joystick
        Whico of the following describes what will occur as the power reduction continues in
        accordance with HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0004(Q), " Shutdown From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown"
        and when it will occur?
              a. A half scram will occur when the IRM detectors are fully inserted.
              b. A control rod block will occur when IRM "A" is ranged down from Range 8 to Range 7.
              c. A half scram will occur when the Mode Switch is placed in Startup.
              d. A control rod block will occur when the IRM detectors are fully inserted.
                                                                                                    !
                                                                                                    !
                                                    Page 17 of 45
 
                                                                                                      .
                                    R:actsr Operater Examinati:n
                                                                                                      -
  39. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is performing control rod withdrawals for a reactor startup
            '
            The reactor is suberitical
              Rea'ctor power is 75 cou'nts per second (CPS) irithe so'urce rafige
        '
              The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects the "B" Source Range Monitoring (SRM)            ,
                                                                                                        '
            detector then holds its " Drive Out" pushbutton in the depressed position
t
      Which of the following describes the plant response?
          a. The "B" SRM detector will not withdraw due to the current power level.
          b. The Retract Permit light will extinguish and the SRM Det Removal Not Permitted alarm
              will be received.
          c. The "B" SRM detector win retract until source range indicates less than 3 cps.
          d. A Control Rod Withdrawal Block will be generated.
  40. Given the following conditions:
              The plant is operating at 55% power
              Average Power Range Monitoring (APRM) Channel "C" currently has 14 " good"
              LPRM input signals
      Which of the following will result in receipt of the APRM Sys A Upscale Trip /Inop alarm (C4 on
      Section C3)?
          a. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Flow".
          b. One of the " good" LPRMs mode switch is placed in "C"(Calibrate).
          c. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Average".
          'd.  One of the " good" LPRMs fails "downscale".
'
                                                  Page 18 of 45
 
  .
  -                                Reacter Op:;rator Examination
    41. With the plant operating at 85% power, steady state conditions, a narrow range water level is
        reading 35".
        Which of the following will be the indicated " level." from this instrument if the differential
                                ~
                                                  .
                                                                ~
        pressure acros's the detector fails to "O" psid for the given conditions?
          a. O inches
          b. 30 inches
          c. 35 inches
          d. 60 inches
    42. Which of the following describes the difference in actual reactor water level versus indicated
        wide range reactor water level and the expected change in that difference during a power
        reduction from 100% to 65%7
          a. Actual water leDel is iower than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
              the power reduction.
          b. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
              the power reduction.
          c. Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
              the power reduction.
          d. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
              the power reduction.
,
                                                                                                          '
?
l
                                                    Page 19 of 45
                                                                                                          l
 
                                                                                                        '
                                          R: actor Operat r Examinatl2n
                                                                                                      -
    43. Given the following conditions:
                    The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) is oper.ating in Full Flow Recirc
                    The RCIC flow controller is in " Automatic"                                    ,
                    RCIC turbine speed is 2450 rpm
          Which of the following describes the expected res~ponse of RCIC turbine speed and system
          flow if the operator throttles the RCIC Test Bypass To CST isolation Valve (F022) in the
          "open" direction for the given conditions?
          (Compare the conditions after they stabilize to before the valve was throttled.)
              a. - RCIC turbine speed lowers
                      - System flow remains unchanged
              b. - RCIC turbine speed lowers
                      - System flow goes down
              c. - RCIC' turbine speed raises'
                      - System flow remains unchanged
              d. - RCIC turbine speed raises
                      - System flow goes up-
    44. Given the following conditions:
                    A loss of all AC power has occurred
,
                    No Diesel Generators are running
!                    The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) system has initiated and is injecting
                    A valid RCIC steam line high flow signal is received
            Which of the following describes the RCIC Inboard and Outboard Steam Supply isolation
          Valves (F007 & F008) isolation capabilities and the response of the RCIC turbine for the
            given conditions?
j            a. The F007 and F008 valves remain open but can be closed from the Control Room.
l            b. The F007 and F008 valves remain open and cannot be closed from the Control Room.
!
              c. Only the F007 valve closes.
              d. Only the F008 valve closes.
l
l
                                                            Page 20 of 45
l
t --  .  .
              . . .    .
                              ..  .  . . .
                                                ..
                                                          ,.              .
 
  ,
                                    R:actsr Operc.tcr Excmination
l
  *
l    45. Giv:n the following conditions:
                The Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) Manual initiation Channel "B"
                and "F".pushb.uttons (S6B and S6F) have been armed.and depressed
l                                              .
                                                                                                        *
                There is no Safety Relief Valve response                ,
                                                              ~
;
L        Which of the following "B" Division electrical bus failures caused this system response?
l          a. A loss of 120 VAC Bus 1BJ481
            b. Aloss of 250 VDC Bus 10D261
            c. A loss of 125 VDC Bus 1BD417
            d. A loss of 480 VAC Bus 108420
l
    46. Given the following conditions:
              .                                                                                            .
                                  .                .
L
                The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
                                                          '
                All systems are operating 'as designed
          Which of the following is the reason'why periodic riitrogen makeup to the drywell is required
          for the given conditions?
)            a. Due to leaks from drywell air operated equipment.
!            b. Due to PCIG normal system leakage.
            c. Due to normal periodic cycling of the Torus - Drywell Vacuum Breakers.
            d. Due to normal drywell air inleakage.
l
:
l
l.                                                                                                            )
!
I
                                                                                                          .
                                                                                                              l
                                                      Page 21 of 45
                                                                                                              l
 
                                                                                                          .
                                R0 actor Operatcr Examinatien
                                                                                                        ~
47. - Given the following conditions:
          The plant had been operating at 75% power                                                          i
    .
          A loss of main condenser vacuum caused a complete Main Steam isolation                    '
          Valve (MSIV) closure                                                                              l
          Vacuum has been reestablished and is currently 15" Hg absolute
  .
                                                                                                              '
      Which of the following conditions is REQUIRED in order to reset the NSSSS MSIV isolation
      logic?
        a. The Reactor Mode Switch must be in " Shutdown".
        b. : The Main Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass Switches must be in " Bypass".
        c. The MSIV control switches must be in "Close"
        d. The Turbine Stop Valves must be closed.
                                                                            -                          -
                                                              .
48. Which of the following conditions would preven.t.. opening the RHR "B" Loop Inboard and
                                                .
                                                                                                            '
      Outboard Drywell Spray Valves (F021B and F016B) following a LOCA?
        a. The LPCI Injection Valve (F0178) is not fully close'd.
        b.- Less than 5 minutes have elapsed since the "B" RHR initiation occurred.
        c. The RHR Full Flow Test Valve (F024B) is not fully closed.
        d. Reactor water level is above -129 inches.
49. Given the following conditions:
            The Fuel Pool Cooling system is operating with one pump and heat exchanger
            in service
            The Fuel Pool Gates are installed
            No makeup water sources are available
      Which of the following is the expected effect on Spent Fuel Pool water level and cooling
      capability if a leak develops on the common FPCC Pump Suction?
          a'. Cooling capability and water level will be unchanged.
          b. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
          c. Cooling capability will be unchanged and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
          d. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will continuously lower.
                                                  Page 22 of 45
 
                                                                                                        '
-
                                    React:r Op:;rator Excmination
"
  50. Which of the following de:cribes how the main sterm line flow restrictors essist in maintaining
      adequate core cooling for steam line break between the flow restrictors and the Main Steam
      Isolation Valves?
          a. They ensure'the total ~ inventory loss from the reactor. vessel maintains level above. the
              top of active fuel until one division of low pressure ECCS is injecting.
          b. They limit the' total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain water level above
              the top of active fuel for a minimum of 5 seconds.                                          l
          c. They ensure the total energy release rate to the Primary Containment does not result in
              exceeding suppression chamber design pressure.
          d. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain level above the top  i
              of active fuel until HPCI is at rated flow.
  51. Given the following conditions:
            A reactor scram and Main Steam isolation Valve (MSIV) closure from 90% power
            has occurred
            The Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) are cycling to control pressure
        Which of the following primary containment parameters indicates that one of the SRV tailpipe
        vacuum breakers has failed open?
          a. Suppression chamber pressure will go up each time the SRV cycles.
          b. Suppression pool water temperatures will show rapid localized rises from the SRV
              discharge flow bypassing the T-quenchers.
          c. Drywell pressyre will go up each time the SRV cycles.
          d. The Torus to Liywell ditarential pressure will rise each time the SRV opens.
  52. Which of'the following plant systems must be in operation to support the Main Steam
        Isolation Valve (MSIV) Seal System.
          a. Primary Containment Instrument Gas (PClG)
          b.125 VDC Electrical Distribution
          c. NUMAC Leak Detection System
          d. Process Radiation Monitoring System
                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          .
                                                    Page 23 of 45
 
_-
                                                                                                        ,
                                      R:actsr Operat:r Examinatien
                                                                                                      "
    53. Giv;n the following conditions:                                                                  >
                The plant is operating at 70% power
                The "B" EHC Pressure Regulator is tagged out of service
            '
              . Unknown to the' operator, the "A" EHC Pressure Regulator out'put signal is
                                                                    '
                failed "as is"
            Which of the following would be the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and
            Turbine Bypass Valves as the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) begins to raise power using
            recirculation flow for the given conditions? (Figure attached)
              a. - The Turbine Control Valves will close
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
              b. - The Turbine Control Valves will close
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will not move
              c. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move
                  - The Turbine Bypass valve will not move -
      '
  -
              d. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
    54. Due to a main turbine vibration problem with a generator load of 110 MWe, a successful
            manual turbine trip is performed.
        _.
            Which of the following describes when the operator is REQUIRED to open the generator
;
            Output Breakers for the given conditions? (Assume they have not already tripped on reverse
            power.)
              a. Immediately
              'b. Within 15 seconds of the turbine trip
              c. Within 60 seconds of the turbine trip
              d. Within 90 seconds of the turbine trip
l
l
                                                      Page 24 of 45
 
                                                                                                          ..
    ,
  .,
                                          Rcactor Optrator Examination
i      55. Given the following initial conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 25% power performing a plant startup
                  All plant systems are operating as designed
                  The "A" Reactor Feedwater Pump is in service in auto at approximateiy 3850 rpm
            Following a plant transient the following conditions exist:
                  The reactor failed to scram when required
                  Reactor power is 14% and reactor pressure is 1105 psig
i
L.                The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that the "A" RFP speed has slowed
                  - to less than.1000 rpm
                  The RFP TURBINE AUTO XFR TO MANUAL (B3-F3) annunciator is in alarm
L            Which of the following describes the reason for the "A" RFP speed reduction?
      ,
                a. The "A" RFP is responding properly to a Redundant Reactivity Control System runback.
                                                          ,
,
                b. The "A" RFP is responding to the S'etpoint Setdown feature of Digital Feedwater Control
l                    calling for a lower level,
                c. The "A" RFP is responding to a' Control Signal Failure..
                d. The "A" RFP is responding to a loss of one Primary Condensate Pump and one
                      Secondary Condensate Pump.
        56. Given the following conditions:
,
              '- A loss of off-site power (LOP) has occurred from 75% power
                  Within 10 seconds a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) occurs
l
            Which of the following is the expected response of the LOP and LOCA sequencers?
L                a. As soon as power is restored to the buses, the LOCA sequencer will control the
                      restoration of allloads.
                b. The LOCA sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
                    ' close, then the LOP sequencer will complete load restoration.
l                c. As soon as power is restored the buses, the LOP sequencer will control the restoration
'
                      of allloads.
                d. The LOP sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
                    ' close, then the LOCA sequencer will complete load restoration.
'                                                      Page 25 of 45
[
l
 
                                                                                                      %
                                    R:act:r Op ratar Examinatien
                                                                                                    ..
  57. Given the following conditions:
            The "B" Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) had started following a valid
            LQCA signal                              .
            Some time later the' EDG was shutdown using the local Emergency Stop pushbuttons
            due to fluctuating oil pressure
          a  Concurrent with stopping the EDG, the 10A402 bus lost power
      Which of the following describes the actions, if any, regarding resetting the Engine Shutdown
      Relay (ESR) and the (86R) Lockout Relay to restart the "B" EDG and reenergize the 10A402
      bus?
          a. ESR must be reset
              (86R) Lockout Relay reset is not required
          b. ESR mest be reset
              (86R) Loc;*out Relay mus'. be reset
      '' c. ESR reset is i ?t required
              (86R) Lockout Relay .%et is not required
          d. ESR reset is not required
              .(86R) Lockout Relay must be reset
  58. Which of the following parameter changes indicate the moisture content of charcoal adsorber
      bed of the Gaseous Radwaste System (GRW)is rising?
          a. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to Krypton is rising.
          b. GRW charcoal adsorber bed temperature is lowering.
          c. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to lodine is rising.
          d. GRW charcoal adsorber bed hydrogen concentration is lowering.
l
l
                                                Page 26 of 45
                                                                                                        .
 
.,
                                      R: actor Operatsr Excminitlen
  ' 59. Given the following conditions:
        .
                The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
            * Main Steam Line (MSL) radiation levels have been averaging 80 mrem but are now              '
                                                                                  '
                slowly trending upwards                                    .
                Chemistry has verified the higher radiation readings are due to failed fuel
          What are the immediate Operator Actions required for the given conditions?
            a. Place additional Condensate Domineralizers in service if possible.
            b. Scram the reactor and close the Main Steam Isolation Valves when MSL levels are
                  greater than 120 mrem.
            c. Direct Reactor Water Cleanup flow to the main condenser to reduce coolant activity.
            d. Reduce reactor power to maintain MSL radiation levels less than 120 mrom.
            0-                        *
    60. Which of the following is the basis for raising the Main Steam Line (MSL) radiation monitor
          setpoints when the Hydrogen Water Chemistry injection (HWCl) system is placed in service?
            a. The setpoint adjustment ensures the higher (approximately two times) background
                  radiation does not mask a true fuel element failure.
            b. The setpoint adjustment prevents unnecessary alarms / protective actions from the higher
                  (approximately two times) background radiation.
            c. The setpoint adjustment ensures the higher (approximately ten times) background -
                  radiation does not mask a true fuel element failure.
              d. The setpoint adjustment prevents unnecessary alarms / protective actions from the higher
                  (approximately ten times) background radiation.
                                                    Page 27 of 45
                                                                                                            :
 
                                  R: actor Operater Examination
                                                                                                    ..
61. Given the following conditions:
      * A valid EDG room high temperature condition has just occurred
        The Diesel Generator Room Carbon Dioxide Fire protection. system is aligned        ~
        ~ fo'r' automatic operation
    Which of the following describes how the Diesel Generator Room Carbon Dioxide Fire
    protection system responds?
      a. A discharge alarm occurs, CO2 with a wintergreen scent is discharged into the room
          immediately.
      b. A pre-discharge alarm is activated and a wintergreen scent is discharged into the room.
          After a time delay, CO2 is discharged into the room.
      c. A pre-discharge alarm is activated. No CO2 is discharged into the room until a valid
          smoke detector alarm is received.
      d. A pre-discharge alarm is activated. After a time delay CO2 with a wintergreen scent is
                                                                                          -
          discharged into the room.
62. Given the following conditions:
        The plant is operating at 50% power
      . All systems are operating normally
      . One Reactor Building Ventilation System (RBVS) Exhaust Fan discharge damper
          has failed to the full "open" position with the fan running
          No other RBVS components have changed
                                                                                                  .
    Which of the following describes how this will affect the initiation of the Emergency Core
    Cooling Systems (ECCS) and the reason for this?
        a. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
            pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
        b. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor
          ~ Building pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
        c. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
            pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
        d. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor
            Building pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
                                                  Page 28 of 45
                    ____                      -__          _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _              _
 
      -
,                                                                                                            1
                                                                                                              !
..
                                      Reactor Op::rator Examination
    63. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                              I
              The plant is operating at 40% power
          . .The Jet Pump operability surveillance indicates that one jet pump has fai. led
                                                                                ,
              Technical Specifications require the plant to be in hot shutdown within 12 hours
        Which of the following describes why such a severe restriction placed on continued operation
        for the given conditions?
            a. A jet pump failure at this low power level will significantly affect the core flows and result  l
                                                                                                              !
                in unacceptable thermal limits (MCPR).
            b. A jet pump failure may limit reactor water level restoration capability during the reflood
                portion of a Loss Of Coolant Accident.
            c. A jet pump failure combined with the flow restricting orifices may adversely affect core      j
                flow to the higher power fuel bundles.
                                                                                                              i
            d. A jet pump failure results in less conservative protective action setpoints for
                                                                                  ~      ~
                  instrumentation using recirculation loop flow as an input signalf ~
                                                                                                              l
    64. Which of the following is the expected status of the Control Area Ventilation after a valid high      '
          radiation condition at the Control Area Ventilation air intake occurs?
          The Control Room Emergency Filtration (CREF) units are processing:                                  ,
            a. air entering the control room as well as recirculated air and are maintaining a slight
                  negative pressure.-
            b. air entering the control room as well as recirculated air and are maintaining a slight
                  positive pressure.
            c. only the current control room atmosphere and are maintaining a slight negative pressure.
            d.' only the current control room atmosphere and are maintaining a slight positive pressure.
                                                    Page 29 of 45
 
                                                                                                        -
                                    R:act:r Operater Examination
                                                                                                      ..
  ' 65. Given the following conditions:
          . The "A" Recirculation Pump has tripped
.              The "A" Recirculation Pump discharge valve is open
          * RECIRC LOOP A JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL)iridicates 2 mlbm/hr
              RECIRC LOOP B JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 35 mlbm/hr
          . RECIRC PMP B FLOW indicates 24,000 gpm
          . Recire pump "B" speed is 49%
        Which of the following would be expected values for total JET PUMP FLOW (the flow
        recorder) and actual core flow?
            a. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
            b. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
            c. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm,hr
            d. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual . core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
    66. Given the following conditions:
            . The plant is operating at 90% power
            . All main turbine sealing steam normal and backup supplies have been lost
            . There is no time estimate for repair / restoration
          Which of the following are the immediate operator actions for the given conditions?
              a. Reduce power as necessary to maintain condenser pressure less than 5.0" HGA.
              b. Reduce recirculation flow to minimum, unload and trip the main turbine.
              c. Reduce power as necessary to maintain adequate self-sealing steam to the main turbine
                  seals.
              d. Reduce recirculation flow to maintain power less than 25% (Bypass Valve capacity).
                                                      Page 30 of 45
                                                                                                          i
 
-
                                                                                                              1
..                                    Rcacter Operator Examination
    67. During a loss of off-site power the operator is cautioned not to acknowledge the flashing
          ' Trip" pushbuttons for the 4.16 KV Vital 1E Bus infeed breakers.
  .
        .Which of the following will occur if these pushbuttons are pressed?                        ,
            a. That bus' feeder breaker will attempt to close until the anti-pump feature causes it to trip
                  open and remain open.
            b. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus, if running, will trip and its output breaker
                  will open.
            c. That bus' alternate feeder breaker will trip open and then immediately reclose when the
                  pushbutton is released
            d. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus will not load.
    68. Given the following conditions:
                A plant startup is in progress with the Reactor Mode Switch in "Run"
                The Main Turbine is reset and is at 950 rpm accelerating to 1800 rpm
                A loss of 125 VDC power from distribution panel 1CD318 to the EHC control
                logic occurs
                                                                                                              I
          Which of the following is the expected plant response?
              a. Main turbine trips,
              b. Main turbine startup would continue at the selected acceleration rate.
              c. Main turbine speed will remain constant at 950 rpm.
              d. Main turbine control valves throttle closed due to a loss of the speed reference signal.
                                                                                                            ,
                                                                                                              !
                                                                                                              l
                                                      Page 31 of 45
 
                                                                                                                                                '
                                  Reactcr Operatar Excminttinn
                                                                                                                                                --
  69. Giv:n the following conditions:
        . The plant is operating at 20% power
        . A main generator load reject has just occurred .
        . The power / load unbalance circuit tripped unexpectedly during the load reject
          .
      Which of the following is the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and the
      Reactor Protection System (RPS) for the given conditions?
          a. - The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed
              - RPS does not trip
          b. - The Turbine Control Valves fast close
              - RPS trips
          c. - The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed
              - RPS trips
          d. - The Turbine Control Valves fast close
              - RPS does not trip
  70. Which of the following describes when the Main Turbine is required to be tripped following a
      reactor scram?
          a. At 50 MWe lowering
          b. At 25 MWe lowering
          c. At 0 MWe
          d. At 50 MWe rising (reverse power)
  71. During a failure-to-scram condition, which of the following is the criteria used to determine if
      HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0100(Q), " Reactor Scram", should be exited and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
      " Reactor / Pressure Vessel (RPV) Control", entered?
L        a. Reactor period on SRM Period meters is stable at -80 seconds
          b. All APRM "downscale" lights are not illuminated
          c. All four RPS logic channels are deenergized
          d. All control rods are inserted to or beyond Notch "02"
f
L
                                                Page 32 of 45
                                        -                  _ _ _ - - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .
 
/
                                  R:acter Opsrater Examination
  72. Following a reactor scram and Main Steam isolation Valve closure, reactor pressure reaches
      1050 psig causing the "H" and "P" Safety Relief Valves (SRV) to open.
      Which of the following lists the operating setpoints for subsequent openings of the "P." SRV7
        a. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 935 psig.
        b. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 905 psig.
        c. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 935 psig.
        d. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 905 psig.
  73. With the plant at 100% power a severe overfeeding transient is occurring. Water level is +50
      inches and rising rapidly.
      Which of the following reactor water levels require termination of all feed to the reactor,
      closing the MSIVs and a reactor scram assuming none of these actions have occurred?
          a. +54 inches
          b. +65 inches                                                                              l
          c. +90 inches
          d. +118 inches
                                                                                                    1
  74. Given the following conditions:
          . The plant is operating at 80% power
          . All three Feedwater Pumps are in service
            Feedwater Level Control is in " Automatic - Three Element" control
          . Narrow Range level"A"is reading 34 inches
          . Narrow Range level"B"is reading 36.5 inches
            Narrow Range level "C" is reading 35.0 inches
        Which of the following would be the expected response of the Feed Water Level Control
        System and reactor water level if Narrow Range level "B" failed to the low end of the range?
          a. It would transfer to Single Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
          b. It would remain in Three Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
          c. It would transfer to Single Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.5 l
                inches.                                                                              i
          d. It would remain in Three Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.0
                inches.                                                                              l
                                                  Page 33 of 45
 
                                                                                                    s
                                R: actor Operator Excminatian
                                                                                                  ''
75. Given the following conditions:
        The plant is operating at 95% power
        All Drywell Cooling Chilled Water pumps have tripped
        Drywell pressure is rising
        HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0201,"Drywell High Pressure / Loss Of Drywell Cooling", has been
        entered and the Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) is being aligned to supply
        backup cooling to the Chilled Water System
    Which of the following describes the effect of failing to close the Chilled Water Isolation
    Supply and Return Valves (HV9532-2 and HV9532-1) before the transfer to RACS7
      a. The RACS Pump automatic start permissives will be bypassed until the valves are
          closed.
      b. The RACS valves will not automatically sequence open to supply Chilled Water should
          a loss of off-site power occur.
      c. Chilled Water system flow will divert back into the RACS system overflowing the RACS
          head tank.
      d. RACS system flow will divert back into the Chilled Water system overflowing the Chilled
          Water head tank.
76. During a loss of coolant accident the following conditions exist:
        Reactor pressure is 125 psig
          Drywell temperature is 325 'F
      Which of the following describes the accuracy and tr ding capabilities of wide range reactor
      water level indication for the given conditions?
        a. They are not providing accurate re      or water level or level trend information.
        b. They are providing accurate        ctor water level but level trend is not reliable.
        c. They are providing a        te reactor water level and level trend information.
        d. They are not prov' ng accurate reactor water evel but level trend is reliable.
                                                              '
                                                                                .
                                                Page 34 of 45
 
a
                                  Reactor Operator Examinaticn
  77. Given the following conditions:
          The plant is operating at 95% power
            Suppression pool temperature is 92 'F
            At 0915, Safety Relief Valve (SRV) "G" opened
          After several cycles of the SRV Open and Close pushbuttons, the operator notes
          that talipipe temperature for the SRV is stable at 305 *F and NO other plant parameters
          have changed
      Which of the following describes the limitations on continued reactor operation for the given
      conditions?
          a. Reactor operation may continue until pressure set is reduced to less than 850 psig.
          b. Reactor operation may continue until suppression pool temperature reaches 120 *F.
          c. Reactor operation may continue indefinitely.
          d. Reactor operation may continue until 0917.
  78. Given the following conditions:
            Reactor power is 82%
            HPCI is in operation for a surveillance
            The "B" loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling
            Suppression pool temperature is 103 'F when the runni          R pump tripped
            HPCI was secured
            Subsequently, suppression pool temperature in        sed to 106 'F
      Which of the following lists the suppression      temperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-
        EO.ZZ-0102, Primary Containment Cont AND entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec
        3.6.2.17
          a. EO-0102        - 95 'F
              TS 3.6.2.1  - 95 *
          b. EO-0102          5 'F                                                                l
                            - 105 'F
              TS 3.6.2.
          c. EO      02    - 105 'F-                                I    t
                                                                                      3
                                                                                          q@.t      .
                                                                                                    '
                  3.6.2.1  - 95 'F                              g{(O            L
          d. EO 0102      - 105 'F
              TS 3.6.2.1  - 105 *F
                                                  # #'
                                                        gg
      Dele 7td    5'ce os    Af d FM'"            T
              ift    3 -5-1
                                                  Page 35 of 45
 
                                                                                                        ,
                                  Reactar Operater Examination
                                                                                                        ..
  79. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is at 75% power
            Control rod 22-27 is being withdrawn one notch to Notch "22"
      Which of the following is the required immediate operator action if a control rod drift alarm is
      received and the operator notes control rod 22-27 is continuing to move out and power is
      rising?
          a. Apply a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27.
          b. Place the Rod Select key lock switch to "Off"(de-select the rod).
          c. Direct the local operator to perform a single rod scram on control rod 22-27.
          d. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power.
  80. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is operating at 100% power
            A feedwater heater trip has resulted in a feedwater temperature of 385 *F
            No nperator actions have been taken
      Which of the following is the operational concern for the given conditions?
          a. Entry into the Exit Region of the Power-To-Flow Map.
          b. Violation of the Hope Creek Operating License.
          c. Immediate thermal hydraulic instabilities.
          d. Recirculation Pump damage.
l
l
l-                                              Page 36 of 45
l
                                    __            - - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _
 
                                                                            - _ _ ___ _  _ _ _ _ _ .
                                      React 2r Operatar Examination
  ..
    81. Following a reactor scram all rods are at position "00" except one that is at position "24."
          Which of the following describes the capability of the reactor to remain shutdown?
            a. Control rods are inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal limit,
                therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.
            b. Control rods are not inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal
                limit, therefore 11 cannot be assured the reactor will remain shutdown under all
                conditions.
            c. Design basis shutdown margin is met, therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under
                all conditions.
            d. Design basis shutdown margin is not met, therefore it cannot be assured that the reactor
                will remain shutdown under all conditions.
    82. Given the following conditions:
              The Control Room has been abandoned in accordance with HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0130(O),
              " Control Room Evacuation"
          * Control has been established at the Remote Shutdown Panelin accordance with
              HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0008(Q), " Shutdown From Outside Control Room"
          * RCIC is operating maintaining reactor water level at +35 inches
              Safety Relief Valves (SRV) are being used to cooldown
              Condensate Storage Tank (CST) level is 135,000 gallons
            * The Condensate System is not available
          Which of the following is correct for the given conditions?
            a. RCIC is operated without overspeed protection.
            b. Insufficient CST inventory is available to allow the cooldown to clear the shutdown
                  cooling interlocks.
            c. The RCIC Gland Seal Condenser Condensate Pump must be manually operated.
            d. SRVs cannot be operated in a rotation that will evenly distribute heat to the Suppression
                  Chamber.
l
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          i
                                                    Page 37 of 45
                                                                                                          i
 
                                                                                                          %
                                  R act:r Op: rat 2r Examinatinn
                                                                                                        "
  83. Which of the following describes the effect of failing to restart the Turbine Building Ventilrtion
      System if it trips while operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0104(Q)-FC, " Radioactive Release
      Control"?
        a. The Turbine Building will go to a slightly negative pressure.
        b. The total off-site release calculations will not be accurate.
        c. The Turbine Building releases will be monitored but not treated.
        d. The total off-site release will be higher.
                                                                                                            I
  84. A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) has occurred.
      Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed before a reactor scram is required?
        a. An immediate scram is required
        b. One (1) minute
        c. Ten (10) minutes
        d. Twenty (20) minutes
  85. Given the following conditions:
        * A loss of coolant accident has occurred
          The Reactor Auxiliaries Cooling System (RACS) has been restored
      Which of the following describes the availability / response of the Emergency Instrument Air
      Compressor (EIAC) for these conditions should instrument air header pressure begin
      lowering?
!        a. The EIAC is not available until the LOCA signal is cleared, reset and the 1E breaker is
              closed.
          b. The EIAC will automatically start on instrument air header pressure less than 85 psig.
          c. The EIAC is not available until the Non-1E breaker is closed and instrument air pressure
              is less than 85 psig.
          d. The EIAC will not automatically start but may be started manually from the Control
              Room or locally.
                                                Page 38 of 45
                                                                                                .
 
,
                                    Reactar Operator Examination
..
  86. Which of the following describes the reason control rods insert during a loss of instrument air?
                                                                                                          )
          a. A flowpath is opened to the bottom of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing        l
                reactor pressure to drift the rod in.                                                    ]
          b. Drive water flow and pressure both rise enough to drift the control rod in, similar to a    l
                                                                                                          I
                normal insertion.
          c. A flowpath is opened from the top of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          q
                accumulator pressure to drift the rod in.                                                J
          d. The normal scram flowpath to and from the drive mechanism operating piston is opened,
                allowing accumulator and reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
  87. Given the following conditions:
              The plant is operating at 20% power following a refueling outage
              An error during a surveillance has resulted in a Group 10 (Drywell Chilled Watar)
              isolation signal
          . The isolation goes to completion (all valves are closed)
              Drywell pressure is 1.25 psig and rising slowly
        Which of the following are the required immediate operator actions for the given conditions?
            a. Lineup and commence venting the drywell.
            b. Secure drywell inerting.
            c. Place the Reactor Mode Switch in " Shutdown".                                              i
            d. Align RACS to supply cooling to Drywell Chilled Water.
    88. Following a loss of shutdown cooling, decay heat removal is being transferred to the
        Alternate Shutdown Cooling lineup (Injection to the reactor returning to the suppression pool
        via open Safety Relief Valves).
        Which of the following indications is utilized to monitor the margin to Op Con 3 entry in this
        lineup?
            a: Safety Relief Valve tailpipe temperatures
            b. Suppression pool temperatures
            c. Reactor vessel skin temperatures                                                        -
            d. Local suction temperatures on the running low pressure ECCS pumps
                                                                                                          ,
                                                      Page 39 of 45
 
                                                                                                    ,
                                  R3act r Operator Examination
                                                                                                    ..
  89. Which of the following describes the conditions requiring the Reactor Mode Switch to be
      placed in " Shutdown" on a sustained loss of Control Rod Drive charging water header
      pressure (<900 psig) with reactor pressure at 650 psig?
        a. Within 20 minutes of determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and at
            least one of those inoperable accumulators is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        b. Within 20 minutes of determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the
            inoperable accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        c. Immediately upon determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and all the
            inoperable accumulators are associated with fully inserted control rods,
        d. Immediately upon determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable
            accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
  90. Given the following conditions:
          The plant is shutdown for refueling
          The Reactor Protection System shorting links have been removed
          A fuel bundle is being moved from the fuel pool to core.
      If SRM "C" fails "downscale", which of the following are the required immediate actions?
        a. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel movement.
        b. Verify a full scram and a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel
            movement.
        c. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is required to be
            terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant monitored by SRM
            "C ."
I        d. Verify a full scram and control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is
              required to be terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant
              monitored by SRM "C."
l
                                                Page 40 of 45
l
l
 
,
                                    R:;cctor Operator Ex;minati:n
..
    91. Given the following conditions:
          * A large break loss of coolant accident has occurred
          * Drywell pressure reached a maximum of 22 psig
          * Suppression chamber sprays have NOT been placed in service
          * Drywell sprays are in service
          * Drywell pressure is 4 psig and slowly lowering
        Which of the following is the expected positions of the Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers and
        the Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers for the given conditions?
            a. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
                - The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
            b. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
                - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
            c. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
            d. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                - The Reactor Buildiag-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
    92. Following a reactor scram with a Main Steam isolation Valve Closure, the plant is being
        depressurized using the Safety Relief Valves (SRV).
        Which of the following is the reason why the depressurization should be accomplished with
        " sustained" SRV openings if the pneumatic supply (PClG and instrument air) is lost to the
        SRVs?
            a. This prevents exceeding the 100*F/ hour cooldown limit during the depressurization
                while conserving the SRV pneumatic supply.
            b. This ensures the available SRV pneumatic supply is sufficient to cooldown to less than
                the shutdown cooling interlocks.
            c. This directs depressurization without regard to the Technical Specification cooldown  .
                                                                                                      i
                limits before the depleted pneumatic supply results in loss of SRV control.
            d. This ensures the SRV accumulator pneumatic s@ ply is available and adequate for later
                use if the Emergency Operating Procedures require Emergency Depressurization.
                                                  Page 41 of 45
 
                                                                                                    s
                                  Reactor Operator Examinatisn                                    .,
  93. HPCI and RCIC both started and are injecting in response to a valid low reactor water level.    i
                                                                                                      I
      Current plant conditions are as follows:
        + Reactor water level is +25 inches, steady
          Reactor pressure is 845 psig, rising slowly
        * Drywell pressure is 1.1 psig, steady
        * RCIC has been aligned to Full Flow Recire operation (CST to CST) for pressure control
          HPCI is injecting to the reactor for level control
          After 10 minutes of operation a valid high suppression poollevelis received
      Which of the following would be the expected response of RCIC if a valid high suppression
      pool level is received for the given conditions?
        a. RCIC will remain in Full Flow Recirculation.
        b. RCIC will trip on high turbine exhaust pressure.
        c. RCIC will trip on low suction pressure.
        d. RCIC will operate on minimum flow.
  94. During high primary containment water level conditions, suppression pool water level
      indications cannot be used.
      Operation of which system will invalidate the alternate method used for determining primary
      containment water level?
          a. RCIC
          b. Core Spray
,
          c. RHR
l
          d. HPCI
1
1
                                                  Page 42 of 45
 
                                  R:act:r Operator Examinati n
..
  95. Given the following conditions:
            A leak has occurred in the suppression pool
            The reactor is shutdown
            A cooldown is being performed using SRVs
            The Heat Capacity Level Limit (HCLL) curve is being monitored
            The " Action Required" area of the HCLL curve has been entered for several minutes
      Which of the following is a possible effect of initiating an emergency depressurization with the
        given conditions?
          a. The suppression pool may exceed design temperature.
        - b. Failure of the downcomer vent header joints due to " chugging."
          c. The SRV Tailpipe Level Limit curve may be exceeded.
          d. The capacity of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers will be exceeded.
                                                                                                        I
  96. Following the runback of the Recirculation Pumps on a trip of a Primary Condensate Pump,
        the operator may monitor the Source Range Monitoring (SRM) period meters for strong
        deflections above and below" Infinity".
        Under which of the following conditions may SRM period indications be considered accurate
        indication of thermal hydraulic instabilities?
          a. Only when the SRM detectors are fully withdrawn from the core,
          b. Anytime, regardless of detector position, if the detectors are stationary.                ,
          c. Only when the SRM detectors are fully inserted into the core.
          d. Anytime the SRM detectors are moving.
                                                                                                        l
                                                                                                        :
                                                  Page 43 of 45
 
                                  Reacter Operater Excminction
                                                                                                  "
  97. With the plant at power tha Main Starm/ R rctor Water Cinnup Aras Lc:k.Temperatura
      High alarm was received and the RWCU system automatically isolated. The leak has been
      determined to be in the RWCU Pipe Chase Room 4402.
      Which of the following is NOT a required operator action for the.given conditions?
        a. Notify Chemistry to close the Manual Sample Line isolation Valves P-RC-V9670 and 1-
            RC-V006.
        b. Observing the RWCU Inboard and Outboard Isolation Valves (F001 & F004) close.
        c. Observing the Recirc Sample Line Isolation Valves (BB-SV-4310 and 4311)
            automatically close.
        d. Operate available Reactor Building ventilation fans consistent with plant conditions.
  98. Given the following conditions:
        . The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI
      room
        . HPCI isolated due to high room temperatures
        . RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/mi
      Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
        a. RBVS remains in service
          b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
        c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
'
          d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recire and 2 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
  99. With the Reactor Building Ventilation in a normal lineup, the operator observes that Reactor
      Building pressure is .10 inches of vacuum water gauge.
      Which of the following is an immediate action to restore Reactor Building pressure to the
      required pressure?
          a. Place at least two FRVS units in service.
          b. Secure a reactor building supply fan.
!
l        c. Place an FRVS unit in service and increase FRVS flow rate to maximum.
          d. Place the third Reactor Building Exhaust Fan in service.
                                              Page 44 of 45
                                                                                    . . _
 
  ,                                                                                                    1
                                    R: actor Operater Examination
  .,
    100. Given the following conditions:
              The reactor has scrammed from power
              Pilot Scram Valve Group 1 solenoids, Logic "A" and Logic "B" did not deenergize
            * The Scram Discharge Volume is currently full
                                                                                                      ;
l        Which of the following describes the difference between inserting control rods in accordance
'
          with HC.OP-EO.ZZ 0303, " Individual Control Rod Scrams" and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0302, "De-
          energization Of Scram Solenoids"?                                                            I
l
            a. EO-0302 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0303 does not.
I
            b. EO-0303 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0302 does not.                        -
,
I
            c. EO-0303 does not isolate the Scram Discharge Volume, EO-0302 does.
'
            d. EO-0302 results in a flowpath from the RPV to the Reactor Building Sump, EO-0303
                does not.
!
,
,
!                                                  Page 45 of 45
 
                                                                                              .
                            R::ct:r Operat:r An:wcr K y
                                                                                              ..
    1. b      2seoioiot .                          26. d    20soo mio4
    2. a      2seotato2                            27.)(a. -=          .
                                                      see nrrm a e = "'Ys's ik 3*'~nf gQ
    3. c      2s4001010e                            28. a    20eoooxto2              3/fgeg
    1. :          : :c;;                            29. d    20eooooot
  DeteTed Set AmH6 e n~mi Sr 5 Afst'1-S*NE
    5. c      2seoici22            % b N!bY        30. d    20eootAso2
    6. c      2seotot2e                            31. a    20eootA40s
    7. b      2emosaist                            32. a    2stoooA20e
    8. b      2secto202                            33, a    2tioooksoe
    9. c      2seoso213                            34. d    212000Atos
  10. b      2sectoso4                            35. d    212000K411
  11. c      2semic310                            36. b    21sootAes
  12. b      204001 o412                          37. d    21soo2xec4
  13. d      204001044e                            38. c    21soasxeos
  '14. c      201mtA204                            39. d    21s m4A104
  15. a      201m1K40s                            40. b    21soasxto4
  16. c      20too2A40s                            41. d    21eoooA201
  17. a      20t m3A207                            42. d    21eoooAsoi
  18. a      201ooskst4                            43, a    217oooA4oi
  19.  p b_ _.=_6325,            D6        M      44. b    217000x201
  f.    _    m ,,      a, s ,vf    .
                                            [tt M
  20. aced ac2001Aso2                              45. c    21eom x201
    sre.arrma w~., w sbr (6c s-r-9s
  21. c'      2020oixios          MDb              46. b    223ooixtos
  22. b        202m2Atoi                            47. c    223m2Ae3
  23. b        202m2xeo4                            48. a    22eootxes
  24. d        203oooKee                            49. b    233oooxso2
  25. c        20eoDK115                            50. b    23emiot2e                        <
                                                                                                l
l                                              Page 1                                          ,
                                                                                                )
                                                                                                l
l
 
  '
                                                                                                                l
                          Rrctor Operat:r Answ r K y                                                            I
l
  ..
l
    51, c  23e m2xsoe                        70.  :M
                                                          QtsftA
                                                            a
                                                                ,x:
                                                                            de
                                                                                    4,,
                                                                                        [ yb      hi' _
                                                                                                  . ___
                                                                                              . .z y r -
                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                                i
                                                                        ;- m -
                                                                            -
                                                  w _.;                                  -
    52. a  - Aiot                            77.-d en 2esoisAto2
                                                            erfr                  .-o w n
                                                                                                              3
;
    53. c  241moK3o2                        -g,,y m rym) ,6W M D;y ; gg; y y
                                                                  -- --
                                                                                __
    54. b  2emooto2                          79.
                                                ', dp 29 sot 4Ato2 _ ,_g,
                                                                                              ,,, . . .  ,
l
                                                          15e'ilZwed)
                                                                l                        g( auefe2 A 3[h
    55. a  2ssoo2A20e                        80. b      29 sot 4cito                                          j
                                                                                                                i
    56. a  2e2001A3o4                        81. c      2esotsA202                                          {
                                                                                                                J
    57. b    2s4omxeos                        82, c      2esotaAtos
    58  a  271omA40s                        83. b      29 sot 7x302
                                                                                                                1
    59. d    272moA201                        84. cpd. 29sotex202                , _ , , , , , , , ,  , - 3'
                                                  s::    .g                            g-~<
    60. b    272cooxsoi                        85. a      29so19Atot
    61. d    2esomA4ot                        86. d      29sotox201
    62. d    2somixsot                        87, b      2sso20xios
l                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                i
      63. b  2sooo2x4oi                        88. a      29so21Ato4
      64. b  29mosksot                          89. d      29so22K2o7
      65. a    295oo1A203                        90. a      295o23o232                                          !
      66. a    29soo2A1os                        91. b      29so24A1ie
      67. d    29sm3Aiot                        92. d      29so2sK102
      68, a    29soo4x203                        93. d      29so29Ato4
      69. d    29smsx201                        94. d        29so29A20s
      70. c    2ss008o449                        95. a        29smonio3
,
      71. b    29soo6Kto3                      96. b        29so31A202
                29soo7x3o4                      97. c        295032G44
l    72. a
      73. c    2ssmeat23                        98. g6      29so34x102
                                                                                                        7 S*4
                                                                                            y
      74. d    2esooox202
                                                    See
                                                  99.  d srrnene&
                                                              29soasA201          cvm "l 6S fis(Ob
      75. d    29sotox3o2                      100. c        29so37x20s
                                            Page.2
l
 
                                                                                          >
                                                                                            .
                                                                                          ..
                          l                                      ATTACHMENT 3
          V}                                          PSE&G COMMENTS ON WillTTETJ EXAM
                                                                                        ,
- . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 
  #
                                                                                                                        l
    O PSEG
  ~
                                              .
    Public Service Bectric and Gas Company 244 Chestnut Street Salem. N.J. 08079 Phone 609/935-8560
l
!    Nuclear Training Center
l                                                                                                                      1
l                                                            March 6,1998                                              i
!                                                                                                                      !
                                                            NTC-98-3011
      Mr. Don Florek                                                                                                    l
      Chief Examiner
      Division of Reactor Safety
      US Nuclear Regulatory Commission
      475 Allendale Road
      King of Prussia, PA. 19406-1415
      Dear Mr. Florek
      HOPE CREEK SRO/RO EXAM COMMENTS
      Attached please find our post-examination analysis comments and related backup information on
      the following questions, from our recently conducted Hope Creek RO/SRO examination, Our
      comments are on the page with the applicable question, and are broken into three (3) categories:
                                                                                                                        l
      Exam Answer key corrections
                  _
          .  RO #19
          .  RO #27 / SRO #29
          .  RO #98 / SRO #96
      Correct Alternate choice answers from oriainal answer key
          .  RO #20 / SRO #24
          .  SRO #69
          .  RO #76 / SRO #71
          .  RO #79
          .  RO #84 / SRO #79
      Question Deletions
          .  RO # 04/ SRO #05
          .  RO #78 / SRO #73                                                                                        '
                                                            *
          .  SRO #75
      If you have any questions, comments or require any additional information, please contact Pete
      Doran acting Nuclear Training Supervisor at 609-339-3816 or John Nichols Operations Training
      Manager at 609-339-3769.
                                                            Sincerely,
                                                                        , ./tv/L'
                                                              erome F. McMahon
                                                              Director- OA/ Nuclear Training /EP
                                                                                              c$cN
                                                                                      I"FOR NUCLE
                                                                                              TRAINING
    b uwr J is in pur hands.
                                                                                                      M 2169 34EV 4al2
 
                                                                                                      $
                              EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS                                            ,,
                                                                                    .
  EXAM QUESTION RO #19
Given the following conditions:
.  The plant is operating at 75%
.  Confirmed seal failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump
.  The pump hasjust been tripped
Which of the following describes the order for the "B" Recirculation Pump valve manipulations that
must be followed in order to ensure the pump will be completely isolated,
s. Close the Discharge valve, isolate seal purge, isolate RWCU flow from the loop and close the
    suction valve.
b. Isolate seal purge, close the suction valve, isolate the RWCU flow from the loop and close the
    discharge valve
c. Close the suction valve, close the discharge valve, isolate seal purge, isolate RWCU flow from the
    100P-
d. Isolate seal purge, close the discharge valve, isolate the RWCU flow from the loop and close the
    suction valve.
Ans: C
Ref      HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0112, " Recirculation pump Trip", rev.13
LP - 0302-000.00H-000114-rev. 5
Obj.    3
1. Based on pre-examination discussions and referenced procedures, the critical step sequence is
    based on the discussion item 5.7 of HC.OP-AB.ZZ 4112, " Recirculation purnp Trip'(attached) and
    precautions and limitations 3.1.2 of HC.OP-SO.BB-0002 ' Recirculation System Operation"
    (attached)
2. The suction valve must be closed before the discharge valve, and the seal purge must be
    closed prior to pump isolation. This makes 'b' the only correct answer.
Recommendation:
Change answer key to choice "b" as correct answer
                                    .
              .                            2
 
  e
  ,,                              EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS
    EXAM QUESTION RO #27/ SRO #29                                                                            !
    The plant is in Mode 4 with Shutdown Cooling in service on the "A" Residual Heat Removal (RHR)
    loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
    Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Reactor Protection System (RPS) but will affect
    the inboard and the Outboard Shutdown Cooling isolation Valves (F008 & F009)?
    a. TheF008 and F009 valves both close.                                                                  J
    b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open.
    c. The F008 and F009 both remain open.
    d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.
    Ans.B
      Ref HC.OP-SO.SM-0001(O), rev 5, page 3, section 3.1.3
      LP 0302-000.00H-000045, rev 12
      Obj. R3.b & R4
      1. The answer key per the stated reference is incorrect. The correct answer per the stated reference
          is "a".
!                                                                                                            l
                                                                                                              I
      RECOMMEDATION:
      Change answcr key to choice "a" as the correct answer.
'
                                                                                                              )
                                                                                                              \
                                                                                                            .
                                                          3
 
                                                                                                                      s
                                                EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS
                EXAM CUESTION RO #98 / SR3 #96
                Given the following plant conditions:
                .    The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI room.
                .    HPCI isolated due to high room temperatures
                .    RBVB exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/ml
                Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
                a. RBVS remains running.
                b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent fans are in service.
                c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recire and 1 FRVS Vent fans are in service.
                d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 2 FRVS Vent fans are in service
                Ans.      A
                Ref.      HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103, rev.10
                LP        0302-000.00H-000127, rev 10, page 8
                Obj.      2 & R6
                1. The answer key was incorrectly typed, the correct answer should be "b"
                2. RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached (1.0 E-2 microcuries/ml) is > 1.0 E-3 which is the isolation
                      signal for RBVS and an initiation signal for FRVS see HC.OP-SO.GU-0001 " Filtration,
                      Recirculation and Ventilation System Operation"
                3. This is also an entry condition for HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103, the lesson plan page listed lists the action
                      of HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103 for the retention override that
                      if
                      .    Reactor Bldg. exhaust Rad level exceeds 1 x10'8
                                        or
                                                                                4
                      .    Refuel Floo7HVAC Exhaust Rad Level exceeds 1 x 10
                      Then
                      .    Verifyisolation of RBVS
                                    And
                      .    Initiation of FRVS
                Recommendation
!
                Change answer key to choice "b" as the correct answer
>
l
                                                                      4
L_______________________________.__
 
*                                                                                                            1
          CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
,,
  EXAM QUESTION RO #20 / SRO #24                                                          .
  Given the following conditions:                                                                          j
  e  Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
  +  The Pump Discharge Valve (F031 A) is closed
            .
                                                                                                            1
  Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on the discharge valve is            l
  bypassed to allow the pump to be started?
  a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time limits.        1
  b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 100% open position.
  c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
  d. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve jog (open) circuit has timed out.
  Ans A
  Ref 0302-000.00H-000020, rev 15, page 39 & 40, section VI.A.2.e.5).c)
  LP      0302-000.00H-000020, rev 15, page 39 & 40, section VI.A.2.e.5).c)
  Obj R10
    1. The referenced Reciculation Flow Control Lesson Plan does not go into sufficient detail, neither in
        the lesson plan body nor in the learning objectives, to differentiate between the discharge valve
        jog circuit from the pump start sequence as the permissive for pump start process completion.        ,
                                                                                                            1
                                                                                                            '
    2. Upon review of normal Control Room references (attached) it is shown on marked up sheets 8,
        14, and 17;
        .  That the K51 relay, which is energized during the start sequence, bypasses the 90% open trip
            to the drive motor breaker until 85 seconds after the sequence has been initiated. This makes
            choice "a" a correct answer
        .  That the K54 relay, which is denergized by the jog circuit timer, bypasses the full closed trip
            signal to the drive motor breaker for the first three seconds of jog circuit operation. This
            makes choice "d" a correct answer.
    RECOMMENDATION:
                                                                                                            '
    Accept both a and d choices as correct answers.
                                                    5
 
                                                                                                    *
        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY                                -
  EXAM QUESTION SRO #69
  Which of the following is the basis of the 65 psig Suppression Chamber pressure Limit?              l
  a. 65 psig is the primary containment maximum expected post-LOCA pressure.
  b. Above 65 psig, the system lineup required for containment venting may not be able to be
      completed.
  c. Above 65 psig, the Safety Relief Valves may not be available when required for an Emergency
      Depressurization.
  d. 65 psig is the operationallimit of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers.
  Ans. C
  Ref.    0302-000.00H-001268, " Primary Containment Control -Orywell Pressure" , rev
  Obj.    R6/R7
  1. 0302-000.00H-00126B," Primary Containment Control-Drywell Pressure", rev-11 (attached)
      states that 65 psig is the maximum pressure at which SRV's can be opened. This makes "c" the
      correct answer
  2. 0302-000.00H-00124A, "RPV Water Level Control", rev.10, (attached) states regarding the
      Primary Containment Pressure Limit that above this limit
      .  The vent valves in the primary containment vent path above TAF may not open
      .  The SRV's may not be able to be manually opened with PCIG at 90 psig.
  3. This obvious discrepancy was discussed with the Operation Department Emergency Operating
      procedure writers, and the Primary Containment Pressure Limit / Maximum Primary Containment
      Water Level limit worksheet (PSTG WS-9) identifies both the vent valves opening and SRV
      opening as limiting components. This makes "b" also a correct choice
  Recommendation:
  Accept choices "b" and "c" as correct answers
l
l
I
l
l
l
                                                      6
 
          COPIRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
a>
  EXAM QUESTION RO #76 / SRO #71
  During a loss of coolant accident the following conditions exist:                                      )
  e    Reactor pressure is 125 psig
  *    Drywell temperature is 325 'F
  Which of the following describes the accuracy and trending capabilities of wide range reactor water
  level indication for the given conditions?
                                                                                                          I
  a. They are not providing accurate reactor water level or level trend information.
                                                                                                      .
  b. They are providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is not reliable.
  c. They are providing accurate reactor water level and level trend information.                      !
  d. They are not providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is reliable.
    Ans. C
    Ref EOP Caution 1, HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101 RPV Water Level Control Section,
    LP 0302-000.00H-00124A, rev 10
    Obj. 7                                                                                                l
    1. The wide range instruments are calibrated for normal operating pressure and temperature, where
        RPV level is significantly below Normal operating range. See attached 0302-000.00H-000002
        " Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation".
    2. At lower than normal operating pressure the wide range indicators read higher than actual level
        when RPV level is above the mid scale range. See attached temperature compensation curves        3
        from HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0003(O).                                                                        l
    3. Since RPV level was not given, the accuracy of the Wide range level instrument is in question,
                                                                                                        )
        depending on the assumption of the candidate.                                                  ,
    4. The conditions given show that the instrument Reference leg should not be affected by potential
        flashing, since we are below the saturation curve, as could be determined by steam tables
        provided to the candidates, this makes the instrument reliable for trending, as stated in EOP
        caution #1
    5. Based on the assumption of the candidate, either "c" Accurate level and trend, or "d"
        Inaccurate level but reliable trend would be acceptable answers
    RECOMMENDATION:
    Accept "c" or "d" as correct answers
                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                          ,
                                                                                                          l
 
                                                                                                          >
                                                                                                            j
        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
                                                                                        .
Exam Question RO #79
Given the following conditions:
.    The plant is at 75% power
e  _ Control rod 22-27 is being withdrawn on notch to Notch "22"
Which of the following is the required immediate operator action if a control rod drift alarm is received
and the operator notes control rod 22-27 is continuing to move out and power is rising?
a. Apply a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27.
b. Place the Rod Select key lock switch to "off"(de-select the rod).
c. Direct the local operator to perform a single rod scram on control rod 22-27.
d. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power.
Ans. D
Ref      HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204 Positive reactivity addition,
LP 302H-000.00H-000114, rev 5
Obj. 1
1. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power, is a prescribed method for
      power reduction as stated in HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204 section 3.1 which makes "d' a correct choice.
2. Applying a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27 is a method of " inserting control rods to
      reduce reactor power" and therefore, makes choice "a" a correct answer IAW HC.OP-AB.ZZ-
      0204.
  3. Additionally, since the question states that "the operator notes that control rod 22-27 is continuing
      to move out and power is rising", the operator could enter abnormal procedure HC.OP-AB.ZZ-
      0102 Dropped Control Rod. IAW with this procedure the immediate actions are to:
      .    If necessary then Insert control rods, in sequence, to terminate the power increase.
      .    If a scram condition is reached, Then ensure the reactor scrams and implement procedure
            HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0100(O)
      .    Ensure that all appropriate automatic actions are complete.
  4. Inserting control rod 22-27 would be correct for this abnormal procedure since that would be the
      first rod to insert "in sequence".
  RECOMMENDATION:
  Accept choices "a" and "d" as correct answers
                                                        8
 
e
~
        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
  EXAM QUESTION RO #84 / SRO #79
  A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System has occurred?
  Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed, before a reactor scram is required?
  a. An immediate scram is required
  b. One{1) minute
  c. Ten (10) minutes
  d. Twenty (20) minutes
  Ans    C                                                                                              ,
  Ref    HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0123, rev 5, caution 4.8                                                            I
  LP      0302-000.00H-000114, rev 9, page 3
  Obj.    3
  1. The answer key has "a" as being correct, based on caution (4.8) of HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0123 which
      allows 10 minutes to get RACS restored to the recirc pumps or they must be tripped, the operator
      is cautioned to place the mode swi^.ch in " shutdown" prior to tripping the pumps. This makes "c" a ;
      correct answer.
                                                                                                          l
  2. Section 4.9 of the same procedure states if a totalloss of RACS has occurred and cannot be
      immediately restored them perform the following:
      .  Scram the reactor
      .  Trip both Recirc pumps
      .  Trip both CRD pumps                                                                            .
      .  Trip both RWCU pumps
  3. One SRO candidate asked the exam proctor if this loss was a " total loss". His response was yes.
      Using a total loss and following that direction, this would make "a" also a correct answer.
  Recommendation
  Accept cholces "a" or "c" as correct answers
                                                      9
 
                                                                                                        5
                                          QUESTION DELETIONS                                            ,,
Exam Question RO #04 / SRO #05
Following shift tumover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entered in the narrative log
by the previous shift incorrect.
The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the correct entry and initials and dates
the change. Which of the following describes how the RO should highlight and explain the change?
a. The correct entry should be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments section.
b. The correct entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the corrected entry,
c. The incorrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments section,
d. The incorrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the corrected entry.
Ans. A
Ref    HC.OP-AS.ZZ-0002, rev 2, page 20, section - Log Taking
LP      0302-000.00H-000113, rev 8
Obj.    125R
1. LP-0302-000.00H-000113, rev 8 objective 125 (attached ), specifi:: ally states "Given access to
    control room references, distinguish between proper and improper methods of maintaining
    Operations Department logs IAW HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110. This procedure was not provided for the
    candidates to review to determine correct choice.
2. HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110 (applicable pages attached) defines the use of the Narrative and Comments
    section logs. It also describes Data logs and requirements of circling abnormal, unusual, or O.O.S.
    data in red ink, additionally it states that any abnormal, unusual, or O.O.S. entries will be
    investigated immediately and recorded on the applicable comments section. HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110
    further has a description of the Comment Sheets / Sections and states they are the Narrative Log
    for operating stations that do not have a formal Narrative Log ledger.
3. HC.OP-AS.ZZ-0002, page 20 (attached) specifically states if an entry is corrected by an individual
    other than the person entering the ggta, the correction must be circled in red with an explanation
                                              _
    in the comments section.
4. The NCO Narrative Log (attached) is a comments logs in itself and not a data log. Data is taken
    on logs such as DL-0002 (attached) which has a comments section. The misapplication of the
    NCO Narrative Log as the Data log vice any DL log supplied with a comments section, prevented
    the candidates from determining the correct selection.
RECOMMEDATION:
Delete question from exam
                                                to
                                                                  ..    ..    .-
 
  a                                                                                                            }
                                                  QUESTION DELETIONS
    *  Exam Cuestion RO #78 / SRO #73                                                          ;
                                                                                            .
      Given the following conditions:
      .      Reactor power is 82%
      .      HPCI is in operation for a surveillance
      .    The "B" loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling
      .      Suppression Pool temperature is 103*F when the running RHR Pump tripped
      .    ' HPCI was secured
      .      Subsequently, suppression pool temperature reached 106'F
                                                                                                                i
      Which of the following lists the suppression pool temperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-EO.ZZ-        j
      0102, Primary Containment Control AND entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec 3.6.27
      a. EO-0102 -              95'F
              TS 3.6.2    -
                                  95*F
      b.-    EO-0102 -          95'F
              TS 3.6.2    -
                                  105 F
      c. EO-0102 -              105 F
              TS 3.6.2    -      95*F
                                                                                                                l
        d. EO-0102 -              105'F
            . TS 3.6.2    -
                                  105'F
i    . Ans:      D
'-
        Ref:      0302-000.00H-00125A, " Primary Containment Control - Suppression Pool Temp", rev 10
                  ~HC . IS.BJ-0001, "HPCI inservice test", step 5.1.16, rev 29
        Obj.    .3
        1. 0302-000.00H-00125A, " Primary Containment Control - Suppression Pool Temp", Rev 10,
l            objectives do require knowledge of entry conditions to EOP-0102 (attached)
l
        2. HC.OP-IS.BJ-0001, rev 29, step 5.1.16 states to implement suppression pool average water
              temperature monitoring of technical specification 3.6.2.1 prior to and during HPCI operations by
l              performing HC.OP-DLZZ-0026(O) (both attached)
        3. No leaming objective in the Hope Creek Operations Training program requires commitment to
              memory inservice Test cautions and bases behind the cautions.
l
        4. No Leaming Objective for Technical Specification evaluation require determination of Technical
              Specification actions without having the applicable section of the procedure available for      i
              reference.                                                                                      j
                                                                                                                4
,                                                                  .
'
        5. Testing Technical Specification compliance without the materials available for review is not in the  !
              best interest of the candidate or in compliance with Hope Creek Operations Training Department
              . objectives,                                                                                    j
        6.' Nuclear Business Unit Procedural Compliance requirements, and expectations, for use of a          j
              Catergory I procedure require step by step compliance. The same level of procedural '. sage      .
              should be complied with during examinations, and was not.                                        !
        Recommendation:                                                                                        j
        Delete question                                                                                        1
                                                              11
 
                                                                                                        +
                                          QUE3 TION DELETIONS
EXAM QUESTION SRO #75
Which of the following describes how the operators would know the Hydrogen Water Chemistry
injection (HWCl) system had NOT been removed from service while performing a shutdown in
accordance with HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0004(O), " Shutdown from Rated Power to Cold Shutdown"?
a. Hydrogen explosions in the Mechanical Vacuum Pump while operating to maintain condenser
      vacuum.
b. Post-shutdown (2 hours) Turbine Building radiation levels would be much higher,
c. Alarms and indications resulting from a control rod drop accident would not be available to the
      operators as quickly.
d. The Primary and Secondary Condensate Pumps will cavitate.
Ans. C
Ref      HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0102, Dropped Control Rod, rev. 3
LP      0302-000.00H-000225, rev 05
Obj.    6 & 7.1
in order for this situation occur the operators would be required to violate procedure HC.OP-lO.ZZ-
0004, " Shutdown from F      d Power to Cold Shutdown". If the operators failed to have the Chemistry
Department remove Hh from service at 35% power, they would also have to miss the next step of -
the procedure which instructs the operators to have l&C restore the MSL RMS setpoints. If the
setpoints are restored with HWCl in service then RMS alarms may result which could clue the
operators in to the problem with HWCl. This scenario requires multiple procedure violations.
There is'no power level specified for this question and in order for HWCl to remain in service it would
have failed to trip at 30% power (as it is currently designed).
Technical Specifications require that with reactor power at 20%, the only control rod motion that is
  allowed is by a scram if MSL Rad Monitor Setpoints have not been restored. HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0102
" Dropped Control Rod" section 5.3 states "The effects of a rod drop accident above 20% power are
  minimal; therefore, H2 injection system operation is only permitted above 20% power".
  There are numerous protections to prevent the conditions specified in this question from occurring.
  The likelihood of all of these failures and then a rod drop accident are too remote to expect the
  students to select choice "c" as the correct answer.
  RECOMMENDATION:
  Delete question from exam
                                                      12
 
      '
                                                                                                                                3
  ,                                                                                                HC.OP-SO.CH-0001(Z)
                                                    ATTACHMENT 4
    -
                                                        (Page1of1)
                      MAIN TURBINE CONTROL OIL (EHC) SYSTEM OPERATION
                                          EHC CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAM                                        ,
            - ~ ~ um                                                                n .a          n.,. .,
                        7              **""          "
                          3                                                                ;  .H!
                                "                      *
              - + "
                          -              [-'    -e    ,". ' !, w ===                  .h3        _,/_,.-.i .cuce      =,:
              ;
        ."., 41)        .
                                                      .
                                                        "                                y-                          ,
                  ve                      4/s\
                                          /
                                                                                      ==.
                        m.                N,",/-      _
                                                                                      ~-.      ,,
                .                        , .          ._
        "-        ,L '                                                    *
                                                        u,/ *oum                      g    a
                                                                =                                                                '
              + ~
                        dh                  -
                                                        C                        _,
                                                                                            _,
                                                                                                                  ""
                            .*        .noama                                    -*                            uw m, =
            mm.uw&                                                  ?. %*'  .
                                                                                      .
                                                                                            *sf
                                                                                              <
                                                                                                            l    .c
        "m"
        m
                          *        '
                                    '
                                                                                                            l f- 7 met
                                .                                                                          lH ".,"2 -
                    A        (    ;
                                    ,,      l
                                                                                                                        E
                                            .                                --
          (n==J-IH,            !.          "    ;        "
                                                                      7%    / f- .
                wr
                            *"
                              i
                                                "
                                                          .
                                                                  N",
                                                                  l' 'f \ j
                                                                                                        .I          j
            gun l              1
                              ir t
                                                  '
                                                        a=_ . T)u~                  l
                                                                                        ==l=,
                                                                                          -          -{
            .v                \L'              l            ti        l ar
                                                                              . ,1                          ,
                                                                                                                                  l
                    B                        ..                                              /                        ! rn*
        L"=                -
                                              "
                                                                          .; 2_            \'*\*f ;/"                  O
                              w.      -
                                                                    -a
                                                                              .
                                                                                              Va .R h -
4
                                .
                                                          Page M2 of 84                                                  Rev.19
      Hope Creek
                                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                                  I
 
                                                          .
                                                        ,
                                                  85
                                                  1 1
                                                  0P
                                                  0S
                                                  0
                                                  0 B
                                                  H D
                                                    -
              Y                                    0 S
                                                  0. V.
              A8
              L
              E
              D
                          E
                                                  0 8
                                                  01
                                                  082
                                                  HV
                                                    -
            D            R
                                                  1
                                                  0
                                                      A
            E
                  8
                          I
                          F                        3
            S
      E
      V OL                                        P
                                                    :
      L    C                                      L
      A
                              O
      V
      L
      L
      A
      B
        NE
        E
        V
            P
            O    8      R
        LR                O
        AO                T
        VT    I
                          I
                          N
        RN8
        AO
        EM
        H
                          O
                          M
                                  E
                                  G
                                  N
                                  A
        S                        R
              R                  O
                                  /        L
        BO                        T
        l
        UIT
                                  I
                                  L        O N
        ON8
        SO
              M
                          N
                          O        L
                                            R
                                            TIO
                                            NT
                                    O
                                    S 1    OC
                      E 7        * I
                                      1    CES
                              OF
                      G        5      :
                                            E
                    8R
                                          .
                      U
                      P              GVR
                                    T
                                    N
                                      I
                                      F    LO
                        F          O      AT
                                    C      VI N
        EA
              Y          F
                          F
                                            L
                                            AO
                                            UM
        ML8
        T E
        I
              D
                          O
                                            D
            D
      E
      V OL
      L
      A
      V
            E
            S
            C
                  8        E
      L                    R
      L
            N
                  O
                          I
      A                    F
      B    E
            P
            O
        E
        V
        LR
        AO
        RN
        VTO
        AO
        EM
          H
              I
                              O
        S                  R
              R            O
        BO
          l
                            T
                            I
          UIT              N
_
_
        ONO
          SO
                M
                            O
                            M
_
_
.
.
_
.
_
                                                *
  : i
 
i+
l
l
'm
                                        ATTACHMENT 4
l
              NRC RESOLUTION OF PSE&G COMMENTS ON THE WRITTEN EXAM
  -
            .  .                      ,          ,
    RO-4 / SRO-5    The facility recommended to delete this question from th,e exam.
                      Based on a review of the references provided, the NRC staff agreed
                      with the facility that this question should be deleted from the exam.
                      There was no clear reference to clearly support a correct answer to
                      this question.
    RO-19            The facility recommended to change the answer key from "c" to "b".
                      Based on a review of the procedure HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0112, Recirculation
                      Pump Trip, there was no answer that provided the sequence to isolate
                      the recirculation pump as required by the procedure. The NRC staff
                      did not totally agree with the facility recommendation. Since there
                      were no correct answers to this question, the appropriate action was
        ,
                      to, delete the question from the exam.
    RO-20 / SRO-24  The facility recommended to accept both'"a" and "d" as correct
                      answers to 'the question. Based on review of the referenc'es, the
                      NRC st.aff agreed with the facility. The answer key was revised to      ;
                      accept "a" and "d" as correct answers.
    80-27 / SRO-29  The facility recommended to change the answer key from "b" to "a".
                      Based on review of the references and prior exam versions, this was
                      clearly a typographical error, the NRC staff agreed with the facility.
                      The answer key was revised from "b" to "a".
    RO-76 / SRO-71    The facility recommended to accept both "c" and "d" as correct          i
                      answers to the question. Caution 1 of the emergency operating            !
                      procedures indicated that if drywell temperature and reactor pressure    l
                      were below the saturation curve then wide range level indication was
                      a reliable instrument. Since the given conditions were below the
                      saturation curve and steam tables were available to @e applicants,
                      they had sufficient information to concluded that the 4 vide range level
                      instrument was useable for the entire range and thus "c" was could      l
                      be a correct answer since no accuracy range was delineated.
                      The examiner further reviewed the licensee provided curve showing
                      inaccuracy of the water level instruments over a range of levels and
                      of reactor coolant system pressures and temperatures. Answer "d"is
                      also correct in that the level instrument would not be providing
                      accurate water level indication but the trend would be reliable. After
                      further review answer "a" is also correct with the "or" condition that
                      the instruments "are not providing accurate reactor water level or
                        level trend information.
                        Accordingly, since the question has three correct answers, it was
                        deleted from the exam for the reasons noted by the examiner above.
 
                                                                                              *
                                                                                              a
      RO-78 / SRO-73  The facility recommended that this question be deleted from the
                      exam. The licensee indicated that the question was testing the
                      applicant's memory of specific technical specification limiting -
          -          condition for operations (LC) actions or emergency operating .
                      procedure actions as suggested. The examiner viewed the question
                      as testing the applicant's knowledge of the entry conditions into these
                      documents at the analysis level, which is a more challenging question.
                      This was a acceptable testing area as identified by the KA assigned to'
                      this question and because of the importance of this LC. Since there
                      was a single correct answer to the question, there was no basis to        {
                      delete the question from the exam. An acceptable basis would have
                      been no correct answer or more than two correct answers. The
                      facility comment was not accepted.
      RO-79          The facility recommended to accept both "a" and "d" as correct
                      answers to the question. The question required the applicant to
,
        '
                      identify the required immediate operator actions. Answer "a" was not
                      a required immediate operator action identified in HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204,
                      Positive Reactivity Addition. The facility recommendation was not
                                                                . .
                      accepted.
    . RO-84 / SRO-79 The facility recommended to accept both "a" and "c" as correct
                      answers since one applicant was told by the proctor, in response to a
                      question, that this was a total loss of RACS. The proctor's response
                      did not alter the question since ten minutes is still the maximum time
                      allowed before a reactor scram is required and answer "c" is the only
                      correct answer. There was no change to the answer key.
      RO 98 / SRO-96  The facility recommended to change the answer key from "a" to "b".
                      Based on review of the references and prior exam versions this was
                      clearly a typographical error and the NRC staff agreed with the
                      facility. The answer key was revised from "a" to "b".
      SRO-69        The facility recommended to accept both "b" and "c" as correct
                      answers to this Destion. Based on review of the references, the
                      NRC staff agreed with the facility. The answer key was revised from
                      to accept both "b" and "c" as correct answers.
      SRO-75          The facility recommended to delete the question from the exam
                      without sufficient supporting justification as to why it should be
                      deleted. The question was based on the discussion section of HC.OP-
                      AB.ZZ-0102, Dropped Control Rod, on why hydrogen injection is
                      secured at low power. This was a legitimate testing area as identified
                      by the KA assigned to the question. Since the question was valid
                      with the one correct answer to the question, there was no basis to
                      delete the question from the exam. There was no change to the
                      answer key.
  ..
 
O
e
                                  ATTACHMENT 5
                  SIGNIFICANT CONTROL MANIPULATION DETAILS
  APPLICANT DATE        IYPE ASSESSMENT-                                            ,
  55-62176  4/6/97      Flow Acceptable.
            4/6/97      Flow Unacceptable - No documentation available to support
                                that this was not part of a continuous power change.
            4/6/97        Flow Unacceptable - No documentation available to support
                                that this was not part of a continuous power change.
            4/6/97      Rods Acceptable.
            4/6/97      Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was  ,
                                part of'a continuous power change.
            4/6/97      Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                                part of a continuous power change.
                                      ~
                                                                                      l
            4/6/97      Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                                part of a continuous power change.
                                                                                      l
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
                                                                                      l
 
                                                                                  o
                                                                                se
APPLICANT DAIE    TYPE ASSESSMENT
55-62178  2/1/97  Flow Acceptable
          3/1/97  Flow Acceptab.le
                                                                                    1
          3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting 5        i
                        rods from 16-12 to reduce power and then three
                        examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                        individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                        individual control rod scram testing, another applicant
                        also completed the withdrawal. No documentation was
                        available to support that the control rod movement
                        resulted in an observable effect on power. Rod
                        withdrawal to recover from an individual rod scram test
                        was not considered to be significant.
          3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                        examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                        individual'ly scrammed by a licensed operator is part of
                        individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant
                        also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                        recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                        considered to be significant.
          3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of three
                        examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                        individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                        individual control rod scram testing, another applicant
                        also completed the withdrawal, and withdrawing 5 rods
                        from 12-16. No documentation was available to
                        support that the control rod movement resulted in an
                        observable effect on power. Rod withdrawal to recover
                        from an individual rod scram test was not considered to
                        be significant.
          2/21/98 Flow Acceptable
          2/21/98 Flow Acceptable
          2/21/98 Flow Acceptable
 
  o
  S
    APPLICANT DATE    IYEE ASSESSMENT
    55-62183  2/2/97  Flow Acceptable
                                                                                        1
              3/1/97  Flow Acceptable
                                                                                        I
                                                                                        '
              2/2/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting
                              four rods from 10-06 and then withdrawing the same
                              four rods from 06-10. This did not meet the PSE&G
                              acceptance criteria of at lease one notch for a minimum
                              of eight rods.
              3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting 3
                              rods from 08-00, four rods from 14-12 and three rods
                              from 16-12. There was no documentation to support
l
                              that this resulted in an observable power affect.
                                                                                        i
              3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                                                                                        l
                              examples of partially withdrawing a control rod          j
                            ' individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of  j
                                individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant )
                                also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                                recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                                considered to be significant,                          ,
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
l
                                                                                        l'
l
l
I
l
 
                                                                                        0
                                                                                        m
    APPLICANT DATE    IyfE ASSESSMENT
    55-62187  2/2/97  Flow Acceptable
  ,
                                        -                -
    ,
              3/1/97  Flow Acceptable
              3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                              examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                              individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                              individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant
                              also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                              recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                              considered to be significant.
              3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                              examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                              individually. scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                              individual control rod scram testing.~ A'nother applicant
                              also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                              recover'from'an individual rod scram test was not
                              considered to be significant.
              3/1/97    Rods Unacceptette - Rod movement consisted of
                              withdrawing 7 rods from 12-16 and one rod from 00-
                              08. There was no documentation to support that this
                              resulted in an observable power affect.
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
l
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
!
!
I
f
 
                                                                                            _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - - _ - _ _ _ _ - _ - _ - _ _
                _ . . . . . . - - .    .  . . . . . .-
          4
          m,  .
                                    APPLICANT DATE            Iyfg ASSESSMENT
                                    55-62175        4/6/97    Rods Acceptable
                                                      4/6/97    Rods Acceptable
                                                      4/6/97    Rods Acceptable
b
                                                      4/6/97    Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of
                                                                      withdrawing four control rods from notch 00-06 and
                                                                      then withdrawing the same four rods from notch 06-12.
                                                                      This did not meet PSE&G acceptance criteria of at least
                                                                      one notch for a minimum of eight rods.
                                                      6/20/97  Flow Acce,ptable
                                                      2/21./98 Flow Acceptable
\
F
F
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  .
r.
f
.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  1
  _ _ _ . . .
 
                                                                                  F
                                                                                  A
  APPLICANT DATE    TYPE ASSESSMENT
  55-62174  4/6/97  Flow Acceptable
            6/3/97  Flow Acceptable
            7/10/97 Flow Acceptable
            9/4/97 Flow Acceptable
            4/6/97 Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97 Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97  Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of
                          withdrawing four control rods from notch 12-14, then
                          these same four rods from 14-16, and these same four      i
                          rods again from 16-18. This did not meet the PSE&G        l
                          acceptance criteria of at least one notch for a minimum
                          of eight rods.
                                                                                    l
            5/9/97  Rods Did not assess since applicant had the required number.
l
                                                                                    l
l
l
l
l
f
 
k                                                                                1
d,
  APPLICANT DATE      TX25 ASSESSMENT
  55 60013  12/13/97  Rods Acceptable
            12/13/97  Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                            part of a continuous power change.
              12/13/97 Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                            part of a continuous power change.
              12/13/97 Rods Acceptable
              12/14/97 Flow Acceptable
              12/14/97 Rods Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
                                                                                i
                                                                                ;
}}

Latest revision as of 04:09, 2 February 2022

NRC Operator Licensing Exam Rept 50-354/98-03OL,(including Completed & Graded Tests) for Tests Administered on 980223-0304
ML20217M049
Person / Time
Site: Hope Creek PSEG icon.png
Issue date: 04/28/1998
From:
NRC OFFICE OF INSPECTION & ENFORCEMENT (IE REGION I)
To:
Shared Package
ML20217L976 List:
References
50-354-98-03OL, 50-354-98-3OL, NUDOCS 9805040395
Download: ML20217M049 (137)
v • d • e


See also: IR 05000354/1998003

Text

{{#Wiki_filter:* 

   .
  ...
    .

I j U.S. NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION i i- 

                                             REGION I
       Docket No:               50-354

L 

       License Nos:             NPF-57
       Report No.               50-354/98-03(OL)

l 

       Licensee:                Public Service Electric and Gas Company

I . 

       Facility:                Hope Creek Generating Station

l Location: P.O. Box 236 

                                Hancocks Bridge, New Jersey 08038
       Examination Period:      February 23,1998 - March 4,1998 (onsite)
                                March 4 - March 12,1998 (inoffice)
       Chief Examiner:          D. Florek, Senior Operations Engineer
       Examiners:               J. Caruso, Operations Engineer
                                T. Fish, Operations Engineer
       Approved by:             R. Conte, Chief, Operator Licensing
                                  and Human Performance Branch
                                Division of Reactor Safety
                                                                         l
                                                                         l
                                                                         :

, 

          9805040395 990428
          PDR    ADOCK 05000354                                          l
                                                                         '
          V                PDR
                                                                         i

                                                                                                *
                                                                                                  .
                                                                                                    .
                                                                                                ,.
                                     EXECUTIVE SUMMARY -
                            Examination Report 50-354/98-03(OL)
 Initial exams were administered to six senior reactor operator (SRO) instant applicants and
 five reactor operator (RO) applicants during the period of February 23 - March 2,1998, at
 the Hope Creek Generating Station.
 OPERATIONS
 PSE&G staff submit initially an inadequate examination to administer to applicants for an .
 operator's license. A good majority of the test items of each portion of the examination
 required replacement or significant modifications. Significant interactions between the
 NRC and PSE&G and an exam postponement for two weeks were required to develop an
 exam that was consistent with the NRC Examiner Standards.-
 Also, there was insufficient controls, criteria, or data recorded in the controlling documents
 as evidence that the required control manipulations were significant and were properly
 credited. Because of this, not all of the applicants performed five significant control
 manipulations which had to be redone. This area is unresolved item pending further
 enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5)(50-354/98-
 03-01).

1 

                                                  ii

  c
  .,--
                                                Report Details
       05     Operator Training and Qualifications
       05.1 Operator Initial Exams
        a.    Scope
              The NRC examiners administered initial exams to five RO and six SRO instant
              applicants in accordance with NUREG-1021," Examiner Standards," Interim
              Revision 8. The exams were prepared by PSE&G staff and were approved by the
              NRC.- PSE&G staff administered and graded the written exam. The NRC
              administered the operating exam.
        b.    Observations and Findinos
                                                                                                        -
              The Hope Creek exam was initially scheduled for the week of February 9,1998, but
              due to the inadequate submittal by PSE&G, the exam was delayed and rescheduled
              for the week of February 23,1998. The PSE&G staff involved with the
              development of these exams signed security agreements to ensure the integrity of
              the initial exam process.
              The PSE&G staff submitted their proposed sample plan on December 9,1997,
             . which was later than requested in the NRC letter dated November 19,1997. The
              sample plan was generally acceptable. Because of the reduced time for review, the
              NRC Chief examiner made some general comments regarding low power JPMs and
              the apparent lack of technical specification assessment on the written exam. The
              Chief Examiner also informed PSE&G that because of the reduced time for review
              some comments may also result from the review of the initial proposed exams and
              these, in the final product, turned out to be minor in nature.
              The PSE&G proposed SRO and RO exams were submitted for NRC approval on
              January 5,1998. The PSE&G initial submitted exam was not adequate with
              respect to discriminating between safe and unsafe license candidates. The exam
              required significant modification to meet NRC Examiner Standards.
              PSE&G submitted a revised exam over the period January 20-22,1998. A NRC
              review of this submittal identified similar difficulties with the exam, but to a slightly
              lesser degree. Following this submittal, Region i staff discussed in detail each of
the specific items of the exam at the Hope Creek training center on

L January 26-27,1998. The NRC subsequently issued a letter, dated j. February 2,1998 officially delaying the exam and offering PSE&G an additional 

               opportunity to have the NRC administer the exam if PSE&G could submit a adequate

, 

               exam by February 9,1998.

! L . . . 

               PSE&G submitted their third version of the exam on February 9,1998. The NRC
               concluded that the quality, while not at the totally acceptable level, was sufficient
              to proceed with the on-site preparation activities. The PSE&G staff was able to
               revise the exam materials during this NRC on-site preparation visit to a level that        !
               allowed the exam to be administered.                                                       l

! 

                                                                                                          l
                                                                                               _.

                                                                                               ,
                                                                                                 e
                                                                                              ,.
                                                                              .
                                             2
      While the written question topic areas were generally acceptable, the difficulty.with
                                                                                            -
      the specific written question generally related to the discrimination validity of the
      question. The following summarizes the problems noted with the PSE&G written
      exam submittals (Some examples from the initial submittal are identified):                  I
                                                                                                 l
     --      Poorly written question distractors which were easily eliminated. (38,43,
             65,67)
     --      Questions with multiple correct answers. (15,55,76).
                                                                                                 !
     -       Questions with no correct answer as written. (50,75,104,110)                         i
                                                                                                 l
     --      Questions that did not correlate with the assigned K/A. (31,98,116)
     -       Awkwardly worded questions. (6,96,102)
     --      Questions stems that did not solicit the answer in the answer key. (52,59,
             90)
     -       Questions not appropriate for the license level. (56,58)
     The following summarizes the problems noted with the walkthrough portion of the
     exam submittals:
     --      Insufficient JPM coverage against the safety function specification.
     --      Insufficient JPMs to assess low power conditions.
- Inadequate standards in the JPMs.
     -
             JPM and administrative questions written as simple memory or direct look up
             rather than "open reference" use.
     The simulator scenarios were deficient because they lacked sufficient depth to
     properly assess applicant performance against the required competencies, as well as
     details regarding the actions expected of the applicants. Contributing to this was
 >
     insufficient description of the scenario objectives, insufficient description of the
     specific malfunction effects, insufficient critical task specification, and improper
     completion of the forms in NUREG 1021 to assess the simulator exam.
   ' The NRC examiners administered the operating exams in the period of
     February 23-27,1998. PSE&G administered the written exam on March 2,1998.

e l 

:
                                                                                                   l
                                                  3
        By letter, dated March 6,1998, PSE&G staff identified answer key comments on
        eleven questions. A copy of the PSE&G letter is contained in Attachment 3. The
        NRC resolution of the PSE&G comments on the written exam is described in
        Attachment 4. PSE&G also graded the written exam based on answer key revisions
        consistent with their comments. The NRC regraded the written exam based on the
         NRC resolution of the facility comments.
         During the administration of the walkthrough portion of the operating' test, several      .
         items were identified that demonstrated a poor quality product in the exam. JPM           I
         initiation cues and JPM questions contained typos in significant data that confused
        the applicant and required the examiner to revise on the spot. One JPM and one
         admin question had incorrect answers in the answer key. The admin JPMs did not
         contain sufficient cues to provide to the applicant and did not contain all the
         required attachment material to determine whether the applicant's action was
         correct. These required considerable post exam interaction between the NRC
         examiners and the PSE&G staff to resolve .
   c.    Conclusions
         PSE&G staff submitted initially an inadequate exam to administer to applicants for
         an operator's license. A majority of the test items of each portion of the
         examination required replacement or significant modifications. Significant
         interactions between the NRC and PSE&G, and an exam postponement for two
         weeks, were required to develop an exam that was consistent with the NRC
         Examiner Standards.
  05.2 Sianificant Control Manipulations
   a.    Scone
         The examiner reviewed in detail the evidence of significant control manipulations         J
          performed by the applicants. These manipulations were required per 10 CFR
          55.31(a)(5). Guidance contained in information notice IN 97-67," Failure to Satisfy
                                                                                                   ]
          Requirements for Significant Manipulations of the Controls for Power Reactor
          Operator Licensing" was also used.
    b.    Observations and Findines
          PSE&G criteria and supporting documentation were not sufficient to assure that
          applicants performed five significant control manipulations as required by 10 CFR
          55.31(a)(5). The criteria of "at least one' notch for a minimum of eight rods" did not .
          assure that a manipulation was significant. This could be a very significant
          manipulation with clearly observable power changes or not significant with no
          power changes depending on the rods selected and its location and position in the
          core. In addition PSE&G did not record supporting data ( initial power level, time
          start, final power level, time end ) to demonstrate that the actual manipulation in
          Mode 1, whether it was by recirculation flow or control rods, was significant and
          that multiple credit was not provided for the manipulation.
                                                                                                    I

                                                                                          .-
                                                                                         ,.
                                           4
  The PSE&G control for documenting significant control manipulations was the
   " Reactivity Manipulations Documentation Guide," dated January 31,1997. The
   guide documented each manipulation with a signature and date with no additional
   specific detail provided as to what the applicant specifically performed. All the
   applicants that took this exam, performed significant control manipulations while
  the plant was in Mode 1. The PSE&G method and criteria for these manipulations
   were:
  --      Core Flow in Mode 1 - a change in reactor power, as indicated by the
          APRMs, of at least 5%.
  --      Individual Control Rod Manipulation in Mode 1 - at least one notch for a
          minimum of eight rods.
  All applicants had at least five significant control manipulations documented. Many
  of the applicants had several of the significant control manipulations performed on
  the same day. The data in the summary were not sufficient to determine if an
  applicant took multiple credit for an extended continuous power change, an issue
  identified in Information Notice 97-67. PSE&G was requested to provide additional
  data as to what was the extent of each of the significant control manipulations.
  The initial PSE&G response provided on February 4,1998 provided some data
  (control room logs and control rod pull sheets) on some of the manipulations, but
  the data was not sufficient to determine if all the control manipulations were
  significant. Additional discussions with the PSE&G staff on February 13,1998
  provided no new additional data. As a result, on February 18,1998, the NRC
  informed PSE&G that many of these manipulations were not acceptable because
  PSE&G could not provide supporting data on the extent of many of the
  manipulations and provide information that these manipulations were significant.
  On February 19,1998 PSE&G staff met in the Regional office and were able to
  provide data using reactor engineering logs, additional control rod pull sheets, which
 were not provided in earlier discussions, which allowed many of the significant
 control manipulations to be accepted. The reactor engineering logs provided data
 on power history when many of the manipulations were performed. Some of these
 significant control manipulations performed on the same day were acceptable and

, 

 some were not.

l

in the final analysis, five applicants from the February 1998 exam did not have the
 required five significant control manipulations and one applicant had seven
 acceptable significant control manipulations, but one of the submitted control
 manipulation did not meet PSE&G criteria. The problems with the applications
 were:
 -
          No supporting documentation was available to conclude that the
          manipulation resulted in an observable affect on power or that the
          manipulation was not part or a continuous power change.

f 

                                                                                             I
                                                "
                                                                                             l
     -
              The supporting documentation indicated that the manipulation was part of a
              continuous power change and multiple credit was taken when only one
              manipulation should have been credited.
     --
              PSE&G credited partial withdrawal of control rods following a single rod
              scram test. This was not considered significant since this type of
              manipulation provided little, if any, integrated response and training value.
                                                                                             )
     -
              Credit was taken for movement of the same four rods twice when the             l
                                                                                             '
              PSE&G criteria was to move eight rods.
     The following summarizes these applicant's significant control manipulations. The
     details are contained as Attachment 5.
      Docket No.             Credited       Acceptable      Additional Required               i
                                                                                              I
      55-62176               7               2              3                                !
      55-62178               5               2              3                                I
      55-62183               5               2              3
      55-62187               5               2              3
      55-62175               5               4              1
      55-62174               9               7              0 (1 not reviewed)
      55-60813               6               4              1                                1
      Based on the concerns and findings of the NRC, the five applicants and the one
      operator performed the required additional significant control manipulations on Hope   3
      Creek on February 21,1998 by lowering or raising reactor power by at least 5% by       1
      adjusting recirculation flow.
  c.  Conclusion
      There was insufficient controls, criteria or data recorded in the controlling document
      to assure that the control manipulations were significant and were properly credited.
       Because of this, not all of the applicants performed five significant control
      manipulations which had to be redone. This area is unresolved item pending further      l
       enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5)(50-         l
       354/98-03-01).
 E.8   Review of UFSAR Commitments ,
                                                                                              i
       A recent discovery of a licensee operating their facility in a manner contrary to the  l
       updated final safety analysis report (UFSAR) description highlighted the need for a
       special focused review that compares plant practices, procedures and/or parameters
       to the UFSAR descriptions. While performing the exam activities discussed in this
       report, the examiner reviewed portions of the UFSAR that related to a control rod     ]
       withdrawal accident exam question. The selected exam question reviewed was
                                                                                              '
                                                                                             '
       consistent with the UFSAR.
                                                                                              !

                                                                                           'I
                                                                                          a.-
                                               6
                                   V. Manaaement Meetinas
 X1     Exit Meeting Summary
 On March 4,1998, the examiners discussed their observations of the exam process with
 members of PSE&G management. The examiners noted that no simulator fidelity concerns
 had been observed or identified. PSE&G management acknowledged the examiner.
 observations.
                     LIST OF ITEMS OPENED, CLOSED AND DISCUSSED
 NUMBER                TYPE DESCRIPTION
 50-354/98-03-01       URI   Significant control manipulations is unresolved item pending
                             further enforcement review by NRC staff with respect to
                             meeting 10 CFR 55.31(a)(5).
                           PARTIAL LIST OF PERSONS CONTACTED
 Licensee
 P. Doran, Operations Training
 H. Hanson Jr., Operations Superintendent
 K. Krueger, Assistant Operations Manager
 J. McMahon, Director Training, QA and EP

{ M. Swartz, Simulator Supervisor 

 B. Thomas, Licensing
 Attachments:
 1. SRO Exam and Answer Key
 2. RO Exam and Answer Key

l 3. PSE&G Comments on the Written Exam 

 4. NRC Resolution of PSE&G Comments on the Written Exam
 5. Significant Control Manipulation Details

1

3" . 

  i
                            e
         ATTACHMENT 1
    SRO EXAM AND ANSWER KEY
                              l

                                                                                             ,
                                                                                          ..
                                                                                           .
            U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                                .S.ite-Specific
                          Written Examination
                                Applicant information
 Name:                                      Region: I
 Date:. Date: 2/23/98                       Facility: Hope Creek
                                                    .
                     ,
 License L'evel: SRO                        ReactorType: GE

' 

 Start Time:                                Finish Time:
                                      Instructions
 Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet
 on top of the answer sheets. The passing grade requires a final grade of at least
 80.00 percent. Examination papers will be collected four hours after the examination
 starts.
                                Applicant Certification
 All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
                                                                  Applicant's Signature
                                         Results
 Examination Value                                                                 Points
 Applicant's Score                                                                 Points
 Applicant's Grade                                                              Percent

    e
                                        Sini::r Rrct::r Operat:r An:w r Sh:ct3
     :
        Circle the correct answer. If an answer is changed write it in the blank.
             1. a b c d                                                 26. a b c d

l 2: a b c 'd: 27 a b c d 

                                                                            .
                                                                                                        -

l !' 3. a b c d. 28' . a b c ' d 

             4. a b c d                                                  29. a b c d
            .5. a b c d                                                  30.. a b c d
             6. a b c d                                                  31. a b c d .
                                                                  '
             7. a'b c d                                                  32. a b c d    '
                                                                      '           ~
             8. a b c d                                                  33. a b c d -

, .. 9. a b c d 34. a b c d 

            10. a b c d                                                  35. a b c d
                                                                         36. a b c d
                                                    '
            11. a b c d                                                                                     1
            12. a b c d                                                  37. a b c d                        l
            13. a b c d                                                  38. a b c d
                                                                                                            1
            14. a b c d                                                  39. a b c d
            15. a b c d                                                  40. a b c d                        '
            16. a b c d                                                   41. a b c d
            17. a b c d                                                   42. a b c d
            18. a b c d                                                   43. a b c d
             19. a b c d                                                  44, a b c d
             20. a b c d                                                  45. a b c d
             21. a b c d                                                  46. a b c d
             22. a b c d                                                  47. a b c d                       ,
                                                                                                          .
             23. a b c d                                                  48. a b c d
             24. a b c d                                                  49, a b c d                        i
25. a b c d 50. a b c d
                                                                                                             ,
                                                                 Page 1

u.--.-.----- . . . . . . _ _ 

                                                                                         r
                                  Senior R:cctor Oper;t:r Answ:r ShIct3
                                                                                      ..
                                                                                       .
  Circle the correct answer, if an answer is changed write it in the blank.
     51. a b c d                                                   76. a b c d
 ' 52 'a b"c d
   -                                                          -    77, a b c d    -
     53. a b c d                                                 ' 78. a b c d
     54. a b c d                                                   79. a b c d
     55.-a b c d                                                   80. a b 'c d
                     '
     56. a b c d                                                   81. a b c d
                                                                   '82. a b c d '
                        '
     57.'& b c d
     58. a'b~ c 'd'                                                83. a b c d      -
     59. . a b c . d                 .
                                                      ,            84. a b c d
     60. a b 'c d                                                   85. a b c d
     61. a b c d                                                    86, a 'b c d
     62.- a b c d                                                   87. a b c d
     63. a b c d                                                    88. a b c d _
     64. a b c d                                                    89. a b c d
     65, a b c d                                                    90. a b c d
     66. a b c d                                                    91. a b c d

l 

     67. a b c d                                                    92. a b ' c d
     68 a b c d                                                     93. a b c d

l 69. a b c d 94, a b c d 

     70. a b c d                                                    95 a b c d
     71. a b c d                                                    96. a b c d
     72. a b c d                                                    97. a b c d
     73. a b c d                                                    98. a b c d
     74. a b c d                                                    99. a b c d
     75. a b c d                                                    00. a b c d

l Page 2 l

e 

                             S:ni::r Reactor Op::rator Examination
  1. 1. Which of the following evolutions is NOT cllow:d to be perform d by ths Rscctor Building
     Equipment Operator?
      a. Transferring an RPS bus to its alternate power supply with the reactor at power.
                                         ~                                                        '
      b. Test scramming a control rod from the individual test switches'on ths hydraulic control'
            . unit.
      c. Operating the Standby Liquid Control system in'the Test Tank to Test Tank' mode.
      d. Reducing hydraulic control unit nitrogen pressure to the normal band with the associated
            control rod withdrawn.
 2. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                       l
            A fully qualified Nuclear Control Operator (NCO) with an active license has just
             returned from 10 days vacation
        . On the first day back on shift, this NCO worked a normal 12 hour s'hift and then
          .
             accepted and worked 4 hours of overtime
     Which of the following is the maximum number of hours this NCO may work on the second
      day back on shift? (Assume no additional authorizations have been made.)
                                                                                                       1
       a. 8 hours                                                                                      j
       b.12 hours                                                                                      !
       c. 14 hours
       d. 16 hours
                                                                                                       1
  3. Which of the following conditions require the Operations Superintendent to perform a formal
      turnover when delegating his Control Room Command Authority to another individual?
        a. Command Authority is being delegated to the current on-shift Nuclear Control Operator
               (RO) and the plant is in Op Con 4.
        b. Command Authority is being delegated to the current on-shift Control Room Supervisor.       i
        c. Command Authority is being delegated to a current on-shift Nuclear Control Operator
              -(RO) and the plant is in Op Con 3..
        d. Command Authority is being delegated to a Senior Reactor Operator with an active
               license who is not a member of the current on-shift crew.
                                                   Page 1.of 46
                                                                                                    .. ,

                                                                                                    '
                         S nler R:act r Operater Examinatisn

4. A t;gging request with switching ord:r has been receiv:d from th3 Syst:m Operctor. Tha ,. 

   Switching Order has been confirmed and the tags prepared. The System Operator has
   contacted Hope Creek and directed the performance of the tagging request and switching
   order.                  .                      .
   Which of the following personnel are required to be present in the 500KV switdiyard
   blockhouse for completion of the tagging request and switching order?
    a. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Nuclear Control Operator.
    b. Two Nuclear Equipment Operators.
     c. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Control Room Supervisor.
     d. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a member of the Syste.ms Operation Department..
                                                                                       ,

5. Followirig shift turnover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entere the 

   narrative log by the previous shift is incorrect.        -
   The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the        rect entry and initials
   and dates the change. Which of the following describes how           RO  should  highlight and
   explain the change?
     a. The correct entry should be circled in red wi      n explanation placed in the comments
         section.
     b. The correct entry should be cire      in red with an explanation made next to the corrected
         entry.
     c. The incorrect entry      uld be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments
         section.
     d. The in      ect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the
               cted entry.
       DeItTC ^ Se e A TTML e a f ym a d l dy .1
      Aft 3-S-%               1) r!_ c m t.c5 } 3lat )$
                                              Page 2 of 46

e 

                             S:nior R:cct:r Op rator Excminction

'~ 

-
  6. During a valid high rarctor prcssura condition, th) R circulation Pumps did NOT
       automatically trip as designed.
       Which of the following actions must be taken by the Control Room to open the Recirculation
                                  ~
                                            "
     ' Pump Trip (RPT) Breakers.'
                                             .                                           .
                                                                                                      I
                                                                                                      '
        a. Manually initiate both channels of the Redundant Reactivity' Control System (RR.CS).
         b. Verify the RPT Breakers trip when the Recirculation Pump MG Set Drive Motor Breakers
             are opened.
         c. Direct the local tripping of the RPT Breakers.        -
        .d.  Depress the RPT Breaker " Trip" pushbuttons.
                       '                                '
  7 'Which of the following are the MINIMUM guidelines f'or' Operations Superinte'ndent (OS)
       review of critical plant parameters (reactor power, level, ' pressure and turbine load) during
       normal, steady-state plant operations?
       The OS shouId:
         a. receive a verbal report from the. Control Room Supervisor (CRS) every hour..
                                                                                                      l
               .
         b. review the current operating logs, review CRIDS, or perform a panel walkdown at least
                                                                                                      I
             twice during the 12-hour shift.
         c. view current plant conditions on the Control Room information Display System (CRIDS)      i
              every hour,
                                                                                                      i
          d. walk-down the control room panels at least four times during the 12-hour shift.
                                                                                                      4
                                                  Page 3 of 46

                                                                                                      *t
                             Sanior Reactor Op::rator Examination
                                                                                                      ?
 8. Given the following conditions:                                                    .
        .. A plant shutdown with control rod insertions occurring is in progress
         * Reactor power is 22% with generator output at 242 MWe
           '
        '- The sec6nd NCO (PO) begiris deinerting the'drywell' '
   '                                                                      '
         * The CRS is reviewing procedures at the CRS desk
                                                                             -
         * No other personnel are in the Control Room
     Which of the following additi,onal requirements, if met, would allow a License Class instant
                                                                     ,
     .SRO trainee under direction of the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) to continue rod. motion for.
      the given conditions? -
        a. Operations Manager written permission to allow a. LicenseClass trainee to insert control
                                           ~
             rods.
       lb. Another technically qualified member of the unit technical staff,to observe rod movement.
        c. Verification that the Rod Worth Minimizer is operating properly before reducing power
             below 20%.
        d.' A Reactor Engineer's presence to satisfy Technical Specification requirements.

. 

 9. Given the following conditions:
             The plant is shutdown for a maintenance outage
             A Red Blocking Tag (RBT) is hung on 4160 VAC breaker
         + The breaker is tagged in the " Test Disconnect" position -
          + Later in the outage, the breaker is being removed from its cubicle for maintenance
      Which of the following describes the required tagging actions for the given conditions?
        a. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and an
              additional RBT installed on the ropettape placed across the opening.
        b. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker but kept active and maintained in the
              physical possession Gf Operations while the breaker is out of the cubicle.
        c. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and
              the same RBT installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening.
        d. ' The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and a White
              Caution Tag installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening.
                                                  Page 4 of 46
                                                                                                         i

 <
                                 S:;nier Reactor Op rator Examination
  10. Which of the following describes how the Operations end Chemistry D:ptrtm:nts coordinita
         installing Red Blocking Tags on the Hydrogen injection System?.
           a. - Operations positions all system components
                   . Chemistry. monitors the system component positioning
                - Operations installs the tags
                - Chemistry performs the independent verification
           b. - Chemistry positions all system components
                - Operations monitors the system component positioning
                - Chemistry installs the tags
                - Operations performs the independent verification
           c. -- Operations positions all system components
                - Chemistry monitors the system component positioning
                      ~
                                                                                                 .
                - Chemistry installs the tags -
                    ~
                - Chemistry performs the independent verification -                  -
          ' d. - Chemistry positions all system components .        ,
                                                                                                           -

l 

                 - Operations monitors the system component positioning
                 - Operations installs the tags
                 - Operations performs the independent verification                                   ,
     11. Given the following conditions:
                Power is 89%
                At 1200 on 2/16/98 is discovered that, due to a recent procedure change, part of a TS
                required surveillance was not performed.
                The last complete satisfactory surveillance was completed at 1200 on 1/15/98
                The incomplete surveillance was performed on 2/13/98                                         l
                The surveillance is required to be performed at least once per 31 days
                 The action statement requires that inoperable equipment must be restored within 72 hrs,
                or be in Hot Shutdown within 12 hrs and in Cold Shutdown within next 24 hours.
           If the surveillance is not satisfactorily performed, which of the following identifies the date
          when the unit must be in Hot Shutdown?
             a. 2/18/98
             b. ~ 2/19/98
             c. 2/23/98
             d. 2/26/98
                                                       Page 5 of 46
                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                             )

                                                                                                    
                           S:nier Reactar Op:: rat:r Examinati:n
 12. Given the following conditions:                                                                .-
          A General Emergency has been declared
          All Emergency Response Organization facilities have been activated                  '
                                                                                                       *
          Planned emergency exposures 'are necessary to evacuate injured plant persorinel
          The Radiation Protection Supervisor - Exposure Control's ALARA Analysis shows
           expected rescue team individual exposures of 6500 mrem-
          The Operations Support Center Coordinator, Operations Superintendent and
           Radiological Assessment Coordinator have determined that emergency exposure
              ~
          .must be' received
      Which of the following individuals must authorize the emergency exposure for the given
      conditions?                                               -
                                                                     ,
                                '
       a. Emergency Duty Officer
       b. Emergency Coordinator
       c. Radiological Assessment Coordinator
       d. Operations Support Center Coordinator             ,
 13. The estimated time to independently verify a valve position'is 15 minutes.
      Of the listed dose rates, which is the MINIMUM dose rate that would allow waiving the " Hands
      On" independent verification requirement for the conditions given?
       a.10 mrem /hr
       b. 30 mrem /hr
       c. 45 mrem /hr
       d. 60 mrem /hr

l l 

                                               Page 6 of 46

e 

                                   Ssnisr Reactor Op:rator Examination
                                                                                                             I
    • 14. An em:rg:ncy his occurred immidiattly r; quiring rcasonablo cctions to be taken that d:part
-
         from Technical Specifications. No actions consistent with Technical Specifications that can
         provide adequate equivalent protection are immediately apparent.
'                                                                                                          '
         Which'of the following' identifies who is required to approve the action and under what'        -
         conditions the action can be performed?
           a. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
                                                                                                              I
                safety of facility personnel.
           bJ The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
                safety of the public.-
           c. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to be
               .taken to protect the health and safety of facility personnel.
                      ~
                                                                                                              '
           d.' The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Ope,ra. ting Facil'ity, approves actions to'be
                taken to protect the health and safety of the public.
                                 .         .
                         ~
       ~
   15. V hich of the following is the first no'ification
                                                t         requirement and when must that notification be
          made when a plant event requires declaration of an Alert?                                          I
                                                        ~
           a. To the N'RC - within 15 minutes of the everit occurring.
                                                                                                              l
           b. To the State and Local agencies - within 15 minutes of the event occurring.
           c. To the NRC - within 15 minutes of the Alert declaration.
                                                                                                              I
            d. To the State and Local agencies - within 15 minutes of the Alert declaration.
                                                                                                             j
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                              I
                                                                                                               l
                                                     Page 7 of 46
                                                                                                              1

                                                                                                         ,
                               S:nlar R: actor Op;ratsr Excmination
                                                                                                         '-
                                                                                                         .
   16. Given the following conditions:
             A major plant transient has occurred
 '
      '
            'The plant is now in a stable condition
          * Post transieilt reviewindicates an' Alert should have'been" declared ~30 ' minutes *
             ago but the conditions do not currently exist
        Which of the following describes the requirements for event declaration and notification by the
        Operations. Supervisor (OS)?
                                                                                               ?
        'a. The OS should declare the Alert, make the appropriate St' ate, Local and NRC
              notifications and immediately downgrade or terminate the classification as appropriate for
              current plant conditions.
         b. The OS neeci not.declaie the' Alert 'but should make a non-emergency one hour report to '
    '
              the NRC Operations Center.          .
         c. The OS should declare the Alert, make the State, Local and NRC notifications and hold
              at this classification until the Emergency Duty Officer (EDO) terminates the event.
         d. The OS need not declare the Alert but should make a non-emergency four hour report to
              the NRC Operations Center.
   17. Given the following conditions:
             The plant is performing a shutdown in accordance with 10-0004, " Shutdown
              From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown"
             At 20% power the shutdown is completed by placing the Reactor Mode Switch
              to " Shutdown"
             All plant systems responded as designed during the scram
             Post Scram Actuation Review is in progress in accordance with HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0101,
             Post Reactor Scram /ECCS Actuation Review and Approval Requirements
        Which of the following should be the FIRST reactor scram signal identified when reviewing
        the Sequence Of Events printout?
         a. Reactor Mode Switch in " Shutdown"
         b. IRM Neutron Flux - High
         c. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level- High
         d. APRM Neutron Flux - Upscale, Setdown

l l 

                                                    Page 8 of 46
                                                                                                           J

ic L Stnior Rocctcr Op::rator Examination 

 ' 18. Giv:n ths following conditions:

l 

                 The plant is at normal operating pressure and temperatures
                                                                                                                  j
                                 ~
 '
                 All' plant systems are operating as designed                                                     '
          '
    '
                 The "A" arid "B" scrarn to00le' switches at the hydraulic control unit for
      '
                  control rod 42-03 have been placed in " Test"                                               -
            Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Pilot Valves for Control Rod 42-
            03 and the Scram Dump Valves for the given conditions?
             a. -- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves
                  - The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions                                     -
                                                                                                                  I
        ,   .b. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial po'sitions.                             '
                  - The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions
                                                                 ~
      '
              c. '- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves           .
                   - The Scram. Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
 '
                      Valves                                                                     .     .
              d. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial positions. .

L - The Scram Dump Valves repcsition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain 

                                       '

i Valves . 

                                                                                                            .
    19. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is performing the control rod exercise surveillance

i 

                  The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects control rod 34-19 on the rod select module

! Only one half of the selected rod pushbutton illuminates 

            Which of the following describes what has failed and how that affects the ability to move
             control rods?                                                                                        ;
                                                                                                                   i
               a. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is
                                                                                               '
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                   i
                    allowed.
               b. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is not
                    allowed.                                                                                       !
               c. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod
                   .and rod motion is not allowed.
               d. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod             ,
                    and rod motion is allowed.                                                                     j
                                                       Page 9 of 46

                                                                                                           
                              Soniar Reactor Op:rator Examination
   20. Given the following conditions:                                                                     .-
             The plant is operating at 25% power performing a startup
             Control rod 18-23 has been determined to be stuck                                           *
             While attem ting to withdraw the controi rod, indicated drive water flow is' reading
             "0" gpm
  +                                                   .
        Which of the following is the cause of this indication?
          a. Hydraulic Control Unit Directional Control Valve (122) has failed to reposition.
          b. The 2 gpm Stabilizing Valve has failed to reposition.
          c. Both Cooling Water Header to Exhaust Header Pressure Equalizing Valves have failed
                                                                                       '
                         '
              open.        .-
                                                                      ~
         .d. The Drive Water Header Pressure . Control Valve has failed closed.
   21. Given the following conditions:
 -           Control rod insertions are in progress for, a plant shutdown
             The last control rod in Group 35 was inserted to Notch "02"
             The first three control rods in Group 34 were then fully inserted
              Insert and withdraw limits for these two Groups are Notch "00" and Notch "12"
             respectively-
        Which of the following describes what the Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) will be displaying for
        the given conditions?
          a. The RWM will be displaying normal operation parameters wi'.h no alarms or errors in

. 

               effect.
          b. The RWM will be displaying a select error with no other alarms or errors in effect.
          c. The RWM will be displaying a select error with the Group 35 control rod at Notch "02" in
               the withdraw error box. A rod withdrawal block is in effect.
          d. The RWM will be displaying a select error and three insert errors. A rod insert block is in
               effect.

i I 

                                                   Page 10 of 46

 <
                                  S:nier Reactor Operatur Examination
 " 22. Given the following conditions:
                  A reactor startup is in progress
               ' Reactor power is,30%
                 'The total steam flow sisinal output from the Feedwster l'evel Control Spstem fails to the ' '
                  equivalent of 16% power.
           Which of the following describes how the Rod Worth Minimizer will enforce control rod                      3
           movement for the given conditions?
             a. The Rod Worth Minimizer will allow continued control rod movement but only in single
                  notchincrements.

            _ b. .The Rod Worth. Minimizer will allow all normal control rod motion until actual reactor        .
                  power is less than the Low Power Setpoint-
                                                     ,
                                                              .

- c. The Rod Worth Minimizer will immediately prevent all control rod insertions and 

                  withdrawals.
                                                                                                              -
       -                                                        -               .
                                                                                                                  '
           id. The Rod Worth Minimizer'will' prevent co'ntrol rod withdrawals if anp control rod is
         ,        withdrawn past its withdraw limit.                                                 ,
                                                                                              .
                                                                                                         ,
                                                                                                       ,
    ^ 23. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 75% power
                  Confirmed seal failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump
                  The pump has just been tripped
            Which of the following describes the preferred order for isolation of the "B" Recirculation
            Pump and the reason for that order?
              a. Close the Suction Valve', isolate seal purge and close the Discharge valve - This order
                   ensures further damage is not done to the seal package from overpressure.
              b. Close the Discharge Valve, isolate seal purge and close the Suction Valve - This order                ,
                                                                                                                       '
                   ensures the Discharge Valve is stroked against a minimal differential pressure.
                                                                                                                       1
              c. Close the Suction Valve, isolate seal purge and close the discharge valve - This order
                   ansures the Suction Valve is stroked against a minimal differential pressure.
                                                                                                                       ;
              d. " Close the Discharge Valve, isolate seal purge and close the Suction Valve - This order
                   ensures further damage is not done to the seal package from overpressure.
                                                                                                                    .
                                                        Page 11 of 46

                                                                                                         ,
                                 S;nior R:acter Operatar Examin tion
                                                                                                        "
     24. Given the following conditions:
               Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
 .
              The Pump Discharge Valve (F031 A) is closed
                                    -                                                      ..        .
                                                                                                           .,.
                                                   .
                             .
          Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on t'he discharge. valve
                                                                             ~                   ~
          closure is bypassed to allow the pump to.be started?
           a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time
   ,           limits.   -
                                                                                        ~
                                                                 ~
           b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 10d% open position.
           c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
           d.' This trip is bypassed until'the discharge valve Jog (open) circuit has timed out.
                                                               .
     25. Given the following conditions:                                                  -
               The plant is operating at 60% power with the "B" Recirculation Pump scoop tube locked
               The operator is preparing to reset the scoop tube        .
                                                                                ,                  ,
               Speed demand on the "B" Recircybtion Pump is slightly LESS than indicated speed
          Which of the following actions is the operator directed to perform if pump speed begins to
          slowly rise at approximately 2% per minute after the Scoop Tube Trip / Reset pushbutton is           4
                                                                                                               I
          pressed?
           a. Immediately press the "A" Recirc MG Set Drive Motor Breaker Trip pushbutton.
           b. Attempt to control speed with the Increase / Decrease arrows on the Pump Speed Control
                Station for the "B" Recirc pump.
           c. Press the Scoop Tube Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump,
           d. Press the Recirc Pump Trip (RPT) Breaker Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump.

. 

                                                                                                                '

1 l l 

                                                     Page 12 of 46
                                                                                                               ;

                                                                         _ - - - - - - _ _
 ,
   s-
                                   S ni:r R: actor Operc.tur Examinnti:n
   ~~~ 26. Given tha following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 75% power                                        .
                Valve. stroke tim.e testing is in pr, ogress on the "A" RHR Pump Torus Suction
                                            '                         '
                Valve (F004A)
                The valve is currently closed l
                All other RHR system components are in their normal standby lineup
                A steam break causes drywell pressure to reach 2.0 psig.
            Which of the following' describes the response'of the F004A vafve and the "A" RHR pump?
             a. The F004A valve automatically ~ opens and the "A" RHR Pump automatically starts after
                 F004A is fully open.
             b. 'The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A" RHR Pump automaticatiy starts
                 after F004A is fully open.                                                      ,
             c. The F004A valve automatically opens but the "A" RHR Pump must be started by the
                 operator after F004Ais fully open.
             d. The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A" RHR Pump manually started
                 after F004A is fully open.
      27. Given the following conditions:
                 The plant is operating at 90% power
                 The Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU) Inboard Isolation Valve (F001) has just
                 stroked closed
                 No other RWCU valve repositioned
                 RWCU responded as designed
            Which of the following initiated the RWCU isolation?
             a. RWCU system differential flow is excessive.                                           >
             b. The RWCU Filter /Demineralizer inlet temperatures are excessive.
             c. The "A" Reactor Protection System MG set tripped.
             d. The "A" and "D" NSSSS Manual Isolation pushbuttons have been armed and depressed      l
                  simultaneously.
                                                                                                      i
                                                                                                      l

l ' 

                                                         Page 13 of 46
       .
          .
                   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

                                                                                                      '
                           S:niar Rrct:r Operatnr Examin:. tion

28. Which of the following describes the rcison for hcving th3 capability to byp;ss ths Residuni .. 

                                                                                                      .
     Heat Removal (RHR) Pump suction path interlocks?
      a. Allows operation'of the RHR Pumps for shutdown cooling from the Remote Shutdown
                                                                                                  -
           Panel. -
                                              >
                                          -                        .
..
      b. Allows the "C" and "D " RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of suppression
           pool heat removal.
      c. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for cooling the containment Hydrogen Recombiners
           post-LOCA.    .
      d. Allows the "C" and "D" RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of core decay heat
           removal.
                   .

29. The plant is'in Mode 4 with' Shutdown Cooling in service on the "A" Residual' Heat Removal 

     (RHR) loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
     Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Rea'ctor Protection System (RPS) bus
     will affect the inboard and Outboard Sh'utdown Cooling Iso'lation Valves (F008 & F009)?
   .  a. The F008 arid F009 valves' b'oth close.
      b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open. ~
      c. The F008 and F009 valves both remain open.
      d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.

30. Given the following conditions: 

       . The plant is shutdown
        . The reactor head is removed but no fuel has been removed from the vessel
        . Shutdown Cooling is in service on the "B" Residual Heat Removal loop
           Reactor coolant temperature decreases to 65 *F
     Which of the following would be the expected result of the low reactor coolant temperature?
       a. The reactor vessel flange thermal stress limits will be exceeded.
       b. The Technical Specification reactor coolant chemistry condt::tivity limit will be exceeded.
       c. The reactor temperatures can no longer be monitored.
       d. The calculated shutdown margin would be invalid.
                                              Page 14 of 46

[ .- 

                                  S:ni:r R: actor Op; rater Examinttion

, 

   31. During a loss of feedwater, a manual start of the High Pressure Coolant injection (HPCI)

i system was done at a water level of -20 inches by operator manipulation of the system 

           components.
           iWhich of the folloWing describes'ths HPCI system response as reactor water level' continues

t to change? 

             a. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will automatically restart at -38 inches.
             b. It requires operator action to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                 automatically restarts at -38 inches.
             c. It requires operator actions to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                 to restart when level is less than -38 inches.
                                ~

' 

l
             d. It wili automatically trip at +54 in'ches and Will require operator action to restart when levsl l
                                                                                                                 '
                  is less than -38 inches.

\, . 

      32. Given the following coriditions:
                 A loss of coolant accident has occurred
                 Reactor water level reached -140 inches and is currently -50 inches and rising
                 Drywell pressure is 6 psig
                 All plant systems responded as designed
            For the given conditions, which of the following describes the system isolation capabilities for
            the Core Spray System (CSS) Downstream Loop Injection Valve (F0058) and the CSS
            Upstream Loop Injection Valve (F004B), should Core Spray Loop "B" isolation be required?
             a. Only F005B valve may be closed.
              b. Neither the F0048 or F005B valves may be closed.
              c. Only the F004B valve may be closed.
              d. Both the F004B and F005B valves may be closed.
                                                                                                                 j
                                                                                                                 l
                                                                                                                 l
                                                                                                                 l
                                                                                                                 l
                                                        Page 15 of 46
                                                                                                                 i

l 

                                                                                                        '
                                S:nior R:acter Op:rator Examination
                                                                                                        e
     33. Given the following conditions:                                                ,
               A failure-to-scram with Main Steam isolation Valve (MSIV) closure has occurred
   .
               The pressure spike.on the MSIV closure was 1120 psig
 '
        '
               Reactor power is 16% and water level is -25 inches' as the 3.9 minute' timer times out
            * Only Division ll of the Redundant Reactivity, Control System automatically initiates
                                        ~
            . No operator actions are taken
          Which of the following is the expected plant response for the given conditions.
           a. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and the RWCU lsolation Valves (Inboard -
                                                                                                            1
                F001 & Outboard - F004) close.
           b. The "B" SLC Pump starts,.the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU inboard Isolation
                Valve (F001) closes.
                                                                                                          -
           c. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and only the RWCU ' Inboard Isolation
                Valve (F001) closes.
           d. The "B" SLC Pump starts,'the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the~RWCU Outboard -
                Isolation Valve (F004) closes.
     34. Given the following conditions:
               The plant is in a failure-to-scram condition
            . Standby Liquid Control (SLC) has been initiated by the operator
            * Approximately 13 minutes later the operator noted SLC Storage Tank level analog
                indication on Panel 10C651 is "0" gallons
             * No additional SLC system abnormalities were noted
          Which of the following describes how boron injection would be continued for the given

> conditions? 

            a. Boron injection would continue with two SLC Pumps running.
            b. Boron injection would continue with the "A" SLC Pump running.
            c. Boron injection would continue with the "B" SLC Pump running,
            d. Boron injection would have to be transferred to RWCU as directed by EOP-0304.

( 

                                                    Page 16 of 46
                                                                                                      _

o ,. 

                                  Sanier R:acter Op;rator Examination
  # 35. Giv:n th3 following conditions:

( * The reactor scrammed and HPCI and RCIC initiated on low reactor water level 

                 following a loss of feedwater
            . Water' level has bee'n restored to'the normal band '
                , All required operator actions were taken on the scram
            . All Scram Roset switches have been placed in RESET and released
                                                                                                           ,

! Which of the following would prevent the scram air header from repressurizing for the l conditions given? 

          ' a. The Scrarn Discharge Volume High Level Scram Bypass Switch was not returned to
                  NORMAL.
                                                                                                       '
            b. The RPS trip logic channels'B1 and 82 fail to reenergize when RPS is reset.
              .

l c. 125 VDC power is lost to one Backup Scram valve. 

                                                                                                           1
            d. The Redundant Reactivity Control System Alternate Rod insertion logic is not reset.         l
      .
                                                                                                           i
     36. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant was performing a stdrtup following a refueling outage when a reactor
                   scram occurred (all rods inserted)
             * The sequence of events printout shows that just prior to the scram, Average
                   Power Range Monitoring (APRM) channels "B" and "D" were upscale Hi-HI
           Which of the following additional conditions, by itself, could have caused the full reactor
           scram signal?
            a. Rod Block Monitor Channel "A" has failed.
            b. RPS Bus "B" has deenergized.
             c. SRM Channels "A" and "C" are reading 1.5 E5 counts per second.
             d. The Reactor Protection System shorting links are removed.

i 

                                                                                                         .
                                                                                                           !
                                                                                                            !

! 

                                                       Page 17 of 46

i 

                                                                                                        '
                                   S:nler Reactor Operatar Examination
                                                                                                       t-
     37. Giv n th)following conditions:
                 The plant is operating at.100% power
            * APRM Channel"D."is bypassed with the joystick
             '
                                                                                                          ;
                                                                                                          j
                                                            ~~
                                                                *
               ' Control rod 30-31 is selected ~
                 All other plant systems are operating as designed
          Which of the following occurs if APRM Channel"F" fails full"downscale" for the given            ;
                                                                                                          '
          conditions?
           a. R~od Block Monitor Charinel "B" automatically shifts'to the "B" APRM as'its reference.
           b. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B" generates a rod withdrawal block on a failure to null.
 '
           c. ' Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is indicating 0%.                           -  . ,
                                                                                               <
                                                                                                     -
   .
           d.c: Rod Block Monitor Channel "B" is bypassed on the reference. AP.RM downscale.
       <         -
                                                                                  .;
     38. Given the following conditions:

, 

                  The plant is performing control rod withdrawals for a reactor startup
                  The reactor is subcritical-
                   Reactor power is 75 counts per second (CPS) in the source range
                  The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects the "B" Source Range Monitoring (SRM)
                  detector then holds its " Drive Out" pushbutton in the depressed position
          Which of the following describes the plant response?
           a. The "B" SRM detector will not withdraw due to the current power level.
           b. The Retract Permit light will extinguish and the SRM Det Removal Not Permitted alarm
                   will be received.
           c. The "B" SRM detector will retract until source range indicates less than 3 cps.
           d. A Control Rod Withdrawal Block will be generated.
                                                        Page 18 of 46

 <
                                   Sani:r R:act:r Op:rctor Examination
 *#
39. Given the following conditions

l l The plant is operating at 55% power ' 

              * Average Power Range Monitoring (APRM) . Channel"C" currently has 14 " good"
                                                   '                             '
            ~                                '
                                                              -                                       '      ~
                  LPRM input signals
                                                                                       ^
          Which of the following will result in receipt of the APRM Sys A Upscale Trip /inop alarm (C4 on

l Section C3)? 

            a. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Flow".
            b. .One of the " good" LPRMs mode switch is placed in "C" (Calibrate).
            c. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Average".
                                                                                                             -
            d. 'One of the " good"i.PRMs fails "downscale".
                .    .
    40. Which of the following describes the difference in actual reactor water level versus indicated
         . wide range reactor water level and the expected change in that difference during a power
                                                          '                    *
           reduction from 100% to 65%?

. 

              a. ' Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
                                                                                           ,
                   the power re' duction.
              b. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
                   the power reduction.
              c. Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference.will get smaller during
                   the power reduction.
              d. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
                   the power reduction.
     41. The Reactor Core isolation Cooing (RCIC) system flow controller has failed full downscale
            demanding a "0" gpm flowrate. The controller is in " Automatic".
            Which of the following is the expected RCIC turbine response upto receipt of a valid initiation
            signal for the given conditions?
              a. RCIC will start, accelerate and trip on mechanical overspee'd.
               b. RCIC will start, accelerate then slow to a stop.
               c. RCIC will start, accelerate then will slow to and run at a low speed.
               d. RCIC will start, accelerate to and run continuously at approximately 4000 rpm.

i 

                                                        Page 19 of 46
                                                                                                                 i
                                                                                                                 !

                                                                                                                 s
                               S3nior R:actsr Operator Examinction
                                                                                                                ..
                                                                                                                 .
     42. Given the following conditions:
             * Aloss of all AC power has occurred
               No, Diesel Generators are running                                                          .
               The Reactor Core isolation Cooling (RCIC) systein has initiated and is injecting
               A valid RCIC steam line high flow signal is received
                                                                                                              4
          Which of the following describes the RCIC inboard and Outboard Steam Supply isolation
          kMves (F007 & F008) isolation capabilities and the response of the RCIC turbine for the
          given conditions?.
            a. The F007 and F008 valves remain open but can be closed from the Control Room.
            b. .The F007 and F008 valves remain. open and cannot be closed.from .the Con. trol Room.
                                                                                                        -
            c. Only the F007. valve closes.               _ .
                                                       '
   '
           'd.. Only the F008 valve closes.
                                  .
     43.' Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                            ~
                The Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) Manual Initiatiori Channel "B"
               and "F" pushbuttons (S6B and S6F) have been armed and depressed
             + There is no Safety Relief Valve response
          Which of the following "B" Division electrical bus failures caused this system response?
            a. A loss of 120 VAC Bus 1BJ481
            b. A loss of 250 VDC Bus 10D261
            c. A loss of 125 VDC Bus 1BD417
            d. A loss of 480 VAC Bus 10'B420

l L 

                                                   Page 20 of 46

L___________-____-_-_____-__-___-_-_ _ _ - _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - 

 ,
                               S nior R:act:r Op;ratar Extminttion
  44. Which of the following is the MINIMUM number of Stftty R:li:f Vcivas (SRV) th;t must be
         opened during an Emergency Depressurization and the reason for that minimum number?
           a. 4 SRVs provide the minimum depressurization rate required to ensure the low pressure
               ECCS systems inject soon enough to minimize the amount of time water level is below

l the top of active fuel. ! b'. 5 SRVs provide the minimum depressurization rate required to ensure the low pressure 

               ECCS systems inject soon enough to minimize the amount of time water level is below
               the top of active fuel.
                                                                                                       i
           c. 4 SRVs provide the minimum steam flow through the core required to assure adequate
               core cooling.
           d. S SRVs provide the minimum steam flow through the core required to assure adequato
               core cooling.-

' 

      .
     45. Given the following conditions:                                                                )
                                                                                                       )
               The plant has been operating ~at 100% power for several weeks                            !
               All systems are operating as designed
          Which of the following is the reason why periodic nitrogen makeup to the drywell is required
          for the given conditions?
            a. Due to leaks from drywell air operated equipment.
            b. Due to PCIG normal system leakage.
            c. Due to normal periodic cycling of the Torus - Drywell Vacuum Breakers.
            d. Due to normal drywell air inleakage.

l t 

                                                   Page 21 of 46

l 

                                                                                                         *
                                S;nier Re::ctor Operator Exeminatisn
   46. Given the following conditions:                                                                  1
              The plant had been operating at 75% power
              A loss.of main condenser vacuum caused a complete Main Steam isolation   '            -
            ' Velve'(MSIV)' closure '
 .
          . .. The Main Condenser Vacuum Breakers have been opened
               The main turbine did NOT trip and was NOT manually tripped o'n the scram         ,
               The MSIV switches have been placed in "Close"
       . Which of the following conditions are required to allow resetting the NSSSS MSIV isolation
         logic for the given conditions?
          a. The Mai.n Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches must be in " Bypass" and the Turbine
                                                             .
                                                                                                      '
               Control Valves must be closed.
           b. - The Reactor Mode Switch must be out of "Run".a.nd the Turbine Control Valves must be
               closed.
        ' c. The Main Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass switches must be in " Bypass" and the Turbine
                Stop Valves.must be closed to less than 90% open.
          d. The Reactor Mode Switch must be out of "Run" and the Turbine Stop Valves must be
                closed to less than 90% open.
   47. Which of the following conditions would prevent opening the RHR "B" Loop inboard and
         Outboard Drywell Spray Valves (F0218 and F0168) following a LOCA?
           a. The LPCI Injection Valve (F0178) is not fully closed.
           b. Less than 5 minutes have elapsed since the "B" RHR initiation occurred.
           c. The RHR Full Flow Test Valve (F0248) is not fully closed.
           d. Reactor water level is above -129 inches.

1 

                                                  Page 22 of 46

,

. 

                               S$nior R: actor Opsrator Examination                                         >

" 48. Giv:n ths following conditions: 

             The Fuel Pool Cooling system is operating with one pump and heat exchanger
              in service
           '
             The Fuel Pool Gates areinstalled'
             No makeup water sources are available
       Which of the following is the expected effect on Spent Fuel Pool water level and cooling
        capability if a leak develops on the common FPCC Pump Suction?
                                                                                                        .
         a. Cooling capability and water level will be unchanged.
         b. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
         c. Cooling capability will be unchanged and water level will lower-slightly~and stabilize.
         d. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will continuously lower.
 ,
   49. Which of the following describes how the main steam line flow restrictors assist in maintaining
        adequate core cooling for steam line break between the flow restrictors and the Main Steam
        isolation Vawes?
         a. They ensure the ' total inventory loss from the reactor vessel maintains level above the top
               of active fuel until one division of low pressure ECCS is injecting.
          b. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain water level above
               the top of active fuel for a minimum of 5 seconds.
          c. They ensure the total energy release rate to the Primary Containment does not result in
               exceeding suppression chamber design pressure.
          d. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain level above the top
               of active fuel until HPCI is at rated flow.
   50. Which of the following describes the expected indicated steam flow response with an open
         Safety Relief Valve (SRV) and the reason for that response?
          a. Indicated steam flow goes up, because SRV steam flow is seen as additional steam flow           i
                over what is going to the main turbine.                                                      l
          b. ' Indicated steam flow goes down, because the SRV steam flow is not monitored by the            j
                main steam system flow detectors.                                                            l
           c. Indicated steam flow remains constant, because the Turbine Control Valves and intercept     ,  i
                Valves throttle open to maintain a steady MWe output.                                        I
           d. Indicated steam flow remains constant, because the Turbine Control Valves throttle
                closed to maintain constant reactor pressure.
                                                      Page 23 of 46

                                                                                                    '
                            S:ni:r R:act::r Op:: rat:r Examination
                                                                                                    "
 51. Given the following conditions:
           The plant is operating at 70% power
        + The "B" EHC Pressure Regulator is tagged out of service
         ' Unknown to the operator, the "A" EHC Pressure Reg'ulator output signal is
           failed "as is"
      Which of the following would be the expected response of the Turbins Control Valves and
      Turbine Bypass Valves as the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) begins to raise power using
      recirculation flow for the given conditions? (Figure attached)
       a. -- The Turbine Control Valves will close
            - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
       b.      IThe Turbine Control Valves will close
                .The Turbine Bypass Valves will not. move
                ~
       c. - The Turbine Control Valves will.not move

j 

               .The Turbine Bypass. valve will not' move

I 

       d. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move.-
            - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open

l l 52. Given the following conditions: 

        . A loss of off-site power (LOP) has occurred from 75% power
        . Within 10 seconds a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) occurs
      Which of the following is the expected response of the LOP and LOCA sequencers?

! l a. As soon as power is restored to the buses, the LOCA sequencer will control the l restoration of allloads. 

       b. The LOCA sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
            close, then the LOP sequencer will complete load restoration.
       c. As soon as power is restored the buses, the LOP sequencer will control the restoration of
            all loads.
        d. The LOP sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
            close, then the LOCA sequencer will complete load restoration.

l l l l l Page 24 of 46 l 

 ~
                               S::nier Reacter Op::rator Examination
  53. Giv:n the following conditions:
              The "B" Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) had started following a valid
               LOCA signal                          .           .
              Some time fater the EDG was shutdown ~using~the local Emergency Stop pushbuttons            -
               due to fluctuating oil pressure         .                                                ~
              Concurrent with stopping the EDG, the 10A402 bus lost power
          Which of the following describes the actions, if any, regarding resetting the Engine Shutdown
          Relay (ESR) and th.e (86R) Lockout Relay to restart the "B" EDG and reenergize the 10A402
          bus?
           a. ESR must be reset
               (86R). Lockout Relay reset is not re'quired

! b. ESR must be reset 

               (86R) Lockout Relay must be reset
           c. - ESR reset is not required
               (86R) Lockout Relay reset is not required
           d. ESR reset is not required
              . (86R) Lockout Relay must be reset

! 54. Which of the following parameter changes indicate the moisture content of charcoal adsorber l bed of the Gaseous Radwaste System (GRW)is rising? 

           a. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to Krypton is rising.
           b. GRW charcoal adsorber bed temperature is lowering.
           c. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to lodine is rising.
           d. GRW charcoal adsorber bed hydrogen concentration is lowering.                                 l

l I 

                                                                                                            {
                                                      Page 25 of 46
                                                                                                            4

                                                                                                          *
                              Sanier Rgactcr Op;ratar Excminction
                                                                                                         s-
   55. Giv:n the following conditions:
             The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
 ,
             Mairi Steam. Line (MSL) radiation levels have been averaging 80 mrem but are now
             slowly trending upwards
             Chemistry has' verified the. higher radiation readings are due to failed fue!
        What are the immediate Operator Actions required for the given conditions?
         a. Place additional Condensate Domineralizers in service if possible,
         b. Scram the reactor and close the Main Steam Isolation Valves when MSL levels are
              greater than 120 mrem.
         c. Direct Reactor Water Cleanup flow to the main condenser to reduce coolant activity.
           '
         d . Reduce reactor power to maintain MSL radia! ion levels less than 120 mrem.
                                         .                                                 .
   56. Given the following conditions:                                                                 4
             The plant is operating at 50% power
             All systems are operating normally                      .
             One Reactor Building Ventilation System (RBVS) Exhaust Fan discharge damper
              has failed to the full "open" position with the fan running
             No other RBVS components have changed
        Which of the following describes how this will affect the initiation of the Emergency Core
        Cooling Systems (ECCS) and the reason for this?
         a. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
         b. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
         c. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
         d. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
              pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.

l 

                                                    Page 26 of 46

t 

  -
                                   S :nisr R actar Operator Excminatisn
  ..
     57. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 40% power
             .    The Jet Pump operability surveillance indicates that one jet pump has failed
                  Technical Specifications ~ require the' plant to' be in hot shutdown within 12 hours
           Which of the following describes why such a severe' restriction placed on continued operation
           for the given conditions?
               a. A jet pump failure at this low power level will significantly affect the core flows and result
                   in unacceptable thermal limits (MCPR).
               b. A jet pump failure may limit reactor water level restoration capability during the reflood
                   portion of a Loss Of Coolant Accident.

l 

               c. A jet pump failure combined with the flow restricting orifices may adversely affect core
                   flow to the higher power fuel bundles.
         '
            'd. ' A jet pump failure results in'less conservative protective ~ action setpoints for
                  ~ instrumentation using recirculation loop flow as an input signal.

.. 

     58. Given the following conditions:
                    The "A" Recirculation Pump has tripped
                    The "A" Recirculation Pump discharge valve is open
                    RECIRC LOOP A JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 2 mlbm/hr
                    RECIRC LOOP B JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 35 mlbm/hr
                    RECIRC PMP B FLOW indicates 24,000 gpm
                    Recirc pump "B" speed is 49%
            Which of the following would be expected values for total JET UMP FLOW (the flow
            recorder) and actual core flow?
               a. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
               b. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
               c. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
               d. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Ac.ual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
                                                                                                                 !
                                                                                                                 !

l . L l 

                                                                                                                 l
                                                                                                                 ^

i 

                                                        Page 27 of 46

                                                                                                                ,
                               Sanisr R actgr Operater Examination
                                                                                                                "
   59. Given the following conditions:                                                    ,
                                                                                                                      l
            * The plant is operating at 90% power                                                                   ,
                                                                                                                    '
              All main turbine' sealing steam normal and backup supplies have been lost
                                                                           "
 '
              There is no time estimate for repair / restoration
         Which of the following are the immediate operator act' ions for the given conditions?                      i

l a. Reduce power as necessary to maintain condenser pressure less than 5.0" HGA. 

       .
           b. Reduce recirculation flow to minimum, unload 'and trip the main turbine.

           c.~ Reduce power as necessary to maintain adequate self-sealing steam to the main turbine

l 

                seals.
           d. ' Reduce recirculation flow t'o maintain power less than 25% (Bypass Valve capacity).
                                                                                                            . .

     *

! , I ' 

    60. . During a loss'of off-site power the operator is cautioned not to acknowledge the flashing              '
          " Trip" pushbuttons for the 4.16 KV Vital 1 E Bus infeed breakers.
                                                                                                              8
          Which of the following will occur if these pushbuttons are pressed?
            a. 'That' bus' feeder breaker will attempt to close until the anti-pump feature causes it to trip
                open and remain open.
            b. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus, if running, will trip and its output breaker
                will open.
            c. That bus' alternate feeder breaker will trip open and then immediately reclose when the

l pushbutton is released I 

            d. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus will not load.

1 

                                                                                                                      !
                                                      Page 28 of 46
                                                                                                                   u

. 

                                 S:nier Rrctor Optrator Examination

" 61. Giv:n the following conditions: 

                The plant is at 45% with power ascension to 100% in prpgress
          * One of the Electrical Protection Assembly (EPA) breakers on the "B" Reactor
              .
                               ~
              ' Protection Systerri(RPS) MG' set has just tripp'ed -
                Breaker investigation.shows a trip on "overvoltage"
       Which of the following describes the response of the Recirculation Pumps if a main turbine
       trip occurs before the "B" RPS Bus is reenergized for the given conditions?
         a. Both Recirculation Pumps runback to " minimum" speed.
            '
                                                                                                        ,
         b. The "A" Recirculation Pump trips, the "B" Recirculation Pump runs back to " minimum"
                 speed.                         ,
                                                                                               ,
                                                                                                        l
         c. Both Recirculation Pumps trip.
         d. 'The "B" Recirculation' Pump' trips, the "A" Recirculation Pump runs b'ack to " minimum"
                . speed.                                                                              .
                                                                                                   s
  62. Given the following conditions:                                                                   ;
                A plant startup is in progress with the Reactor Mode Switch in "Run"
                The Main Turbine is reset and is at 950 rpm accelerating to 1800 rpm
           . A loss of 125 VDC power from distribution panel 1CD318 to the EHC control
                logic occurs
        Which of the following is the expected plant response?
          a. Main turbine trips.
          b. Main turbine startup would continue at the selected acceleration rate.
          c. Main turbine speed will remain constant at 950 rpm.                                        !
          d. Main turbine control valves throttle closed due to a loss of the speed reference signal.
                                                      Page 29 of 46

                                                                                                                    ,
                                 S::nicr R    cter Op: rat:r Examinati n
                                                                                                                    "
     63. Givrn the following conditions:
                 The plantis< operating at 20% power                                           .
                 A main generator load reject has just occurred
                 The powerhoad unbalance circ 6it tripped unexpectedly during the load reject
          Which of the Ibmowing is the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and the
          Reactor Protedhon System (RPS) for the given conditions?
           a. - The Twtbine Control Valves throttle closed                                                            ,
                 - RPS dzes not trip
           b - The Turtbine Control Valves fast close
                   .RPS trips
           c. - The Tudbine Control Valves throttle closed -
                 - RPS Mps
           d. - The Tur'bine Control Valves fast close ,                 ,
                 - RPS daes not trip
                                                .
     64. Which of the tiillowing describes when the Main Turbine is . required to be tripp'e d'following a .
          reactor scram?
           a. At 50 MWe lowering

, 

           b. At 25 NMAe lowering
           c. At 0 MWe
           d. At 50 MWe rising (reverse power)
     65. During a failure 4o-scram condition, which of the following is the criteria used to determine if
          HC.OP-EO.ZZ4100(Q), " Reactor Scram", should be exited and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
          " Reactor / Pressure Vessel (RPV) Control", entered?
            a. Reactor period on SRM Period meters is stable at -80 seconds
                                                                                                                          I
            b. All APRB4*downscale" lights are not illuminated
            c. . All four RPS logic channels are deenergized

l 

            d. All controE tods are inserted to or beyond Notch "02"

i 

                                                     Page 30 of 46                                                        l
                                                                                                                          !
                                                                                                                          <
                                                                                                                           i
 -
   .
             . .               .
                                      .  .
                                                      .
                                                                                                             ___._______U

 .
                                S:nier Recctor Optrator Excmination
 .a
    66, Following a reactor scram and Main Steam Isolation Valve closure, reactor pressure reaches
         1050 psig causing the "H" and "P" Safety Relief Valves (SRV) to open.
      ,,
         Which of the following lists the operating setpoints..for subsequent openings of the ",P" SRV7
                                               ,    ,
           a. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 935 psig.
           b. SRV"P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 905 psig.
           c. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 935 psig.
           d. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 905 psig.
    67. With the plant at 100% power a severe overfeeding transient is' occurring., Water level is +50 :
          inches and rising rapidly.
                                        .
                                                                            ..
                                                                                               ,
                                                ,
Which of the following reactor water levels require termination of all feed to the reactor,
          closing'the MSIVs and a reactor scram assuming none of these actions have occurred?            -

l a. +54 inches 

            b. +65 inches
                                         '
            c. +90 inch'es
            d. +118 inches
     68. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 80% power
                All three Feedwater Pumps are in service
                Feedwater Level Control is in " Automatic - Three Element" control
             . Narrow Range level "A" is reading 34 inches
                Narrow Range level "B" is reading 36.5 inches
             * Narrow Range level "C" is reading 35.0 inches
           Which of the following would be the expected response of the Feed Water Level Control
           System and reactor water level if Narrow Range level "B" failed to the low end of the rangel
            a. It would transfer to Single Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
                '
             b. It would remain in Three Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
             c. It would transfer to Single Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.5
                  inches.
             d It would remain in Three Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.0
                  inches.
                                                                                                           I
                                                                                                           ;
                                                    Page 31 of 46
                                                                                                           1

                                                                                                   '
                             S niar Reacter Op rator Excminati:n
                                                                                                   "

69. Which of the following is the b sis of the 65 psig Suppression Ch:mber Pressura limit? 

     a. 65 psig is the primary containment maximum expected post-LOCA pressure.
     b. Above 65 psig, the system lineup required for containment venting may not be able to be
                           .
         completed.
     c.. Above 65 psig, the Safety Relief Valves'may not be available when required for an-
          Emergency Depressurization.
     d. 65 psig is the operational limit of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers.

70. Given the following conditions: 

         The plant is operating at 95% power
      * All Drywell Cooling Chilled Water pumps have tripped
         Drywell pressure is rising
         HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0201,"Drywell High Pressure / Loss Of Drywell Cooling", has been            ,
         entered and the Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) is being aligned to supply
         backup cooling to the Chilled Water System
    Which of the foll'owing describes the effect of failing'to close the Chilled Water isolation
    Supply and Return Valves (HV9532-2 and HV9532-1) before the transfer to RACS?
     a. The RACS Pump automatic start permissives will be bypassed until the valves are closed.
     b. The RACS. valves will not automatically sequence open to supply Chilled Water should a
          loss of off-site power occur.
     c. Chilled Water system flow will divert back into the RACS system overflowing the RACS
          head tank.
     d. RACS system flow will divert back into the Chilled Water system overflowing the Chilled
          Water head tank.
                                               Page 32 of 46

 .,
                                   S:ni::r R actor Operator Excmin*_tirn
 " 71. During a loss of cool:nt eccid:nt the following conditions exist.
                                                                   '
                                                                           S'
                                                                                         (  -

j Reactor pressure is 125 psig ' 

                D_rywell temperature is 325 'F                   p          b       .b
           Which of the following describes the accu acy and triending capabilities of wide range reactor
           water level indication for the given conditi.ons?
                                                    ~-
             a. They are not providing accurate reactor water level or level trend information.

! b. They are providing acc6 rate reactor water level but level trend is not reliable. 

           - c. They are providing accurate reactor water level and level trend information.
    ,
             d, The         tiot providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is reliable.
      72. Given the following conditions:
                The piant is operating at 95% power
              * Suppression pool temperature is 92 'F
                At 0915, Safety Relief Valve (SRV)"G" opened                           ~
                After several cycles of the SRV Open and Close pushbuttons, the operator notes
                that tailpipe temperature for the SRV is stable at 305 'F and NO other plant parameters
                have changed
           Which of the following describes the limitations on continued reactor operation for the given
           conditions?                                                                               *
             a. Reactor operation may continue until pressure set is reduced to less than 850 psig.
             b. Reactor operation may continue until suppression pool temperature reaches 120 'F.
             c. Reactor operation may continue indefinitely.
             d. Reactor operation may continue until 0917.

, 

                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          ,

l l l Page 33 of 46 

                                                                                                               ,.
                             S:ni r Rrct::r Operator Excmin tien
                                                                                                               "
 73. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                          r      \
                                                                                                   
             Reactor power is 82%                                                       3
             HPCI is in operation for a surv.eillance
                                                  ~                                  "                       '
           '
             The "B" loop of RHR is in' Suppressi6n Pool Coolin~g
             Suppression pool temperature is 103 'F when the running             ' pump tripped
                                      ,
             HPCI was secured
             Subsequently, suppression pool temperature incre            to 106 *F
       Which of the following lists the suppression poo mperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-
       EO.ZZ-0102, Primary Containment Control ~            entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec
       3.6.2.17
        a. EO4102          - 9$ 'F                   /
             TS 3.6.2.1    - 95 *
        b. EO-0102        - 95 *
                                   F
             TS 3.6.2.1[ -
        c. EO-0102 e       - 105 *F                                                                   ,
             TS-      .1   - 95 *F
        d.      -0102      - 105 *F.
             TS 3.6.2.1    - 105 *F                                ,
 ,,
                   rc     n a s ine ,,          ?-             !g5
                                                                                   '
                                                                                      ,      .: _,,
         - t il                                                                                         '
         h                     f 3(. M r.'s r,G qi im, t,' V"li W  6 U l'4 WI!' 4 U " ,
  74. Given the following conditions:                h,dc'g Wg               ljtM(Mj         h > j NJ /
             ,
           The plant is operating at 100% power
           A feedwater heater trip has resulted in a feedwater temperature of 385 *F
            No operator actions have been taken
       Which of the following is the operational concem for the given conditions?
        a. Entry into the Exit Region of the Power-To-Flow Map.
        b. Violation of the Hope Creek Operatira License.

l 

        c. Immediate thermal hydraulic instabilities.
        d. Recirculation Pump damage.
                                                    Page 34 of 46
                                                                                                          _-

.
                                 Senior Reactor Optrator Examinction
 .,
    75. Which of the following describes how the operators would know the H                       ater ~
          Chemistry injection (HWCI) system had NOT been removed from se '                whiie performing a
          shutdown in accordance with HC,OP-lO.ZZ-OOO4(Q), "S,                     rom   Rated  Power To Cold
         . Shutdown"?
        *                                                               /                                       ~
                  .                               .
           a. Hydrogen explosions in the Mechanica              _ "mPump while operating to maintain
               condenser va'cuum.
           b. Post-shutdown (2 hours              ine Building radiation levels would be much higher.
           c. Alarms and i            ons resulting from a control rod drop accident would not be available
               to the o       ors as quickly.
           d        e Primary and Secondary Condensate Pumps will cavitate.            .
                                                                                             ,.
                                       .        e   Sh5r ?r                   i                           n!u l
    76. Following a reactor scram all rods are at position "00". except one that is at position "24."
          Which of the following describes the capability of the reactor to remain shutdown?
            a. Control rods are inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal limit,
               therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.

- b. Control rods are not inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal 

                limit, therefore it cannot be assured the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.
            c. Design basis shutdown margin is met, therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under
                all conditions,
            d. Design basis shutdown margin is not met, therefore it cannot be assured that the reactor
                will remain shutdown under all conditions.
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  l
                                                        Page 35 of 46

                                                                                                        .
                              S:ni:r R::ctor Operater Extmination
                                                                                                        "
 77. Given the following conditions:
            The Control Room has been abandoned in accordance with HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0130(Q),
              " Control Room Evacuation"
            ' Control has been established at the' Remote Shutdown Panel in accordance with'
             .HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0008(Q), " Shutdown From Outside Control Room"                          ~
             RCIC is operating maintaining reactor water level at +35 inches
             Safety Relief Valves (SRV) are being used to cooldown
             Condensate Storage Tank (CST) level is 135,000 gallons
            The Condensate System is not available
      Which of the following is correct for the given conditions?
       a. RCIC is' operated'without overspeed protection.
       b. insufficient CST inventory is available to allow the cooldown to clear the shutdown
              cooling interlocks.

- 

       c. The RCIC Gland Seal Condenser Condensate Pump must be manually operated..
          '
       d. SRVs cannot be operated in a rotation that will evenly distribute heat to the Suppression
              Chamber.
 78. Which of the following describes the effect of failing to restart the Turbine Building Ventilation
      System if it trips while operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0104(Q)-FC, " Radioactive Release
      Control"?
       a. The Turbine Building will go to a slightly negative pressure.
       b. The total off-site release calculations will not be accurate.
       c. The Turbine Building releases will be monitored but not treated.
        d. The total off-site release will be higher.
 79. A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) has occurred.
      Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed before a reactor scram is required?
        a. An immediate scram is required
        b. One (1) minute
        c. Ten (10) minutes
        d. Twenty (20) minutes
                                                 Page 36 of 46

                                                  u
  -                                                                                                        1;
                                 S:nler React:r Op;ratar Examination

l ! 

  " 80. Giv:n th3 following conditions:

I 

               A loss of coolant accident has occurred

l_ The Reactor Auxiliaries Cooling Syste.m (RACS) has been restored 

                               .                                         .

, 

          Which of the following describes the availability / response of the Emergency Instrument Air

' 

          Compressor (EIAC) for these conditions should instrument air header pressure begin
          lowering?
            a. The EIAC is not available until the LOCA signal is cleared, reset and the 1E breaker is
                closed.
                                                                                                            I
            b. The EIAC will automatically start on instrument air header pressure less than 85 psig.
            c. The EIAC is not available until the Non-1E breaker is closed and instrument air pressure
      s         is less than 85 psig.                                                                  ,
            d. The EIA' Cwill not automatically start but may be started manually from the Control Room
   ,
                or locally.                           ,                             ,
     8.1. Which of the following describes the reason control rods insert during a loss of instrument air?
            a. A flowpath is opened to'the bottom of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          i
                reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
            b. Drive water flow and pressure both rise enough to drift the control rod in, similar to a
                 normal insertion.
            c. A flowpath is opened from the top of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          I
                 accumulator pressure to drift the rod in.
             d. The normal scram flowpath to and from the drive mechanism operating piston is opened,
                 allowing accumulator and reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
      82. Following a loss of shutdown cooling, decay heat removal is being transferred to the
           Alternate Shutdown Cooling lineup (Injection to the reactor returning to the suppression pool
           via open Safety Relief Valves).
           Which of the following indications is utilized to monitor the margin to Op Con 3 entry in this   ;
           lineup?
             a. Safety Relief Valve tailpipe temperatures
             b. Suppression pool temperatures                                                               l
             c. Reactor vessel skin temperatures
             d. Local suction temperatures on the running low pressure ECCS pumps
                                                        Page 37 of 46
                                                         _

                                                               N                                     ,
                             Sanior Rsactor Op3 rater Examinstion
                                                                                                     "
 83. Which of the following describes th3 conditions r: quiring th3 R: ctor Mods Switch to be
      placed in " Shutdown" on a sustained loss of Control Rod Drive charging water header
      pressure (<900 psig) with reactor pressure at 650 psig?
       a. - Within 20 minutes of determining more than one CRD accumulator.is inoperable and at
            least one of.those inoperable accumulators is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
       b. Within 20 minutes of determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable-
            accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
       c. Immediately upon determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and all the
            inoperable accumulators are associated with fully inserted control rods.
        d. Immediately upon determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable
            accumulator is pssociated with a withdrawn control rod.
     '
                                             !.          .
 84. Given the following conditions:
                                                                     .
            The plant is shutdown for refueling
            The Reactor Protection System shorting links have been removed
           'A fuel bundle is being moved from the fuel pool to core.
      If SRM "C" fails "downscale", which of the following are the required immediate ections?
        a. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel movement.
        b. Verify a full scram and a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel
            movement.
        c. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is required to be
            terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant monitored by SRM "C."
        d. Verify a full scram and control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is
            required to be terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant

, 

            monitored by SRM "C."

I l 

                                                Page 38 of 46
                                                           _

 ..
                                  S:nier R:act:r Op;rator Examination
      85. Given the following conditions:
                  A large break loss of coolant accident has occurred
    .
          '
                . Drywell pressure reached a maximum of 22 psig
                  Suppression chambe~r sprays have ~NOT been pla'ced in service
                 . Drywell sprays are in service            .
                  Drywell pre'ssure is 4 psig and slowly lowering
            Which of the following is the expected positions of the Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers and
            the Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers for'the given conditions?
             a. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Brealiers are open
                     . The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
              b.' - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
  .                - The. Reactor Building-to-Torus. Vacuum Breakers .are~ closed    ,
              c. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                   - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
              d. - -The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
                   - The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
                                      .
      86. Given the following conditions:
                   The plant has experienced a loss of coolant accident
                   Suppression chamber sprays were placed in service when required
                   Drywell sprays were initiated with suppression pool level approximately 145 inches
             Which of the following would be the result of these actions?
              a. The Residual Heat Removal Pumps will be operated outside the NPSH Limit Curves.
              b. Excessive differential pressures between the suppression chamber and the drywell will
                    occur.
              c. The suppression chamber venting flowpath will be damaged leading to loss of pressure
                    suppression capability.
               d. The suppression chamber spray capacity will be lost.                                   i
                                                                                                         1
                                                                                                         l
                                                                                                         4

I 

                                                        Page 39 of 46

l l 

                                                                                                        '
                               Senior Reactor Operator Examination
  87. Following a reccior serrm with e Mein Steam isolation Velva Closure, tha plant is b:ing          s- I
       depressurized using the Safety Relief Valves (SRV).                                                 !
       Which of the following.is the reason.why the depressurization should be accomplished with
                                                  ~
                                                                                         ~

       " sustained" SRV opening's 'if the pneumatic supply (PCIG and instrument air) is lost to the
.
       SRVs?
         a. This prevents exceeding the 100'FIhour cooldown limit during the depressurization while
              conserving the SRV pneumatic supply,
         b. This ensures the available SRV pneumatic supply is sufficient to cooldown to less than
            .
              the shutdown cooling interlocks.
         c. This directs depressurization without regard to the Technical Specification cooldown
              limits before the depleted pneumatic supply results in Ipss of SRV. control.  >
         d. This ensures the SRV accumulat.or pneumatic supply is available and adequate for later
              us's if the Emerciency Operating Procedures require Emergency Depressurizatiori.
                                       .
  88. The following data was collected following a Group 1 isolation and reactor scram from 100%
      . power:
            The Group 1 isolation was caused by technician error
            The reactor scrammed on high reactor pressure
             Reactor pressure peaked at 1060 psig
            All control rods fully inserted
             The plant was stabilized in Op Con 3
        Which of the following is the basis for a decision not to startup?
         a. A safety limit violation has occurred and the requirements of Technical Specification 6.7,
              " Safety Limit Violation" must met.
         b. The reactor steam dome pressure LCO was violated.
         c. The Reactor Protection System did not respond as expected.
         d. The P.edundant Reactivity Control System did not respond as expected.
                                                                                                          i
                                                  Page 40 of 46                                            l

                                                                            _   _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _. . _ _ _ _
 ,,
                               Senior Reactor Operator Examinaticn
    89. Which of the following describes the basis for initiating boron injection before exceeding the
         Boron injection initiation Temperature (BilT)? -
          a. This ensures the reactor will be shutdown and in hot-standby conditions before the
              suppression pool reaches the heat capacity level limit.
          b. This ensures the reactor will be shutdown and in hot-standby conditions before the
              suppression pool reaches the heat capacity temperature limit
          c. This ensures the Primary Containment Pressure Limit will not be exceeded before RPV
              pressure is below the Minimum Alternate Flooding Pressure.
          d. This ensures suppression pool temperature will not exceed 150 *F during an Emergency
              Depressurization, if required.
    90: Given the following condition:
           * The plant is operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0206, " Reactor Flooding"
             Suppression chamber pressure is 22 psig
             Reactor pressure is 105 psig

, 

             4 SRVs have been opened and have remained open for 85 minutes
             All reactor water level indicators are off-scale high
         Which of the following would be the MINIMUM expected actual reactor water level for the
         given conditions?
          a. -209 inches
          b. -161 inches
          c. +118 inches
          d. Filled solid
                                                                                                                                                     l
                                                                                                                                                     l
                                                   Page 41 of 46
                                                              _ _ _ _ _

                                                                                                  .
                           Sonier React:r Operatar Examinati:n
                                                                                                  e
 91. HPCI and RCIC both started and are injecting in response to a valid low reactor water level.
      Current plant conditions are as follows:
        * Reactor water level is +25 inches, steady
        4 Reactor pressure is'845 psig, rising slowly
          Drywell pressure is 1.1 psig, steady                                   .
          RCIC has been aligned to Full Flow Recirc operation (CST to CST) for pressure control
          HPCI is injecting to the reactor for level control
          After 10 minutes of operation a valid high suppression pool level is received
      Which of the following would be the expected response of RCIC if a valid high suppression
      pool level is received for the given conditions?
                                                   ~
       a. RCIC will remain in Full Flow' Recirculation.
       b. RCIC will trip on high turbine exhaust pressure.
       c. RCIC will trip on low suction pressure.
  '
       d. RCIC will' operate on minimum flow.
 92. During high primary containment water level condilions, suppression pool water level
      bdications cannot be used.
      Operation of which system will invalidate the alternate method used for determining primary
      containment water level?
       a. RCIC
       b. Core Spray
       c. RHR
       d. HPCI

I I l l 

                                                 Page 42 of 46

., 

                                   S:;nier R: actor Op:ratar Examination
       93. Given the following conditions:
                    A leak has occurred in the suppression pool
*
                + The reactor is shutdown.                                  '           '
                                                                                             '              '
                                                                                                               ,
                . A cooldown is being performed using SRVs~
                    The Heat Capacity Level Limit (HCLL) curve is being monitored                             ,
                . The " Action Required' area of the HCLL curve has been entered for several minutes
                  .
             Which of the following is a possible effect of initiating an emergency depressurization with the
             given conditions?
               a. The suppression pool may exceed design temperature.                                         ,
        .     .b. Failure of the downcomer vent header joints due to " chugging."
    .
             . c. The SRNailpipe Level Limit curve may be exceeded.
               d'. The capacity of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers will be' exceeded.
                                                              .
  .                      .                            .                                         .
      '94. ' Following the runback of the Recirculation Pumps on a trip of a Primary Condensate Pump,
             the operator may monitor the Source Range Monitoring (SRM) per.iod meters for strong              i
             deflections above and below " Infinity".
              Under which of the following conditions may SRM period indications be considered accurate -
              indication of thermal hydraulic instabilities?
                a. Only when the SRM detectors are fully withdrawn from the core,
                    .
                b. . Anytime, regardless of detector position, if the detectors are stationary,
                c. Only when the SRM detectors are fully inserted into the core,
                d. Anytime the SRM detectors are moving.
                                                                                                              1
                                                                                                               l
                                                                                                               l
                                                                                                              I
                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                              l
                                                                                                               i
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                              i
                                                                                                               ;
                                                                                                               i
                                                                                                               l
                                                         Page 43 of 46

                                                                                                     '
                                                                                                       l
                               Seni::r Reactor Operator Examinctisn
                                                                                                    '-
 95. With the plant et pow;r ths M2in Storm / Rs:ctor Wrtsr Cleanup Arsa Lerk Temperature
       High alarm was received and the RWCU system automatically isolated. The leak has been
       determined to be in the RWCU Pipe Chase Room 4402.
                                                                            ~
       Which of the following is NOT a required operator action for the given' conditions?
                                                                                    ~
         a. Notify Chemistry to close the" Manual' Sample Line Isolation Valves P-RC-V9670 and 1-
               RC-V006.
         b. Observing the RWCU Inboard and Outboard Isolation Valves (F001 & F004) close,
         c. Observing the Recirc Sample Line isolation Valves (BB-SV-4310 and 4311) automatically
                close.
         d. Operate available Reactor Building ventilation fans consistent with plant conditions.
                                                   ,
                                                                                       -

, 

           ,
  96. Given the following conditions:
                                       ~
              The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI
        room
          . HPCl isolated due to high room temperatures
          . RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/mi
        Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
          a. RBVS remains in service
         - b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recire and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
          c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
          d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 2 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
   97. With the Reactor Building Ventilation in a normal lineup, the operator observes that Reactor
         Building pressure is .10 inches of vacuum water gauge.
         Which of the following is an immediate action to restore Reactor Building pressure to the
         required pressure?
             a. Place at least two FRVS units in service.
             b. Secure a reactor building supply fan.
             c. Place an FRVS unit in service and increase FRVS flow rate to maximum.
             d. Place the third Reactor Building Exhaust Fan in service.
                                                     Page 44 of 46

   ,

1 S:nicr ROIctor Operator ExaminLtion l 

    * 98. Given the following conditions:

< 

               . The reactor has scrammed from power
               . Pilot Scram Valve Group 1 solenoids, Logic "A" and Logic "B" did not doenergize
   ,
                                                                     *     '                              -
                  The Screm Discharge Volume is currently full
            Which of the following describes the difference between inserting control rods in accordance

I with HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0303, " Individual Control Rod Scrams" and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0302, "De- 

            energization Of Scram Solenoids"?
              a. EO-0302 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0303 does not.
              b. EO-0303 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0302 does not.
              c. EO 0303 does not isolate the Scram Discharge Volume, E04302 'does.-

l d. EO-0302 results in a flowpath from the RPV to the Reactor Building Sump, EO-0303.does 

                                           '
                  .not.
       .
                                                                              .
        99. Which 'of the following are the appropriate hydrogen concentration values to complete the
 .           following statement following a loss of coolant accident with hydrogen generation occurring?
             Rising containment hydrogen concentrations require corrective actions be taken at

l and reentry into HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0102, " Primary Containment Control", at 

                         '

! 

               a. 2.0%,      - 0.5%
               b. 0.5%,       2.0%
               c. 2.0%,       2.0%
               d. 0.5%,        0.5%

I L 

                                                      Page 45 of 46
                    ,

                                                                                                 .
                            S:nier React:r Op:ratcr Extminatian                                 ,,
 100 Givon '.he following conditions:
         A loss of coolant accident has occurred
         Hydrogen is present in the primary containment
        ~The Hydrogen Recombiners have been started
     Which of the following is the hydrogen concentration that requires termination of Hydrogen
     Recombiner operation and the reason why that value is selected?
      a. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 4% hydrogen concentration because there is
          insufficient oxygen available to support the recombination reaction.
      b. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 6% hydrogen concentration because there is
         . insufficient. oxygen available to support the recombination r.eaction.
      c. The Hydrogen.Recombiners are secured at 4% hydrogen concentration in order to
                                                           *                 '
          prevent their becoming an ignition source.
     .d. The Hydrogen Recombiners are secured at 6% hydrogen concentration in order to
          prevent tiieir becoming'an igniti6n sou'rce'.
                                                                                     .
   .
                                                    .

I 

                                                Page 46 of 46

                              Seni:r R :ct:r Operator Answ:r K;y
 .,
                                                                                                        i
     1. b         294001G101                         26. d         203000K406
    2a            294001G102              .          27. c         204000K115                   .
    3. d          294001G104                         28. d-        205000A104-
     4. c         294001G108                         29. gn        205000A203
                                                         n c ~ r r~ ~ e n -a s r> tw 3 s 'n
                                                                                             '+/      .
     5. e         204001OM8~
    ,seu res we en ,nro.s riot 1.>.,b
                                       .
                                                     30. d          205000G421              N 1"lI l
     6. c         294001G128                         31     a       206000K102
     7.' b        294001G131                         32. a          209001A403                ,
     8. b         294001G202 -                        33. a.        211000A208
     9 '. . c     294001G213.                         34. a         211.000K506                   .
    10. d         294001G217                          35. d        .212000A414
    11. d         294001G222                          36    d       212000K411
    12. a         294001G304                          37. d         215002K604
    13. c          294001G310                         38, d         215004A104
    14. b          294001G412                         39. b        -215005K104
    15. d          294001G440                         40. d         216000A301
    16. b          294001G441                         41. c         217000A210
    17. d          294001G448                         42. b         217000K201
    18. a          201001K405                         43. c          218000K201

i ! 19. c 201002A405 44. c' 218000K302 

    20. a          201003A207                          45. b         223001K103
    21. a'         201006K514                          46. c         223002A403
    22. d          201006K602                          47. a         226001K403
                                                                                                    .
    23       c     202001A210                          48. b         233000K302
    24. aoed 202001A302                                49. b         239001G128
             s e < nrr~ ke a h- A& v Gs ifd Ff*
    25. b           202002A101      d' z . ,! I2     50. b         239002A109
                                                 Page 1

. 

                                                                                                                 .
                                     S:ni:r Rrct:r Operator An w:r KGy                                          ..
 51. c            241000K302                                       76. c       295015A202
 52; a            262001A304                                      ;77. c       295016A108
  53'. b         '264000K603                                       78. b       295017K302
  54. a           271000A408                                       79. Cc Y' 295018K202wt                  M.
                                                                       sn . rteejgg
                                                                              '2d$d1NAT0I ' yp'###a%4'N3+W 7 "I' '
  55. d           272000A201                                       80. a
  56. d           290001K601                                       81. d       295019K201
  57. b           290002K401                                       82. a       295021A104-               .
  58. a           295001A203                                       83..d       295022K207.
  59..a           295002A105                                       84. a       295023G23.2
  60. d           295003A101                                       85. b       295024A116
  61      c       295003K204                                       86.'b       ~295024K101
  62. a           295004K203                                       87. d       295025K102
  63      d       295005K201                                       88. c       295025K201
  64. c           295006G449                                       89. b       295026K304
  65. b           295006K103                                       90. b       295028K302
  66. a            295007K304                                      91. d       295029A104
  67. c            295008G123                                      92   d      295029A201
  68. d            295009K202                                      93. a       295030K103
                                                                                295031A202
  69. car b 295010A202see arre ce ugs trorar%g.,pp3lli g). b
  70. d            295010K302                                      95. c        295032G448
          e                          t@ld dSe CXM                                                                  ,
                                                                                                                   '
   ,,, .             - . ,. , , i v i    I V .P *               96. pb       295034K102      '
                                                                                                           *
                  " H d 3 ye         r M Y' % ' %' '*?
  72.Sed(y# 235'OT3 Aid 2 ' '""                         " k0k'
                                                             ' y~     see   wmean     e va~~ ~wys dM's W '**hh#I
                                                                   97.  d       295035A201
                                                                                295037K205
 ""'L_ -
        -
                   2050iOOiUE _ _
          ' %.;.n.u w-h 6n.gr{nn
                                               , :< fu
                                                     -
                                                       6%
                                                                   98. c
  74. b            295014G110
                                                   "
                                                                    99. b       500000G404
    r>. (                                                                       500000K303
  75. c            23501 iKivo                                      00   c
  4 l' V TC d ,~Sf*  , , , p,,
                               WMM&f*"I     f g #*
                                                Y
                                                3-5-11
            , ,. 7
             F     ,    .7          -b   :m - f             Page 2

                                         .                         .
                                                                                           .
                                                                                                 - - . .         ,

, 

 Y
           3/4.0 aPPLI M afLITY                                                               ~
   4
   ^       LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION                                     - . ... .. .
           .... .. .. ........................... ....... .-
           3.0.1 Compliance with the Limiting conditions .for Operation contained in th's                >
           succeeding Specifications is required during the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS or
           other conditions specified thereins except that upon failure to most the
           Limiting Conditions for Operation, the associated ACTION requirements.shall be
           met.
            3.0.2 Noncompliance with a Specification shall exist when the requirements of
            the Limiting Condition for Operation and associated
                            ~
                                                                         ACTION requirements are
                                                                     If the Limiting condition for
            not met within the specified time intervals.
            Operation is restored prior to expiration of the specified time intervals,
            completion of the Action requirements is not required.
            3'.0.3 When a Limiting condition for Operation is. net not, ascept as provided
             in the associated ACTION requirement's,'within one hour action shall be
             initiated to place the unit in an OPERATIONAL CONDITION in which the
       ,
         '
            ' Specification does not apply 'by placing it,- as applicable, in
         ,
                     1.   At least'STARTUF within the nest 6 hours,
                     2.   At.least NOT SEUTDONN within the following 6 hours, and
                     3.    At least 00LD SNUTDONN within the subsequent 24 hours.
                                     ~
             Where corrective measures are completed that permit operation under the ACTION
     -        requirements, the ACTION may be taken in accordance with the specified time
              limits as measured from the time of failure to meet the Limiting condition for
              Operation. Raceptions to these requirements are stated in the individual
              Specifications.
              This Specification is not applicable in OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS 4 or 5.
               3.0.4 Entry into an OPERhTIONAL CONDITION or other specified condition shall
               not be made when the conditions for the Limiting condition for Operation are                  *
               not met and the associated ACTION requires a shutdown if they are not met
               within a specifLed time interval.       Entry into an OPERATIONAL CONDITION or
               other specified condition may be made in accordance with the ACTION
                requirements when conformance to them permits continued operation of the
                facility for an unlimited period of time. This provision shall not prevent
                passage through or to OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS as required to. comply wit
                requirements. Exceptions to these requirements are stated in the individual
                SpecLtLeatLons.                                                                            '
                 3.0.5 Equipment removed from service or declared ' inoperable to comply with
                 ACTIONS may be returned to service under administrative control solely to
                 perform        testing required to demonstrate its OPERASILITY
                 other equipment.
                 service under administrative control to perform the testing required to
                 demonstrate OPERABILITY.
                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                 !
                                                                                        Amendment No. 63       l
                  ROFE CREEK
                                                         3/4 0-1

            _
              f

j[id$i$hh!$2!p,x /ea 

          y     **   'oi
      4
                e,1

% ;, p*a g g; g,. 

                                          .
                se             gx       .-
        .
                               .34i
    .
                                      $
                                            1
 4 .,
   o
              vn.. . n                      \
                   r     ,_

' . 

                                                                                                  :

.. 

                                                                                                 {
            APPLICABILITY
    ,
                                                                                                l
            SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)                                                 l
  .     .                                                                                        \
                      Pressure Vessel Code and applicable Addenda shall be applicable as
                      follows in these Technical Specifications:                                  3
                      ASNE Boiler and Pressure Vessel            Required frequencies
                      Code and applicable Addenda                for performing inservice
                      terminology for inservice                  inspection and testing
                      inspection and testing activities          activities
                                                                                                  )
                                   Weekly                        At least once per 7 days
                                   Monthly                       At least once per 31 days
                      Quarterly or every 3 months                At least once per 92 days
                      Semiannually or every 6 months             At least once per 184 days
                             Every 9 months                      At least once per 276 days      i
                             Yearly or' annually                 At least once per 366 days
                 c.   The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are applicable to the above
                       required frequencies for performing inservice inspection and testing
                                                  '
                       activities.
          -
                 d.    Performance of the above inservice inspection and testing activities
                       shall be in addition to'other specified Surveillance Requirements.
                 e.    Nothing in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be con-
',-                    strued to supersede the requirements of any Technical Specification.
                 f.    The Inservice Inspection Program for piping identified in NRC
                       Generic Letter 88-01 shall confom to the staff positions on schedule,
                       methods, and personnel, and sample expansion included in that generic
                       letter, or as otherwise approved by the NRC.
                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                  !
                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                  1
                                                    3/4 0-3                    Amendment No. 51
             HOPE CREEK

                                                                                                                                                              .,
                                                                                                                .
                                                                                                                                                                 i
                                                                                                                               HC.OP-SO.CH-0001(Z)           .-
                                                                     ATTACHMENT 4
                                                                         (Page1of1)
                                 .
                     MAIN TURBINE CONTROL OIL (EHC) SYSTEM OPERATION -                                                                                    .
                                                    'EHC CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAM
           -     _,e                                                                                                          --
                          m                     w=                    "-
                                                                      -                                                 .   e w---'
                                                                                                                .gs
                              --
           _ ..., -i                     -
                                                                 __,    m;         , _ , , , , ,                                                . ,,,,,,,,,,
                                                                                                                                x =z
             ,                _
                              -                       '
                                                            l
                                                                      .
                                                                            ,;                                    , z_ ,                       9 =
   === __; '=' ^
                                                                ,
   .roo              e                               A/
                                                           x  s
                                                                i
                                                                I
                                                                        *                                           X
               c#
    _
          g&,
                   -
                         --
                                                     ,v.
                                                     s     M )d
                                                                         .    .,                    -
                                                                                                              :-            .                                  ,
                                                                        . y, -                              ._,-
           q .. g,                                     _
                                                                  _.c                                   _=
                                                                                                              r--     '
                                                                                                                                      :       -
           ~~~ j                               e,,s                                                     --
                                                                                                                                          -
                                                                                            .gT N D
                                                                                       ,
                 .
                                                                                                           *,
                                                                                                                     "'               !       *        -
        -                   .
                                             -
                                             -
                                                                                                                                              --
                            ,
                                   .
                                                                                                                                      , F- 69.oauser
                                                                                                                                      ,                           .
                                                                                                                                            '
                                           ,                                                                                          ) H- toesor
                                                                                                                                              saron coaum
                                                                                                                                      l F- =wr=caux'un
                                                                                                                                                   weso
               A                ( r s.Lr                 l
        m                           Y*                e.                                             ****""**
                                       l*             **
                                                                &         ""
                                                                                           'fH*
                                                                                              ,t
                                                                   w
                                                                                .,
       Iv= H HL_A.o,o.                                                       /                _y '
                                                                                                                                              W:
     e,esem wr         !         i
                                                                  ,/       ./ '    __g'N
                                                                                       L, 4 m ~ l
                                                                                                                                  -
                                                                                                                                               ! omwe
         m             l         ,f.
                                                                "
                                                                           ~;
                                                                                     '     me
                                                                                                                m  aton
                                                                                                                                    7
                                                                                                                                    -
           e L_ a                    -s
                                     s                                      ,,,,,,,.
         v
                                ;4'                      l                  ==o           I"          ,,                              ,
                B                      i                 ,,,
                                                         **                                        ,[                    4       *7um
                                                                                                                                                 i er
     t   m
    .s em.u noms            .fy,
                              m
                                                                                                   ;
                                                                                                                     $x*/*                       . Z
                                                                                                                                                 .
                             ' J:    _
                                                                                                      -
                                                                                                                          +
                                                                                         e.uames                    enso m,     4 4 ow=um
                                                                                                                                        t

l 

 Hope Creek                                                              Page x2 or 84                                                             Rev.19
                                                                                                                                                                    I

   #
   ed
                             s
                      w
           ATTACHMENT 2
      RO EXAM AND ANSWER KEY

t 

 -

                                                                                             ,
                                                                                           -
                                                                                          ..
            U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
                               . Site-Specific                                     .
                          Written Examination
                                Applicant Information
 Name:                                      Region: 1
 Date: Date:. 2/23/98                    -  Facility: Hope Creek
 License Level: RO                          Reactor Type: GE
 Start Time:                                Finish Time:
                                      Instructions
 Use the anr,wer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet
 on top of the answer sheets. The passing grade requires a final grade of at least
 80.00 percent. Examination papers will be collected four hours after the examination
 starts.
                                Applicant Certification

l 

 All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
                                                                  Applicant's Signature

I 

                                        Results
 Examination Value                                                                 Points
 Applicant's Score                                                                 Points
 Applicant's Grade                                                              Percent

l l l 

    .
 .
                                        R: actor Oper_"ttr An:wer Sheeta
 =s
    Circle the correct answer, if an answeris changed write it in the blank.
         1. a b c d                                                  26. a b c d
         2. a b c d -                                               ~27..a bec d           .
         3. a b' c d                                                 28. a b c d
         4. a b c d                                                  29. a b c d
         5. a b c d                                                  30. a b c d
         6. a b c d                                                   31. a b c d
                                                    *                                  -
              abcd
      *
         7'.                                                          32. a b'c a
          8. a b c d '                                                33, a b c d- -
          9. a b c d             .
                                                                      34. a..b c.d   .
        10. a b c d                                                   35. a b c d
        11. a b c d                                                   36. a b c d
        12. a b c d                                                   37. a b c d            I
                                                                                             i
        13. a b c d                                                   38. a b c d
        14. a b c d                                                   39. a b c d
        15. a b c d                                                   40. a b c d             !
         16. a b c d                                                  41. a b c d
                                                                                         ^
         17. a b c d                                                  42, a b c d
         18. a b c d                                                   43, a b c d
         19. a b c d                                                   44. a b c d
         20. a b c d                                                   45. a b c d
         21. a b c d                                                   46. a b c d
         22. a b c d                                                   47    abcd
         23. a b c d                                                   48. a b c d

l 

        -24. a b c d                                                   49. a b c d

[ 

         25. a b c d                                                   50. a b c.d
                                                           Page.1

! 

                                                                                              1

l l 

                                                                                          .
                                     R: actor Operator An:wcr Shscts
                                                                                         ,.
 Circle the correct answer. If an answer is changed write it in the blank.
                           .
    51. s_b c d'                                                    76. a b c d
    52- a.b c d '
        .
                                               -
                                                                    77. a b c d      .
                                                                                       -

' 

    53.'s b_c d                                                     78. a b c d    .
    54. a b c d                                                     79. a b c d
     55. a b c d                                                    80. a b c d
   ~ 56. a b c d                                                    81. a b c d
   '57, a b c d                                                    '82. a b c d
     58. a b c.d                                                    83. a b c d
     59. a b c d                             ,                     .84. a-b c d  ,
    60. a b c d-                                                    85. a b c d
     61. a b c d                                                    -86. a b c d
     62, a b c d                                                    87. a b c d
     63, a b c d                                                    88. a b c'd
     64, a b c d                                                     89. a b c d
     65.'a b c d                                                     90 a b c d
     66. a b c d                                                     91, a b c d
     67, a b c d                                                     92. a b c d
     68. a b c d                                                     93. a b c d
     69. a b c d                                                     94    abcd
     70. a b c d                                                     95. a b c d
     71. a b c d                                                     96. a b c d
     72. a b c d                                                     97. a b c d
     73. a b c d                                                     98. a b c d
     74. a b c d                                                     99, a b c d
     75. a b c d                                                     00. a b c d
                                                         Page 2

 -
                                                                                                          i
 ,,                                 Reactor Operatar Examination
    1. Which of the following evolutions is NOT allowed to be performed by the Reactor Building
        Equipment Operator?
          a. Transferring an RPS bus to its alternate power supply with the reactor at power.
          ti. ' Test scramming a control rod'from the' individual test switch'es on the hydraulic control
                unit.
          c. Operating the Standby Liquid Control system in the Test Tank to Test Tank mode.
          d. Reducing hydraulic control unit nitrogen pressure to the normal band with the
                associated control rod withdrawn.
    2. Given the following conditions:
          * A fully qualified Nuclear Control Operator (NCO) with an active license has just
               returned from 10 days vacation
             ' On the first day back on shift, this NCO wo*ed a normal 12 hour shift and then
               accepted and worked.4 hours of overtime
        Which of the following is the maximum number of hours this NCO may work on the second
        day back on shift? (Assume no addition'ai authorizations have been made.)
           a. 8 hours
            b. 12 hours
            c. 14 hours-                                                                  -
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          1
            d. 16 hours
     3. A tagging request with switching order has been received from the System Operator. The
         Switching Order has been confirmed and the tags prepared. The System Operator has
         contacted Hope Creek and directed the performance of the tagging request and switching
         order.
         Which of the following personnel are required to be present in the 500KV switchyard
         blockhouse for completion of the tagging request and switching order?

l a. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Nuclear Control Operator. 

             b. Two Nuclear Equipment Operators.
             c. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a Control Room Supervisor.
             d. A Nuclear Equipment Operator and a member of the Systems Operation Department.
                                                                                                          !

! 

                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          1

l ' 

                                                     Page 1 of 45
                                                                                                          l
                                                                                                          l

                                                                                                       ,
                                 R actor Op rator Examination
                                                                                                      -
 4. Following shift turnover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entered in t
     narrative log by the previous shift is incorrect.
     The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the corr        entry and initials
                                                                                                  ,
     and dates the change. Which of the following describes how the           should  highlight and
     explain the change?
       a. The correct entry should be circled in red wit        explanation placed in the comments
           section.
       b. The correct entry should be cir        in red with an explanation made next to the
           corrected entry.
       c. The incorrect ent        ould be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments
           section.
       d. The '      rrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the
              rrected entry.
         Deterea see cn m ros:s srueue f(sc 3-s-W
 5. Which of the following will identify when Op Co'n 2 is entered during a reactor startup and
     heatup?
       a. When the reactor is declared critical.
       b. When the first control rod is withdrawn.
       c. When the MODE switch is placed in Startup/ Hot Standby.
                                                                                                    ~
       d. When enough control rods are withdrawn to increase keff to greater than or equal to .99.
 6. During a valid high reactor pressure condition, the Recirculation Pumps did NOT
     automatically trip as designed.

l Which of the following actions must be taken by the Control Room to open the Recirculation 

     Pump Trip (RPT) Breakers,
        s. Manually initiate both channels of the Redundant Reactivity Control System (RRCS).
        b. Verify the RPT Breakers trip when the Recirculation Pump MG Set Drive Motor Breakers
            are opened.
        c. Direct the local tripping of the RPT Breakers.
        d. Depress the RPT Breaker " Trip" pushbuttons.
                                                Page 2 of 45

l

~ Reacter Operator Excmination 

 7. Which of the following are the minimum requirements for the " Board" Nuclear Control
    Operator (RO) to review critical plant parameters (reactor power, level, pressure and turbine
    load) and walk down the control boards during normal, steady-state plant operations?
    The RO should:
       a. continuously monitor critical plant parameters and perform a complete control board
           walk down every hour.
       b. monitor critical plant parameters every five (5) minutes and perform a complete control
           board walk down every two (2) hours.
       c. continuously monitor critical plant parameters and perform a complete control board
           walk down every two (2) hours.
       d. monitor critical plant parameters every five (5) minutes and perform a complete control
           board walk down every hour.
 8. Given the following conditions:
         A plant shutdown with control rod insertions occurring is in progress
         Reactor power is 22% with generator output at 242 MWe
         The second NCO (PO) begins deinerting the drywell
         The CRS is reviewing procedures at the CRS desk
          No other personnel are in the Control Room
     Which of the following additional requirements, if met, would allow a License Class Instant
     SRO trainee under direction of the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) to continue rod motion for    j
     the given conditions?
                                                                                                    '
       a. Operations Manager written permission to allow a License Class trainee to insert control
           rods.
       b. Another technically qualified member of the unit technical staff to observe rod movement.
       c. Verification that the Rod Worth Minimizer is operating properly before reducing power
           below 20%.
       d. A Reactor Engineer's presence to satisfy Technical Specification requirements.
                                                                                                    l
                                                                                                    4
                                               Page 3 of 45

                                                                                                        ~    i
                                    R:actar Op rct:r Ex minatian                                             l
                                                                                                       -
    9. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is shutdown for a maintenance outage                                                    j
                                                                                                              '
            A Red Blocking Tag (RBT) i,s hung on 4160 VAC breaker
            The breaker is tagged in the " Test Disconnect" position                                          I
 -
            Later in the outage, the breaker is being removed from its cubicle for maintenance
        Which of the following describes the required tagging actions for the given conditions?
          a. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and an
              additional RBT installed on the rope / tape placed across the opening.
          b. The RBT shall be removed from the breaker but kept active and maintained in the
              physical possession of Operations while the breaker is out of the cubicle.
          c. The RB,T shall be removed from the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and
                                  .

l the same RBT installed on the ~ safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle opening. 

         . d. The RBT shall remain on the breaker, the breaker removed from the cubicle and a
              White Caution Tag installed on the safety rope / tape placed across the cubicle open;ng.
                                                                              ~
                                                                                                             \
   10. Given the following conditions:
            A Hope Creek radiation worker is fully qualified with current lifetime exposure
            records on file
                                                                                                              I
            This individual's current yearly exposure (TEDE) is 355 mrem
            A Site Area Emergency has just been declared

. 

        Which of the following is the MAXIMUM additional exposure that can be received by this

! individual without exceeding any administrative or procedurally based limits? (Assume no I additional approvals have been received.) 

           a. 1645 mrem
           b. 4145 mrem
           c. 4395 mrem

i d. 4645 mrem 

                                                                                                             i
                                                 Page 4 of 45
                                                                                                          ..

l . l Rrct:r Oper; tor Excmin tien l~ l 

   11. The estimated time to independently verify a valve position is 15 minutes.

! 

        Of the listed dose rates, which is the MINIMUM dose rate that would allow waiving the " Hands
                                                          ~
        On" independent verification requirement for the conditions given?
        .
           a. 10 mrem /hr
           b. 30 mrem /hr
           c. 45 mrem /hr
           d. 60 mrem /hr
   12. An emergency has occurred immediately requiring reasonable actions to be taken that depart
        from Technical Specifications. No actions consistent with Technical Specifications that can
        provide adequate equivalent protection are immediately apparent.
                                                                                                      I
        Which of the following identifies who is required to approve the action and under what
        conditions the action can be performed?
           a. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and      )
               safety of facility personnel,
           b. The Control Room Supervisor approves actions to be taken to protect the health and
               safety of the public.                                                                  ,
                                                                                                       1
           c. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to
               be taken to protect the health and safety of facility personnel.
           d. The Emergency Coordinator, in the Emergency Operating Facility, approves actions to
               be taken to protect the health and safety of the public.
                                                                                                      1
                                                                                                      i
                                                                                                       i
                                                                                                      !

l l 

                                                  Page 5 of 45

                                  Rxctor Operater Examination
 13. Given the following conditions:
           The plant is performing a shutdown in accordance with 10-0004, "Shu,down
       .     From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown" .                       _
                                                                                       .
           At 20% power the shutdown is completed by pla'cing the Reactor Mod..i Switch
             to " Shutdown"
           All plant systems responded as designed during the scram
        . Post Scram Actuation Review is in progress in accordance with HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0101,
           Post Reactor Scram /ECCS Actuation Review and Approval Requirements
     Which of the following should be the FIRST reactor scram signal identified when reviewing
     the Sequence Of Events printout?
         a. Reactor Mode Switch in  Shutdown"
         b.'   IRM Neutron Flux - High                ,
         c. Scram Discharge Volume Water Level- High
         d. APRM Neutron Flux- Upscale, Setdown
                                                              *

, l l 14. Given the following conditions: 

            The plant is operating at 55% power
            All systems are operating normally in automatic
     Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Discharge Volume (SDV) vent
     and drain system if APRM Channel"A" fails full" upscale"?
         a. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves close.
         b. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves remain open.
         c. The Scram Dump Valves do not change position, all SDV Vent and Drain Valves remain
               open.
         d. One Scram Dump Valve repositions, one set of SDV Vent and Drain Valves close.

l l l l 

                                                Page 6 of 45

              -
   a
   ..
     .
                                              R ; actor Op:: rater Examination

l- 15. Given the following conditions: 

 -
                   * The plant is at normal operating pressure and temperatures                                  ,

l. . . All plant systems are ope,ating 

                                                  r     as designed . . ,.          ,     ,.
                      The "A" and "B" scram toggle switches at the hydraulic control unit for
       ,
                       control rod 42 03 have been placed in " Test"
                 Which of the following is the expected response of the Scram Pilot Valves for Control Rod 42-
                 03 and the Scram Dump Valves for the given conditions?
                    a. - The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the Scram inlet and Outlet Valves             ,
                         -- The Scram Dump Valves remain in their initial positions
                   . b. - The Scram Pilot Valves remain ~in their initial positions
                            . The Scram Dump Va.lves remain in their initial positions                           j
                    c. -- The Scram Pilot Valves reposition to vent the. Scram inlet and Outlet Valves
                         -- The Scram Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
                                            '
                                         '            '-                                '
                             Valves                              -
         '
                     d. -- The Scram Pilot Valves remain in their initial positions
                         - The Scram Dump Valves reposition to vent the Scram Discharge Vent and Drain
                             Valves.                        ,
             16. Given the following conditions:
                       The plant is performing the control rod inxercise's'urveillance
                       The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects control rod 34-19 on the rod select module
                       Only one half of the selected rod pushbutton illuminates
                  Which of the following describes what has failed and how that affects the ability to move
                  control rods?
                     a. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is
                          allowed,
                     b. The selected control rod activity control card is in the scan mode and rod motion is not !
                          allowed.
                     c. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod
                          and rod motion is not allowed.
                      d. Only one of the two RMCS transmitter cards has successfully selected the control rod

, 

                          and rod motion is allowed.

I l 

                                                              Page 7 of 45
                                                                                                                 :

    ,                                                                                             .
                              Reactor Operator Examination
                                                                                                 -
                                                                                   -

17. Given the following conditions: 

      * The plant is operating at 25% power performing a startup
      . Control rod 18-23 has been determined to be stuck
      . While attempting to' withdraw the control rod, indicated drive water flow is reading
        "0" gpm
   Which of the following is the cause of this indication?
       a. Hydraulic Control Unit Directional Control Valve (122) has failed to reposition.
       b. The 2 gpm Stabilizing Valve has failed to reposition.
       c. Both Cooling Water Header to Exhaust Header Pressure Equalizing Valves have failed
           open.
       d. The Drive Water Header Pressure Control Valve ha's failed closed.

18. The current Rod Worth Minimizer (RWM) group has insert and withdraw limits of Notch 24 

   and Notch 36 respectively.
   Which of the following are the control rod attemate limits allowed by the RWM for this group?
       a. Notch 22 and Notch 34
       b. Notch 22 and Notch 38
       c. Notch 26 and Notch 34
       d. Notch 26 and Notch 38
                                             Page 8 of 45

                                      Recctor Op: rater Examinati::n

.. 

  19. Given the following conditions:
             The p      is operating at 75% power
            . Confirmed .      failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump
             The pump has ju          en tripped
   '
        Which of the following descri         the order for "B" Recirculation Pump valve manipulation that
        must be followed in order to ensu          e pump will be completely isolated?
           a. Close the Discharge Valve, isolate         al purge, isolate RWCU flow from the loop and
               close the Suction Valve.
           b. Isolate the seal purge, close the Suction Val         isolate RWCU flow from the loop and
               close the Discharge Valve.                           .
           c. Close the Suction Valve, close the Distarge Valve, i            te seal purge, and isolate
                RWCU flow from the loop.
          .d. Isolate the seal, purge, close the ,Dischar
                                                      s      e Vs Ive iso} ate RW      ow frope loop and
                                                                                          .
                close the Suction Valve.            p
                                                                                                   .
  20. Given the following conditions:
              Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
              The Pump Discharge Valva (F031 A) is closed
         Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on the discharge valve
         closure is bypassed to allow the pump to be started?
            a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time
                                                                                                     -
                limits.
            b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 100% open position,
            c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
            d. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve jog (open) circuit has timed out.
     21. With the plant at 100% power, which of the following would cause a drop in reactor power and
         a rise in the "A" Recirculation Loop drive flow?
            a. A jet pump has failed in the "B" Recirculation loop.
             b. The "B" Recirculation Pump speed has risen.
             c. A jet pump has failed in the "A" recirculation loop.
             d. The "A" Recirculation Pump speed has risen.
                                                      Page 9 of 45

                                                                                                      ,
                                    R:: actor Op ratcr Examination                                      j
                                                                                                     ..
   22. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is operating at 60% power with the "B" Recirculation Pump scoop tube locked
                                                                       '

. 

            The operator is preparing to reset th.e scoop tube
            Speed demand on the "B" Recirculation Pump is slightly LESS than indicated speed
        Which of the following actions is the operator directed 'to perform if pump speed begins to
        slowly rise at approximately 2% per minute after the Scoop Tube Trip / Reset pushbutton is
        pressed?'
           a. Immediately press the "A" Recirc MG Set Drive Motor Breaker Trip pushbutton.
           b. Attempt to control speed with the increase / Decrease arrows on the Pump Speed Control
               Station for the "B" Recirc ~ pump.
           c. Press the Scoop Tube Trip pushbutton for the "B" Recirc pump.
           d. Press the Recirc Pump Trip (RPT) Breaker Trip pushbutton for th'e "B" Recirc pump.
 .                                                                   .                          .
    23' Which of the following is the MAXIMUM speed at which the Recirculation Pumps can operate
        .with NO Reactor Feedwater Pumps operating?
           a. 20%
           b. 30%
           c. 45%
           d. 50%
                                                  Page 10 of 45

                                        R actor Operat:r Examin2tian
 ..
    24. Given the following conditions:
           * The plant is operating at 75% power
        ,
               Valve stroke time testing is in progress on the "A" RHR Pump Torus Suction
               Valve (F004A)
               The valve is currently closed                           .
           * All other RHR ~ system components are in their normal standby lineup
           * A steam break causes drywell pressure to reach 2.0 psig.
          Which of the following describes the response of the F004A valve and the "A" RHR pump?
            a. The F004A valve automatically opens and the "A" RHR Pump automatically starts after
                , F004A is fully open.     ,                              ,
                                                                         I
           .b. The F004A valve must be manually opened and the "A' RHR Pump automatically starts
                  'after F004A is fully open.               .
 ,
            c. The F004A valve automatically opens but the "A" RHR Pump must be started by the
                                                                                                 -
             -
                ' operator after F004A l's fully open.
      -
            d.' The F004A valve must be manually opened 'and the "A" RHR Pump manually started     -
                   after F004A is fully open.
     25. Given the following conditions:
                The plant is operating at 90% power
                The Reactor Water Cleanup (RWCU) Inboard Isolation Valve (F001) has just
                stroked closed                                                                       I
                No other RWCU valve repositioned
                RWCU responded as designed
          Which of the following initiated the RWCU isolation?
             a. RWCU system differential flow is excessive.
             b. The RWCU Filter /Demineralizer inlet temperatures are excessive,
             c. The "A" Reactor Protection System MG set tripped.
             d. The "A" and "D" NSSSS Manual isolation pushbuttons have been armed and depressed
                    simultaneously.
                                                                                                     !
                                                                                                     !
                                                                                                     !
                                                                                                     !

' 

                                                       Page 1.1 of 45
                                                                                                     ;

                                                                                                            -
                                      Reactcr Op;rator Examinttion
                                                                                                           "
   26. Which of the following describes the reason for having the capability to bypass the Residual
        Heat Removal (RHR) Pump suction path interlocks?
           a. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for shutdown cooling from the Remote Shutdown
                                                                                              -
               Panel.
           b. Allows the "C" and "D " RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of suppression
               pool heat removal.
           c. Allows operation of the RHR Pumps for cooling the containment Hydrogen Recombiners
               post-LOCA.
           d. Allows the "C" and "D" RHR Pumps to be utilized for an alternate path of core decay
                heat removal.
    27. The plant is in Mode 4 with Shutdown Cooling in servics on the "A" Residual Heat Removal
         (RHR) loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
         Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Reactor Protection System (RPS) bus
         will affect the Inboard and Outboard Shutdown Cooling isolation Valves (F008 & F009)?
            a. The F008 and F009 valves both close.
            b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open.
            c. The F008 and F009 valves both remain open.
            d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.
     28. During a loss of feedwater, a manual start of the High Pressure Coolant injection (HPCI)
          system was done at a water level of -20 inches by operator manipulation of the system
          components.
          Which of the following describes the HPCI system response as reactor water level continues
          to change?
             a. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will automatically restart at -38 inches.
             b. It requires operator action to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  automatically restarts at -38 inches.
             c. It requires operator actions to secure injection when level is greater than +54 inches and
                  to restart when level is less than -38 inches.
              d. It will automatically trip at +54 inches and will require operator action to restart when
                  level is less than -38 inches.
                                                                                Page 12 of 45

-__ _____ _ -____--______- _ _ _ _____ - - - 

   ,,
                                         Reactor Operator Examination
        29. Given the following conditions:
                  The plant is operating at 70% power
                  An inadvertent initiation of HPCI has occurred                                           *
                 . HPCI injection to the vessel is' occurring
              Which of the following is the required IMMEDIATE action for the given conditions?
                a. Close the HPCI Main Pump Discharge Valve (F007) and depress the Turbine Trip
                    pushbutton.
                b. Depress the Turbine Trip pushbutton and stop the Auxiliary Oil Pump.
                c. Control. reactor water level manually to maintain level between Level 4 and Level 7.
                d. Reduce reactor power as necessary by running bacii Recirculation flow and inserting
     -
                    control rods.   .
 .
                                                                         .          .                    .
       '30. Given the following conditions:
                  A loss of coolant accident has occurred
                  Reactor water level ~is -110 inches and lowering
                  Reactor pressure is 290 psig and lowering
              Which of the following is the minimum combination of the CSS Manual Initiation pushbuttons
              that must be armed and depressed to place four Core Spray Pumps in service and injecting?
              (Assume the manual initiation pushbuttons are operable.)
                a. "A" and "B"
                b. "A" and "C"
                c. "C" and "D"
                d. "A", "B", "C" and "D"
                                                                Page 13 of 45

- . 

                                          _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

                                                           ~
                                  R cctor Opercter Examinatian
                                                                                                      "
 31. Given the following conditions:                                               ,
        * A loss of coolant accident has occurred
        . Reactor water level reached -140 inches and is currently -50 inches and rising
                                                                   ,
        * Drywell' pressure is 6 psig                        ,
           All plant systems. responded as designed
     For the given conditions, which of the following describes the system isolation capabilities for
     the Core Spray System (CSS) Downstream Loop injection Valve (F0058) and the CSS
     Upstream Loop Injection Valve (F004B), should Core Spray Loop "B" isolation be required?
         a. Only F005B valve may be closed.
       . b. Neither the F004B or F0058 valves may be closed.
         c. Only the F004.B valve may be closed.
         d. Both the F004B and F0058 valves may be closed.
                                                      .        . .
                                                         .
                                                                                          ,
 32. Given the following conditions:
           A failu're-to-scram with Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) closure has occurred
        . The pressure spike on the MSIV closure was 1120 psig
        . Reactor power is 16% and water level is -25 inches as the 3.9 minute timer times out
           Only Division 11 of the Redundant Reactivity Control System automatically initiates
           No operator actions are taken
     Which of the following is the expected plant response for the given conditions.
         a. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and the RWCU isolation Valves (Inboard -
             F001 & Outboard - F004) close.
         b. The "B" SLC Pump starts, the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU inboard
             Isolation Valve (F001) closes.

L c. Both SLC Pumps start, both Squib Valves fire and only the RWCU Inboard Isolation 

             Valve (F001) closes.
         d. The "B" SLC Pump starts, the "B" Squib Valve fires and only the RWCU Outboard
             Isolation Valve (F004) closes.
                                              Page 14 of 45

         .

V ) i 

  ..                                   Rxcter Operatcr Examinstion
      33. Given the following conditions:
               The plant is in a failure-to-scram condition
               Standby Liquid Control.(S,LC) has been initiated by the operator.

L 

             . Approximately 13 minutes later the operator noted SLC Storage' Tank level analog

' 

               indication on. Panel 10C651 is "0" gallons'
               No additional SLC system ' abnormalities were noted
           Which of the following describes how boron injection would be continued for the given

j conditions? - 

             a. Boron injection would continue with two SLC Pumps running.

L b. Boron injection would continue with the "A" SLC Pump running. 

             c. Boron injection would continue with the "B" SLC Pump running.                      ,
             d. Boron injection would have to be transferred to RWCU as directed by EOP-0304.
       <                 .
                                                            . ..              .                           ,
                                                                                                            ,

, 

                                                                                                 ^            '

! ' 34. Which of the following is the raison why the Reactor Protection System (RPS) power supplies l contain Electrical Protection Assembly (EPA) broakers for specific protection against i undervoltage, overvoltage and underfrequency conditions? , j a. To maintain bus parameters during short duration power interruptions (less than 2 ' 

                 seconds).
             b. To provide a highly reliable, stable power supply to the RPS supplied loads, specifically

l instrumentation. , l c. To maintain a close tolerance power supply for the Scram Pilot Valve solenoids I 

                                                                                                                  I

l preventing spurious deenergization. 

                                                                                                                  '
             d. To provide a highly reliable, stable power supply to ensure the Scram Pilot Valve

                 . solenoids will reposition during a reactor scram.                                              j

l  : l- l- 

                                                                                                                .
                                                       Page 15 of 45

       L
                                                 Renctsr Operatsr Examinati::n
                                                                                                            ..
         35. Given the following conditions:
                         The plant was performing a startup following a refueling outage when a reactor
              .        , , scram occurred (all rods inserted)
                         The sequence of events printout shows that just prior to the scram,' Average
                          Power Range Monitoring (APRM) channels "B" and "D" were upscale Hi-HI             -
                Which of the following additional conditions, by itself, could have caused the full reactor
                scram signal?
                       a. Rod Block Monitor Channel "A" has failed.
                       b. RPS Bus "B" has deenergized.
                       c. SRM Channels "A" and "C" are reading 1.5 E6 iounts per second.
                       d. The Reactor Protection System shorting linktare removed.
         36. The Nuclear Control Operator (PO) is performing backpanel checks and reports the following
                                                                                       _
             . indications on the Traversing incore Probe (TIP) "A" and "B" subsystem panel (Refer to '
                attached figure):
                          Squib Monitor lights             - both illuminated
                          Shear Valve Monitor lights .    - both extinguished
                          Ball Valve "Open" lights        - both extinguished
                          Ball Valve " Closed" lights     - both illuminated
                Which of the following is the status of the "A" and "B" TIP shear valves and primary
                containment integrity?
                       a. The TIP Shear Valves are operable and primary containment integrity is met.
                       b. The TIP Shear Valves are inoperable and primary containment integrity is met.
                       c. The TIP Shear Valves are inoperable and primary containment integrity is not met.
                       d. The TIP Shear Valves are operable and primary containment integrity is not met.

i l 

                                                                Page 16 of 45
 .. ..     .     _ _ .       ..

., 

                                    R:act:r Operat:r Extminati:n
                                                                                                    '
  37. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                    l
              The plant is operating at 100% power
           ;
              APRM Ch,annel "Q" is bypassed with the joystick                                  ,,
         * Control rod 30-31 is selected - ~
              All other plant systems are operating as designed
      Which of the following occurs if APRM Channel "F" fails full "dow.ucale" for the given
       conditions?
          a. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B" automatically shifts to the "B" APRM as its reference,
          b. Rod Block Monitor Channel "B" generates a rod withdrawal block on a failure to null.
          c. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is indicating 0%.
          d. Rod Block Monitor Channel"B"is bypassed on the reference APRM downscale.
                -               .        .    ..
   .
  38. Given the following conditions.:
              Control rod insertions are in progress for scheduled plant shutdown
         ' Current reactor power is 17%
               Intermediate Range Monitoring (IRM) Channel "A" has failed full" upscale" and
              has NOT been bypassed with the joystick
       Whico of the following describes what will occur as the power reduction continues in
       accordance with HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0004(Q), " Shutdown From Rated Power To Cold Shutdown"
        and when it will occur?
             a. A half scram will occur when the IRM detectors are fully inserted.
             b. A control rod block will occur when IRM "A" is ranged down from Range 8 to Range 7.
             c. A half scram will occur when the Mode Switch is placed in Startup.
             d. A control rod block will occur when the IRM detectors are fully inserted.
                                                                                                    !
                                                                                                    !
                                                   Page 17 of 45

                                                                                                      .
                                   R:actsr Operater Examinati:n
                                                                                                      -
 39. Given the following conditions:
            The plant is performing control rod withdrawals for a reactor startup
           '
            The reactor is suberitical
             Rea'ctor power is 75 cou'nts per second (CPS) irithe so'urce rafige
       '
             The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) selects the "B" Source Range Monitoring (SRM)            ,
                                                                                                        '
            detector then holds its " Drive Out" pushbutton in the depressed position

t 

     Which of the following describes the plant response?
         a. The "B" SRM detector will not withdraw due to the current power level.
         b. The Retract Permit light will extinguish and the SRM Det Removal Not Permitted alarm
              will be received.
         c. The "B" SRM detector win retract until source range indicates less than 3 cps.
         d. A Control Rod Withdrawal Block will be generated.
 40. Given the following conditions:
             The plant is operating at 55% power
             Average Power Range Monitoring (APRM) Channel "C" currently has 14 " good"
             LPRM input signals
      Which of the following will result in receipt of the APRM Sys A Upscale Trip /Inop alarm (C4 on
      Section C3)?
         a. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Flow".
         b. One of the " good" LPRMs mode switch is placed in "C"(Calibrate).
         c. APRM "C" meter function switch is placed in " Average".
         'd.  One of the " good" LPRMs fails "downscale".

' 

                                                  Page 18 of 45

 .
 -                                Reacter Op:;rator Examination
   41. With the plant operating at 85% power, steady state conditions, a narrow range water level is
       reading 35".
       Which of the following will be the indicated " level." from this instrument if the differential
                                ~
                                                 .
                                                                ~
       pressure acros's the detector fails to "O" psid for the given conditions?
          a. O inches
          b. 30 inches
          c. 35 inches
          d. 60 inches
   42. Which of the following describes the difference in actual reactor water level versus indicated
        wide range reactor water level and the expected change in that difference during a power
        reduction from 100% to 65%7
          a. Actual water leDel is iower than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
              the power reduction.
          b. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get larger during
              the power reduction.
          c. Actual water level is lower than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
              the power reduction.
          d. Actual water level is higher than indicated level and the difference will get smaller during
              the power reduction.

, 

                                                                                                          '

? l 

                                                   Page 19 of 45
                                                                                                          l

                                                                                                       '
                                         R: actor Operat r Examinatl2n
                                                                                                      -
    43. Given the following conditions:
                    The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) is oper.ating in Full Flow Recirc
                    The RCIC flow controller is in " Automatic"                                     ,
                    RCIC turbine speed is 2450 rpm
          Which of the following describes the expected res~ponse of RCIC turbine speed and system
          flow if the operator throttles the RCIC Test Bypass To CST isolation Valve (F022) in the
          "open" direction for the given conditions?
          (Compare the conditions after they stabilize to before the valve was throttled.)
             a. - RCIC turbine speed lowers
                     - System flow remains unchanged
             b. - RCIC turbine speed lowers
                     - System flow goes down
             c. - RCIC' turbine speed raises'
                     - System flow remains unchanged
             d. - RCIC turbine speed raises
                     - System flow goes up-
    44. Given the following conditions:
                    A loss of all AC power has occurred

, 

                    No Diesel Generators are running

! The Reactor Core Isolation Cooling (RCIC) system has initiated and is injecting 

                    A valid RCIC steam line high flow signal is received
           Which of the following describes the RCIC Inboard and Outboard Steam Supply isolation
          Valves (F007 & F008) isolation capabilities and the response of the RCIC turbine for the
           given conditions?

j a. The F007 and F008 valves remain open but can be closed from the Control Room. l b. The F007 and F008 valves remain open and cannot be closed from the Control Room. ! 

             c. Only the F007 valve closes.
             d. Only the F008 valve closes.

l l 

                                                            Page 20 of 45

l t -- . . 

              . . .     .
                             ..   .  . . .
                                               ..
                                                         ,.               .

  ,
                                    R:actsr Operc.tcr Excmination

l 

  *

l 45. Giv:n the following conditions: 

               The Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) Manual initiation Channel "B"
               and "F".pushb.uttons (S6B and S6F) have been armed.and depressed

l . 

                                                                                                       *
               There is no Safety Relief Valve response                 ,
                                                              ~

L Which of the following "B" Division electrical bus failures caused this system response? l a. A loss of 120 VAC Bus 1BJ481 

           b. Aloss of 250 VDC Bus 10D261
           c. A loss of 125 VDC Bus 1BD417
           d. A loss of 480 VAC Bus 108420

l 

    46. Given the following conditions:
             .                                                                                             .
                                  .                .

L 

               The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
                                                          '
               All systems are operating 'as designed
         Which of the following is the reason'why periodic riitrogen makeup to the drywell is required
         for the given conditions?

) a. Due to leaks from drywell air operated equipment. ! b. Due to PCIG normal system leakage. 

            c. Due to normal periodic cycling of the Torus - Drywell Vacuum Breakers.
            d. Due to normal drywell air inleakage.

l

l l. ) ! I 

                                                                                                         .
                                                                                                             l
                                                     Page 21 of 45
                                                                                                             l

                                                                                                         .
                                R0 actor Operatcr Examinatien
                                                                                                        ~

47. - Given the following conditions: 

         The plant had been operating at 75% power                                                          i
   .
         A loss of main condenser vacuum caused a complete Main Steam isolation                     '
         Valve (MSIV) closure                                                                               l
         Vacuum has been reestablished and is currently 15" Hg absolute
 .
                                                                                                             '
     Which of the following conditions is REQUIRED in order to reset the NSSSS MSIV isolation
     logic?
       a. The Reactor Mode Switch must be in " Shutdown".
       b. : The Main Condenser Low Vacuum Bypass Switches must be in " Bypass".
       c. The MSIV control switches must be in "Close"
        d. The Turbine Stop Valves must be closed.
                                                                           -                          -
                                                              .
48. Which of the following conditions would preven.t.. opening the RHR "B" Loop Inboard and
                                               .
                                                                                                           '
      Outboard Drywell Spray Valves (F021B and F016B) following a LOCA?
        a. The LPCI Injection Valve (F0178) is not fully close'd.
        b.- Less than 5 minutes have elapsed since the "B" RHR initiation occurred.
        c. The RHR Full Flow Test Valve (F024B) is not fully closed.
        d. Reactor water level is above -129 inches.
49. Given the following conditions:
           The Fuel Pool Cooling system is operating with one pump and heat exchanger
            in service
           The Fuel Pool Gates are installed
           No makeup water sources are available
      Which of the following is the expected effect on Spent Fuel Pool water level and cooling
      capability if a leak develops on the common FPCC Pump Suction?
         a'. Cooling capability and water level will be unchanged.
         b. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
         c. Cooling capability will be unchanged and water level will lower slightly and stabilize.
         d. Cooling capability will be lost and water level will continuously lower.
                                                 Page 22 of 45

                                                                                                        '

- 

                                   React:r Op:;rator Excmination

" 

 50. Which of the following de:cribes how the main sterm line flow restrictors essist in maintaining
      adequate core cooling for steam line break between the flow restrictors and the Main Steam
      Isolation Valves?
         a. They ensure'the total ~ inventory loss from the reactor. vessel maintains level above. the
             top of active fuel until one division of low pressure ECCS is injecting.
         b. They limit the' total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain water level above
             the top of active fuel for a minimum of 5 seconds.                                           l
         c. They ensure the total energy release rate to the Primary Containment does not result in
             exceeding suppression chamber design pressure.
         d. They limit the total inventory loss from the reactor vessel to maintain level above the top   i
             of active fuel until HPCI is at rated flow.
 51. Given the following conditions:
           A reactor scram and Main Steam isolation Valve (MSIV) closure from 90% power
           has occurred
           The Safety Relief Valves (SRVs) are cycling to control pressure
       Which of the following primary containment parameters indicates that one of the SRV tailpipe
       vacuum breakers has failed open?
         a. Suppression chamber pressure will go up each time the SRV cycles.
         b. Suppression pool water temperatures will show rapid localized rises from the SRV
              discharge flow bypassing the T-quenchers.
          c. Drywell pressyre will go up each time the SRV cycles.
          d. The Torus to Liywell ditarential pressure will rise each time the SRV opens.
  52. Which of'the following plant systems must be in operation to support the Main Steam
       Isolation Valve (MSIV) Seal System.
          a. Primary Containment Instrument Gas (PClG)
          b.125 VDC Electrical Distribution
          c. NUMAC Leak Detection System
          d. Process Radiation Monitoring System
                                                                                                          I
                                                                                                          .
                                                   Page 23 of 45

_- 

                                                                                                       ,
                                      R:actsr Operat:r Examinatien
                                                                                                      "
    53. Giv;n the following conditions:                                                                  >
               The plant is operating at 70% power
               The "B" EHC Pressure Regulator is tagged out of service
           '
             . Unknown to the' operator, the "A" EHC Pressure Regulator out'put signal is
                                                                    '
               failed "as is"
           Which of the following would be the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and
           Turbine Bypass Valves as the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) begins to raise power using
           recirculation flow for the given conditions? (Figure attached)
              a. - The Turbine Control Valves will close
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
              b. - The Turbine Control Valves will close
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will not move
              c. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move
                  - The Turbine Bypass valve will not move -
      '
  -
              d. - The Turbine Control Valves will not move
                  - The Turbine Bypass Valves will open
    54. Due to a main turbine vibration problem with a generator load of 110 MWe, a successful
           manual turbine trip is performed.
        _.
           Which of the following describes when the operator is REQUIRED to open the generator

           Output Breakers for the given conditions? (Assume they have not already tripped on reverse
           power.)
              a. Immediately
             'b. Within 15 seconds of the turbine trip
              c. Within 60 seconds of the turbine trip
              d. Within 90 seconds of the turbine trip

l l 

                                                     Page 24 of 45

                                                                                                          ..
   ,
  .,
                                          Rcactor Optrator Examination
i      55. Given the following initial conditions:
                 The plant is operating at 25% power performing a plant startup
                 All plant systems are operating as designed
                 The "A" Reactor Feedwater Pump is in service in auto at approximateiy 3850 rpm
           Following a plant transient the following conditions exist:
                 The reactor failed to scram when required
                 Reactor power is 14% and reactor pressure is 1105 psig

i L. The Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that the "A" RFP speed has slowed 

                 - to less than.1000 rpm
                 The RFP TURBINE AUTO XFR TO MANUAL (B3-F3) annunciator is in alarm

L Which of the following describes the reason for the "A" RFP speed reduction? 

     ,
               a. The "A" RFP is responding properly to a Redundant Reactivity Control System runback.
                                                         ,

, 

               b. The "A" RFP is responding to the S'etpoint Setdown feature of Digital Feedwater Control

l calling for a lower level, 

               c. The "A" RFP is responding to a' Control Signal Failure..
               d. The "A" RFP is responding to a loss of one Primary Condensate Pump and one
                     Secondary Condensate Pump.
       56. Given the following conditions:

, 

              '- A loss of off-site power (LOP) has occurred from 75% power
                  Within 10 seconds a loss of coolant accident (LOCA) occurs

l 

            Which of the following is the expected response of the LOP and LOCA sequencers?

L a. As soon as power is restored to the buses, the LOCA sequencer will control the 

                     restoration of allloads.
                b. The LOCA sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
                    ' close, then the LOP sequencer will complete load restoration.

l c. As soon as power is restored the buses, the LOP sequencer will control the restoration ' 

                      of allloads.
                d. The LOP sequencer will begin to sequence until the diesel generator output breakers
                    ' close, then the LOCA sequencer will complete load restoration.

' Page 25 of 45 [ l 

                                                                                                     %
                                   R:act:r Op ratar Examinatien
                                                                                                    ..
 57. Given the following conditions:
           The "B" Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) had started following a valid
            LQCA signal                              .
            Some time later the' EDG was shutdown using the local Emergency Stop pushbuttons
            due to fluctuating oil pressure
         a  Concurrent with stopping the EDG, the 10A402 bus lost power
      Which of the following describes the actions, if any, regarding resetting the Engine Shutdown
      Relay (ESR) and the (86R) Lockout Relay to restart the "B" EDG and reenergize the 10A402
      bus?
          a. ESR must be reset
              (86R) Lockout Relay reset is not required
          b. ESR mest be reset
              (86R) Loc;*out Relay mus'. be reset
      c. ESR reset is i ?t required
              (86R) Lockout Relay .%et is not required
          d. ESR reset is not required
             .(86R) Lockout Relay must be reset
 58. Which of the following parameter changes indicate the moisture content of charcoal adsorber
      bed of the Gaseous Radwaste System (GRW)is rising?
          a. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to Krypton is rising.
          b. GRW charcoal adsorber bed temperature is lowering.
          c. GRW post-treatment radiation level due to lodine is rising.
          d. GRW charcoal adsorber bed hydrogen concentration is lowering.

l l 

                                                Page 26 of 45
                                                                                                       .

., 

                                     R: actor Operatsr Excminitlen
  ' 59. Given the following conditions:
        .
               The plant has been operating at 100% power for several weeks
           * Main Steam Line (MSL) radiation levels have been averaging 80 mrem but are now              '
                                                                                 '
               slowly trending upwards                                    .
               Chemistry has verified the higher radiation readings are due to failed fuel
          What are the immediate Operator Actions required for the given conditions?
            a. Place additional Condensate Domineralizers in service if possible.
            b. Scram the reactor and close the Main Steam Isolation Valves when MSL levels are
                 greater than 120 mrem.
            c. Direct Reactor Water Cleanup flow to the main condenser to reduce coolant activity.
            d. Reduce reactor power to maintain MSL radiation levels less than 120 mrom.
            0-                         *
    60. Which of the following is the basis for raising the Main Steam Line (MSL) radiation monitor
          setpoints when the Hydrogen Water Chemistry injection (HWCl) system is placed in service?
            a. The setpoint adjustment ensures the higher (approximately two times) background
                 radiation does not mask a true fuel element failure.
            b. The setpoint adjustment prevents unnecessary alarms / protective actions from the higher
                  (approximately two times) background radiation.
            c. The setpoint adjustment ensures the higher (approximately ten times) background -
                  radiation does not mask a true fuel element failure.
             d. The setpoint adjustment prevents unnecessary alarms / protective actions from the higher
                  (approximately ten times) background radiation.
                                                    Page 27 of 45
                                                                                                           :

                                 R: actor Operater Examination
                                                                                                    ..

61. Given the following conditions: 

     * A valid EDG room high temperature condition has just occurred
        The Diesel Generator Room Carbon Dioxide Fire protection. system is aligned         ~
       ~ fo'r' automatic operation
   Which of the following describes how the Diesel Generator Room Carbon Dioxide Fire
   protection system responds?
      a. A discharge alarm occurs, CO2 with a wintergreen scent is discharged into the room
          immediately.
      b. A pre-discharge alarm is activated and a wintergreen scent is discharged into the room.
          After a time delay, CO2 is discharged into the room.
      c. A pre-discharge alarm is activated. No CO2 is discharged into the room until a valid
          smoke detector alarm is received.
      d. A pre-discharge alarm is activated. After a time delay CO2 with a wintergreen scent is
                                                                                          -
          discharged into the room.

62. Given the following conditions: 

        The plant is operating at 50% power
      . All systems are operating normally
      . One Reactor Building Ventilation System (RBVS) Exhaust Fan discharge damper
         has failed to the full "open" position with the fan running
         No other RBVS components have changed
                                                                                                  .
    Which of the following describes how this will affect the initiation of the Emergency Core
    Cooling Systems (ECCS) and the reason for this?
       a. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor Building
           pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
       b. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor
          ~ Building pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
       c. ECCS will initiate after it is required because the failed damper raises Reactor Building
           pressure resulting in a lower indicated drywell pressure.
       d. ECCS will initiate before it is required because the failed damper lowers Reactor
           Building pressure resulting in a higher indicated drywell pressure.
                                                  Page 28 of 45
                   ____                       -__           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _              _

     -

, 1 

                                                                                                              !
..
                                     Reactor Op::rator Examination
   63. Given the following conditions:
                                                                                                              I
             The plant is operating at 40% power
          . .The Jet Pump operability surveillance indicates that one jet pump has fai. led
                                                                                ,
             Technical Specifications require the plant to be in hot shutdown within 12 hours
        Which of the following describes why such a severe restriction placed on continued operation
        for the given conditions?
           a. A jet pump failure at this low power level will significantly affect the core flows and result  l
                                                                                                             !
                in unacceptable thermal limits (MCPR).
           b. A jet pump failure may limit reactor water level restoration capability during the reflood
                portion of a Loss Of Coolant Accident.
           c. A jet pump failure combined with the flow restricting orifices may adversely affect core       j
                flow to the higher power fuel bundles.
                                                                                                             i
           d. A jet pump failure results in less conservative protective action setpoints for
                                                                                 ~      ~
                 instrumentation using recirculation loop flow as an input signalf ~
                                                                                                             l
   64. Which of the following is the expected status of the Control Area Ventilation after a valid high      '
         radiation condition at the Control Area Ventilation air intake occurs?
         The Control Room Emergency Filtration (CREF) units are processing:                                  ,
            a. air entering the control room as well as recirculated air and are maintaining a slight
                 negative pressure.-
            b. air entering the control room as well as recirculated air and are maintaining a slight
                  positive pressure.
            c. only the current control room atmosphere and are maintaining a slight negative pressure.
            d.' only the current control room atmosphere and are maintaining a slight positive pressure.
                                                    Page 29 of 45

                                                                                                       -
                                    R:act:r Operater Examination
                                                                                                      ..
 ' 65. Given the following conditions:
          . The "A" Recirculation Pump has tripped

. The "A" Recirculation Pump discharge valve is open 

          * RECIRC LOOP A JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL)iridicates 2 mlbm/hr
              RECIRC LOOP B JET PUMP FLOW (TOTAL) indicates 35 mlbm/hr
          . RECIRC PMP B FLOW indicates 24,000 gpm
          . Recire pump "B" speed is 49%
        Which of the following would be expected values for total JET PUMP FLOW (the flow
        recorder) and actual core flow?
           a. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm/hr
           b. Flow recorder - 33 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
            c. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual core flow - 33 mlbm,hr
            d. Flow recorder - 37 mlbm/hr, Actual . core flow - 37 mlbm/hr
    66. Given the following conditions:
           . The plant is operating at 90% power
            . All main turbine sealing steam normal and backup supplies have been lost
            . There is no time estimate for repair / restoration
         Which of the following are the immediate operator actions for the given conditions?
             a. Reduce power as necessary to maintain condenser pressure less than 5.0" HGA.
             b. Reduce recirculation flow to minimum, unload and trip the main turbine.
             c. Reduce power as necessary to maintain adequate self-sealing steam to the main turbine
                 seals.
             d. Reduce recirculation flow to maintain power less than 25% (Bypass Valve capacity).
                                                     Page 30 of 45
                                                                                                         i

- 

                                                                                                              1

.. Rcacter Operator Examination 

    67. During a loss of off-site power the operator is cautioned not to acknowledge the flashing
         ' Trip" pushbuttons for the 4.16 KV Vital 1E Bus infeed breakers.
  .
        .Which of the following will occur if these pushbuttons are pressed?                         ,
            a. That bus' feeder breaker will attempt to close until the anti-pump feature causes it to trip
                 open and remain open.
            b. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus, if running, will trip and its output breaker
                 will open.
            c. That bus' alternate feeder breaker will trip open and then immediately reclose when the
                 pushbutton is released
            d. The Diesel Generator associated with that bus will not load.
    68. Given the following conditions:
               A plant startup is in progress with the Reactor Mode Switch in "Run"
               The Main Turbine is reset and is at 950 rpm accelerating to 1800 rpm
               A loss of 125 VDC power from distribution panel 1CD318 to the EHC control
               logic occurs
                                                                                                              I
          Which of the following is the expected plant response?
             a. Main turbine trips,
             b. Main turbine startup would continue at the selected acceleration rate.
             c. Main turbine speed will remain constant at 950 rpm.
             d. Main turbine control valves throttle closed due to a loss of the speed reference signal.
                                                                                                            ,
                                                                                                              !
                                                                                                              l
                                                     Page 31 of 45

                                                                                                                                                '
                                 Reactcr Operatar Excminttinn
                                                                                                                                               --
 69. Giv:n the following conditions:
        . The plant is operating at 20% power
        . A main generator load reject has just occurred .
        . The power / load unbalance circuit tripped unexpectedly during the load reject
          .
     Which of the following is the expected response of the Turbine Control Valves and the
     Reactor Protection System (RPS) for the given conditions?
         a. - The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed
             - RPS does not trip
         b. - The Turbine Control Valves fast close
             - RPS trips
         c. - The Turbine Control Valves throttle closed
             - RPS trips
         d. - The Turbine Control Valves fast close
             - RPS does not trip
 70. Which of the following describes when the Main Turbine is required to be tripped following a
      reactor scram?
         a. At 50 MWe lowering
         b. At 25 MWe lowering
         c. At 0 MWe
         d. At 50 MWe rising (reverse power)
 71. During a failure-to-scram condition, which of the following is the criteria used to determine if
      HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0100(Q), " Reactor Scram", should be exited and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101(Q),
      " Reactor / Pressure Vessel (RPV) Control", entered?

L a. Reactor period on SRM Period meters is stable at -80 seconds 

         b. All APRM "downscale" lights are not illuminated
         c. All four RPS logic channels are deenergized
         d. All control rods are inserted to or beyond Notch "02"

f L 

                                                Page 32 of 45
                                       -                   _ _ _ - - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

/ 

                                  R:acter Opsrater Examination
 72. Following a reactor scram and Main Steam isolation Valve closure, reactor pressure reaches
      1050 psig causing the "H" and "P" Safety Relief Valves (SRV) to open.
      Which of the following lists the operating setpoints for subsequent openings of the "P." SRV7
        a. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 935 psig.
        b. SRV "P" opens at 1047 psig and closes at 905 psig.
        c. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 935 psig.
        d. SRV "P" opens at 1017 psig and closes at 905 psig.
 73. With the plant at 100% power a severe overfeeding transient is occurring. Water level is +50
      inches and rising rapidly.
      Which of the following reactor water levels require termination of all feed to the reactor,
      closing the MSIVs and a reactor scram assuming none of these actions have occurred?
         a. +54 inches
         b. +65 inches                                                                              l
         c. +90 inches
         d. +118 inches
                                                                                                    1
  74. Given the following conditions:
         . The plant is operating at 80% power
         . All three Feedwater Pumps are in service
            Feedwater Level Control is in " Automatic - Three Element" control
         . Narrow Range level"A"is reading 34 inches
         . Narrow Range level"B"is reading 36.5 inches
            Narrow Range level "C" is reading 35.0 inches
       Which of the following would be the expected response of the Feed Water Level Control
       System and reactor water level if Narrow Range level "B" failed to the low end of the range?
          a. It would transfer to Single Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
          b. It would remain in Three Element Control and level would remain unchanged.
          c. It would transfer to Single Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.5 l
               inches.                                                                              i
          d. It would remain in Three Element Control and would raise level by approximately 1.0
               inches.                                                                              l
                                                 Page 33 of 45

                                                                                                   s
                               R: actor Operator Excminatian

75. Given the following conditions: 

       The plant is operating at 95% power
       All Drywell Cooling Chilled Water pumps have tripped
       Drywell pressure is rising
       HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0201,"Drywell High Pressure / Loss Of Drywell Cooling", has been
       entered and the Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) is being aligned to supply
       backup cooling to the Chilled Water System
    Which of the following describes the effect of failing to close the Chilled Water Isolation
    Supply and Return Valves (HV9532-2 and HV9532-1) before the transfer to RACS7
      a. The RACS Pump automatic start permissives will be bypassed until the valves are
          closed.
      b. The RACS valves will not automatically sequence open to supply Chilled Water should
          a loss of off-site power occur.
      c. Chilled Water system flow will divert back into the RACS system overflowing the RACS
          head tank.
      d. RACS system flow will divert back into the Chilled Water system overflowing the Chilled
          Water head tank.
76. During a loss of coolant accident the following conditions exist:
        Reactor pressure is 125 psig
         Drywell temperature is 325 'F
     Which of the following describes the accuracy and tr ding capabilities of wide range reactor
     water level indication for the given conditions?
       a. They are not providing accurate re       or water level or level trend information.
       b. They are providing accurate        ctor water level but level trend is not reliable.
       c. They are providing a         te reactor water level and level trend information.
       d. They are not prov' ng accurate reactor water evel but level trend is reliable.
                                                              '
                                                                                .
                                               Page 34 of 45

a 

                                 Reactor Operator Examinaticn
 77. Given the following conditions:
          The plant is operating at 95% power
           Suppression pool temperature is 92 'F
           At 0915, Safety Relief Valve (SRV) "G" opened
          After several cycles of the SRV Open and Close pushbuttons, the operator notes
          that talipipe temperature for the SRV is stable at 305 *F and NO other plant parameters
          have changed
      Which of the following describes the limitations on continued reactor operation for the given
      conditions?
         a. Reactor operation may continue until pressure set is reduced to less than 850 psig.
         b. Reactor operation may continue until suppression pool temperature reaches 120 *F.
         c. Reactor operation may continue indefinitely.
         d. Reactor operation may continue until 0917.
 78. Given the following conditions:
            Reactor power is 82%
            HPCI is in operation for a surveillance
            The "B" loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling
            Suppression pool temperature is 103 'F when the runni           R pump tripped
            HPCI was secured
            Subsequently, suppression pool temperature in        sed to 106 'F
      Which of the following lists the suppression       temperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-
       EO.ZZ-0102, Primary Containment Cont AND entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec
       3.6.2.17
         a. EO-0102        - 95 'F
              TS 3.6.2.1   - 95 *
          b. EO-0102           5 'F                                                                 l
                           - 105 'F
              TS 3.6.2.
          c. EO      02    - 105 'F-                                 I    t
                                                                                     3
                                                                                         q@.t       .
                                                                                                    '
                 3.6.2.1   - 95 'F                              g{(O            L
          d. EO 0102       - 105 'F
              TS 3.6.2.1   - 105 *F
                                                 # #'
                                                       gg
     Dele 7td    5'ce os    Af d FM'"             T
              ift     3 -5-1
                                                 Page 35 of 45

                                                                                                        ,
                                 Reactar Operater Examination
                                                                                                       ..
  79. Given the following conditions:
           The plant is at 75% power
           Control rod 22-27 is being withdrawn one notch to Notch "22"
      Which of the following is the required immediate operator action if a control rod drift alarm is
      received and the operator notes control rod 22-27 is continuing to move out and power is
      rising?
         a. Apply a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27.
         b. Place the Rod Select key lock switch to "Off"(de-select the rod).
         c. Direct the local operator to perform a single rod scram on control rod 22-27.
         d. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power.
  80. Given the following conditions:
           The plant is operating at 100% power
           A feedwater heater trip has resulted in a feedwater temperature of 385 *F
           No nperator actions have been taken
      Which of the following is the operational concern for the given conditions?
         a. Entry into the Exit Region of the Power-To-Flow Map.
         b. Violation of the Hope Creek Operating License.
         c. Immediate thermal hydraulic instabilities.
         d. Recirculation Pump damage.

l l l- Page 36 of 45 l 

                                   __            - - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _

                                                                           - _ _ ___ _   _ _ _ _ _ .
                                      React 2r Operatar Examination
 ..
    81. Following a reactor scram all rods are at position "00" except one that is at position "24."
         Which of the following describes the capability of the reactor to remain shutdown?
           a. Control rods are inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal limit,
               therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under all conditions.
           b. Control rods are not inserted to beyond the Maximum Suberitical Banked Withdrawal
                limit, therefore 11 cannot be assured the reactor will remain shutdown under all
               conditions.
           c. Design basis shutdown margin is met, therefore the reactor will remain shutdown under
                all conditions.
           d. Design basis shutdown margin is not met, therefore it cannot be assured that the reactor
               will remain shutdown under all conditions.
    82. Given the following conditions:
             The Control Room has been abandoned in accordance with HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0130(O),
              " Control Room Evacuation"
          * Control has been established at the Remote Shutdown Panelin accordance with
              HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0008(Q), " Shutdown From Outside Control Room"
          * RCIC is operating maintaining reactor water level at +35 inches
              Safety Relief Valves (SRV) are being used to cooldown
              Condensate Storage Tank (CST) level is 135,000 gallons
           * The Condensate System is not available
         Which of the following is correct for the given conditions?
           a. RCIC is operated without overspeed protection.
           b. Insufficient CST inventory is available to allow the cooldown to clear the shutdown
                 cooling interlocks.
            c. The RCIC Gland Seal Condenser Condensate Pump must be manually operated.
            d. SRVs cannot be operated in a rotation that will evenly distribute heat to the Suppression
                 Chamber.

l 

                                                                                                         l
                                                                                                         i
                                                    Page 37 of 45
                                                                                                         i

                                                                                                         %
                                  R act:r Op: rat 2r Examinatinn
                                                                                                        "
 83. Which of the following describes the effect of failing to restart the Turbine Building Ventilrtion
     System if it trips while operating in HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0104(Q)-FC, " Radioactive Release
     Control"?
        a. The Turbine Building will go to a slightly negative pressure.
        b. The total off-site release calculations will not be accurate.
        c. The Turbine Building releases will be monitored but not treated.
        d. The total off-site release will be higher.
                                                                                                           I
 84. A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System (RACS) has occurred.
     Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed before a reactor scram is required?
        a. An immediate scram is required
        b. One (1) minute
        c. Ten (10) minutes
        d. Twenty (20) minutes
 85. Given the following conditions:
        * A loss of coolant accident has occurred
          The Reactor Auxiliaries Cooling System (RACS) has been restored
      Which of the following describes the availability / response of the Emergency Instrument Air
      Compressor (EIAC) for these conditions should instrument air header pressure begin
      lowering?

! a. The EIAC is not available until the LOCA signal is cleared, reset and the 1E breaker is 

             closed.
         b. The EIAC will automatically start on instrument air header pressure less than 85 psig.
         c. The EIAC is not available until the Non-1E breaker is closed and instrument air pressure
             is less than 85 psig.
         d. The EIAC will not automatically start but may be started manually from the Control
             Room or locally.
                                                Page 38 of 45
                                                                                               .

, 

                                   Reactar Operator Examination

.. 

  86. Which of the following describes the reason control rods insert during a loss of instrument air?
                                                                                                         )
          a. A flowpath is opened to the bottom of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing         l
               reactor pressure to drift the rod in.                                                     ]
          b. Drive water flow and pressure both rise enough to drift the control rod in, similar to a    l
                                                                                                         I
               normal insertion.
          c. A flowpath is opened from the top of the drive mechanism operating piston allowing          q
               accumulator pressure to drift the rod in.                                                 J
          d. The normal scram flowpath to and from the drive mechanism operating piston is opened,
               allowing accumulator and reactor pressure to drift the rod in.
  87. Given the following conditions:
             The plant is operating at 20% power following a refueling outage
             An error during a surveillance has resulted in a Group 10 (Drywell Chilled Watar)
             isolation signal
          . The isolation goes to completion (all valves are closed)
             Drywell pressure is 1.25 psig and rising slowly
       Which of the following are the required immediate operator actions for the given conditions?
           a. Lineup and commence venting the drywell.
           b. Secure drywell inerting.
           c. Place the Reactor Mode Switch in " Shutdown".                                              i
           d. Align RACS to supply cooling to Drywell Chilled Water.
   88. Following a loss of shutdown cooling, decay heat removal is being transferred to the
       Alternate Shutdown Cooling lineup (Injection to the reactor returning to the suppression pool
       via open Safety Relief Valves).
        Which of the following indications is utilized to monitor the margin to Op Con 3 entry in this
        lineup?
            a: Safety Relief Valve tailpipe temperatures
            b. Suppression pool temperatures
            c. Reactor vessel skin temperatures                                                        -
            d. Local suction temperatures on the running low pressure ECCS pumps
                                                                                                         ,
                                                     Page 39 of 45

                                                                                                    ,
                                 R3act r Operator Examination
                                                                                                   ..
 89. Which of the following describes the conditions requiring the Reactor Mode Switch to be
     placed in " Shutdown" on a sustained loss of Control Rod Drive charging water header
     pressure (<900 psig) with reactor pressure at 650 psig?
        a. Within 20 minutes of determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and at
            least one of those inoperable accumulators is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        b. Within 20 minutes of determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the
            inoperable accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
        c. Immediately upon determining more than one CRD accumulator is inoperable and all the
            inoperable accumulators are associated with fully inserted control rods,
        d. Immediately upon determining any CRD accumulator is inoperable and the inoperable
            accumulator is associated with a withdrawn control rod.
 90. Given the following conditions:
          The plant is shutdown for refueling
          The Reactor Protection System shorting links have been removed
          A fuel bundle is being moved from the fuel pool to core.
     If SRM "C" fails "downscale", which of the following are the required immediate actions?
        a. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel movement.
        b. Verify a full scram and a control rod withdrawal block is received. Terminate fuel
            movement.
        c. Verify a control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is required to be
            terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant monitored by SRM
            "C ."

I d. Verify a full scram and control rod withdrawal block is received. Fuel movement is 

             required to be terminated ONLY if the fuel bundle is to be placed in the quadrant
             monitored by SRM "C."

l 

                                               Page 40 of 45

l l

, 

                                    R:;cctor Operator Ex;minati:n
..
   91. Given the following conditions:
          * A large break loss of coolant accident has occurred
          * Drywell pressure reached a maximum of 22 psig
          * Suppression chamber sprays have NOT been placed in service
          * Drywell sprays are in service
          * Drywell pressure is 4 psig and slowly lowering
       Which of the following is the expected positions of the Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers and
       the Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers for the given conditions?
           a. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
               - The Reactor Building-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
           b. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are open
               - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
           c. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
               - The Reactor Building 4o-Torus Vacuum Breakers are closed
           d. - The Torus-to-Drywell Vacuum Breakers are closed
               - The Reactor Buildiag-to-Torus Vacuum Breakers are open
   92. Following a reactor scram with a Main Steam isolation Valve Closure, the plant is being
        depressurized using the Safety Relief Valves (SRV).
        Which of the following is the reason why the depressurization should be accomplished with
        " sustained" SRV openings if the pneumatic supply (PClG and instrument air) is lost to the
        SRVs?
           a. This prevents exceeding the 100*F/ hour cooldown limit during the depressurization
               while conserving the SRV pneumatic supply.
           b. This ensures the available SRV pneumatic supply is sufficient to cooldown to less than
               the shutdown cooling interlocks.
           c. This directs depressurization without regard to the Technical Specification cooldown   .
                                                                                                     i
                limits before the depleted pneumatic supply results in loss of SRV control.
           d. This ensures the SRV accumulator pneumatic s@ ply is available and adequate for later
                use if the Emergency Operating Procedures require Emergency Depressurization.
                                                 Page 41 of 45

                                                                                                   s
                                 Reactor Operator Examinatisn                                     .,
 93. HPCI and RCIC both started and are injecting in response to a valid low reactor water level.    i
                                                                                                     I
     Current plant conditions are as follows:
        + Reactor water level is +25 inches, steady
          Reactor pressure is 845 psig, rising slowly
        * Drywell pressure is 1.1 psig, steady
        * RCIC has been aligned to Full Flow Recire operation (CST to CST) for pressure control
          HPCI is injecting to the reactor for level control
          After 10 minutes of operation a valid high suppression poollevelis received
     Which of the following would be the expected response of RCIC if a valid high suppression
      pool level is received for the given conditions?
        a. RCIC will remain in Full Flow Recirculation.
        b. RCIC will trip on high turbine exhaust pressure.
        c. RCIC will trip on low suction pressure.
        d. RCIC will operate on minimum flow.
 94. During high primary containment water level conditions, suppression pool water level
      indications cannot be used.
      Operation of which system will invalidate the alternate method used for determining primary
      containment water level?
         a. RCIC
         b. Core Spray

, 

         c. RHR

l 

         d. HPCI

1 1 

                                                 Page 42 of 45

                                 R:act:r Operator Examinati n

.. 

  95. Given the following conditions:
           A leak has occurred in the suppression pool
           The reactor is shutdown
           A cooldown is being performed using SRVs
           The Heat Capacity Level Limit (HCLL) curve is being monitored
           The " Action Required" area of the HCLL curve has been entered for several minutes
      Which of the following is a possible effect of initiating an emergency depressurization with the
       given conditions?
         a. The suppression pool may exceed design temperature.
        - b. Failure of the downcomer vent header joints due to " chugging."
          c. The SRV Tailpipe Level Limit curve may be exceeded.
          d. The capacity of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers will be exceeded.
                                                                                                       I
  96. Following the runback of the Recirculation Pumps on a trip of a Primary Condensate Pump,
       the operator may monitor the Source Range Monitoring (SRM) period meters for strong
       deflections above and below" Infinity".
       Under which of the following conditions may SRM period indications be considered accurate
       indication of thermal hydraulic instabilities?
          a. Only when the SRM detectors are fully withdrawn from the core,
          b. Anytime, regardless of detector position, if the detectors are stationary.                ,
          c. Only when the SRM detectors are fully inserted into the core.
          d. Anytime the SRM detectors are moving.
                                                                                                       l
                                                                                                       :
                                                  Page 43 of 45

                                 Reacter Operater Excminction
                                                                                                  "
 97. With the plant at power tha Main Starm/ R rctor Water Cinnup Aras Lc:k.Temperatura
     High alarm was received and the RWCU system automatically isolated. The leak has been
     determined to be in the RWCU Pipe Chase Room 4402.
     Which of the following is NOT a required operator action for the.given conditions?
        a. Notify Chemistry to close the Manual Sample Line isolation Valves P-RC-V9670 and 1-
            RC-V006.
        b. Observing the RWCU Inboard and Outboard Isolation Valves (F001 & F004) close.
        c. Observing the Recirc Sample Line Isolation Valves (BB-SV-4310 and 4311)
            automatically close.
        d. Operate available Reactor Building ventilation fans consistent with plant conditions.
 98. Given the following conditions:
       . The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI
     room
       . HPCI isolated due to high room temperatures
       . RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/mi
     Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
        a. RBVS remains in service
         b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
        c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent Fans are in service

' 

         d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recire and 2 FRVS Vent Fans are in service
 99. With the Reactor Building Ventilation in a normal lineup, the operator observes that Reactor
      Building pressure is .10 inches of vacuum water gauge.
     Which of the following is an immediate action to restore Reactor Building pressure to the
      required pressure?
         a. Place at least two FRVS units in service.
         b. Secure a reactor building supply fan.

! l c. Place an FRVS unit in service and increase FRVS flow rate to maximum. 

         d. Place the third Reactor Building Exhaust Fan in service.
                                              Page 44 of 45
                                                                                   . . _

 ,                                                                                                    1
                                   R: actor Operater Examination
 .,
    100. Given the following conditions:
             The reactor has scrammed from power
              Pilot Scram Valve Group 1 solenoids, Logic "A" and Logic "B" did not deenergize
           * The Scram Discharge Volume is currently full
                                                                                                      ;

l Which of the following describes the difference between inserting control rods in accordance ' 

         with HC.OP-EO.ZZ 0303, " Individual Control Rod Scrams" and HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0302, "De-
         energization Of Scram Solenoids"?                                                            I

l 

            a. EO-0302 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0303 does not.

I 

            b. EO-0303 requires resetting RPS and ARI, EO-0302 does not.                         -

, I 

            c. EO-0303 does not isolate the Scram Discharge Volume, EO-0302 does.

' 

            d. EO-0302 results in a flowpath from the RPV to the Reactor Building Sump, EO-0303
                does not.

! , , ! Page 45 of 45 

                                                                                              .
                            R::ct:r Operat:r An:wcr K y
                                                                                             ..
   1. b       2seoioiot .                           26. d    20soo mio4
   2. a       2seotato2                             27.)(a. -=           .
                                                      see nrrm a e = "'Ys's ik 3*'~nf gQ
   3. c       2s4001010e                            28. a    20eoooxto2               3/fgeg
   1. :          : :c;;                             29. d    20eooooot
  DeteTed Set AmH6 e n~mi Sr 5 Afst'1-S*NE
   5. c       2seoici22             % b N!bY        30. d    20eootAso2
   6. c       2seotot2e                             31. a    20eootA40s
   7. b       2emosaist                             32. a    2stoooA20e
   8. b       2secto202                             33, a    2tioooksoe
   9. c       2seoso213                             34. d    212000Atos
  10. b       2sectoso4                             35. d    212000K411
  11. c       2semic310                             36. b    21sootAes
  12. b       204001 o412                           37. d    21soo2xec4
  13. d       204001044e                            38. c    21soasxeos
 '14. c       201mtA204                             39. d    21s m4A104
  15. a       201m1K40s                             40. b     21soasxto4
  16. c       20too2A40s                            41. d     21eoooA201
  17. a       20t m3A207                            42. d     21eoooAsoi
  18. a       201ooskst4                            43, a     217oooA4oi
  19.   p b_ _.=_6325,            D6        M       44. b     217000x201
  f.     _     m ,,       a, s ,vf    .
                                           [tt M
  20. aced ac2001Aso2                               45. c     21eom x201
   sre.arrma w~., w sbr (6c s-r-9s
  21. c'       2020oixios          MDb              46. b     223ooixtos
  22. b        202m2Atoi                            47. c     223m2Ae3
  23. b        202m2xeo4                             48. a    22eootxes
  24. d        203oooKee                             49. b    233oooxso2
  25. c        20eoDK115                             50. b    23emiot2e                         <
                                                                                                l

l Page 1 , 

                                                                                                )
                                                                                                l

l 

 '
                                                                                                                l
                          Rrctor Operat:r Answ r K y                                                            I

l 

 ..

l 

    51, c   23e m2xsoe                         70.   :M
                                                         QtsftA
                                                            a
                                                                ,x:
                                                                           de
                                                                                    4,,
                                                                                        [ yb       hi' _
                                                                                                 . ___
                                                                                             . .z y r -
                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                                i
                                                                        ;- m -
                                                                           -
                                                  w _.;                                   -
    52. a   - Aiot                             77.-d en 2esoisAto2
                                                           erfr                   .-o w n
                                                                                                              3

    53. c   241moK3o2                         -g,,y m rym) ,6W M D;y ; gg; y y
                                                                  -- --
                                                                               __
    54. b   2emooto2                           79.
                                                ', dp 29 sot 4Ato2 _ ,_g,
                                                                                              ,,, . . .   ,

l 

                                                         15e'ilZwed)
                                                                l                         g( auefe2 A 3[h
    55. a   2ssoo2A20e                         80. b      29 sot 4cito                                          j
                                                                                                                i
    56. a   2e2001A3o4                         81. c       2esotsA202                                           {
                                                                                                                J
    57. b    2s4omxeos                         82, c       2esotaAtos
    58   a   271omA40s                         83. b       29 sot 7x302
                                                                                                                1
    59. d    272moA201                         84. cpd. 29sotex202                , _ , , , , , , , ,  , - 3'
                                                 s::    .g                             g-~<
    60. b    272cooxsoi                        85. a       29so19Atot
    61. d    2esomA4ot                         86. d       29sotox201
    62. d    2somixsot                         87, b       2sso20xios

l 1 

                                                                                                                i
     63. b   2sooo2x4oi                         88. a       29so21Ato4
     64. b   29mosksot                          89. d       29so22K2o7
     65. a    295oo1A203                        90. a       295o23o232                                          !
     66. a    29soo2A1os                        91. b       29so24A1ie
     67. d    29sm3Aiot                         92. d       29so2sK102
     68, a    29soo4x203                        93. d       29so29Ato4
     69. d    29smsx201                         94. d        29so29A20s
     70. c    2ss008o449                        95. a        29smonio3

, 

     71. b     29soo6Kto3                       96. b        29so31A202
               29soo7x3o4                       97. c        295032G44

l 72. a 

     73. c     2ssmeat23                         98. g6      29so34x102
                                                                                                        7 S*4
                                                                                            y
      74. d    2esooox202
                                                   See
                                                 99.  d srrnene&
                                                             29soasA201           cvm "l 6S fis(Ob
      75. d    29sotox3o2                      100. c        29so37x20s
                                           Page.2

l 

                                                                                          >
                                                                                            .
                                                                                         ..
                         l                                      ATTACHMENT 3
          V}                                           PSE&G COMMENTS ON WillTTETJ EXAM
                                                                                       ,

- . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 

 #
                                                                                                                       l
   O PSEG
 ~
                                             .
    Public Service Bectric and Gas Company 244 Chestnut Street Salem. N.J. 08079 Phone 609/935-8560

l ! Nuclear Training Center l 1 l March 6,1998 i !  ! 

                                                            NTC-98-3011
     Mr. Don Florek                                                                                                    l
     Chief Examiner
     Division of Reactor Safety
     US Nuclear Regulatory Commission
     475 Allendale Road
     King of Prussia, PA. 19406-1415
     Dear Mr. Florek
     HOPE CREEK SRO/RO EXAM COMMENTS
     Attached please find our post-examination analysis comments and related backup information on
     the following questions, from our recently conducted Hope Creek RO/SRO examination, Our
     comments are on the page with the applicable question, and are broken into three (3) categories:
                                                                                                                       l
     Exam Answer key corrections
                 _
          .   RO #19
          .   RO #27 / SRO #29
          .   RO #98 / SRO #96
     Correct Alternate choice answers from oriainal answer key
          .   RO #20 / SRO #24
          .   SRO #69
          .   RO #76 / SRO #71
          .   RO #79
          .   RO #84 / SRO #79
     Question Deletions
          .   RO # 04/ SRO #05
          .   RO #78 / SRO #73                                                                                         '
                                                            *
          .   SRO #75
      If you have any questions, comments or require any additional information, please contact Pete
      Doran acting Nuclear Training Supervisor at 609-339-3816 or John Nichols Operations Training
      Manager at 609-339-3769.
                                                            Sincerely,
                                                                       , ./tv/L'
                                                              erome F. McMahon
                                                             Director- OA/ Nuclear Training /EP
                                                                                              c$cN
                                                                                     I"FOR NUCLE
                                                                                             TRAINING
   b uwr J is in pur hands.
                                                                                                      M 2169 34EV 4al2

                                                                                                      $
                              EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS                                            ,,
                                                                                   .
 EXAM QUESTION RO #19

Given the following conditions: . The plant is operating at 75% . Confirmed seal failures have occurred on the "B" Recirculation Pump . The pump hasjust been tripped Which of the following describes the order for the "B" Recirculation Pump valve manipulations that must be followed in order to ensure the pump will be completely isolated, s. Close the Discharge valve, isolate seal purge, isolate RWCU flow from the loop and close the 

   suction valve.

b. Isolate seal purge, close the suction valve, isolate the RWCU flow from the loop and close the 

   discharge valve

c. Close the suction valve, close the discharge valve, isolate seal purge, isolate RWCU flow from the 

   100P-

d. Isolate seal purge, close the discharge valve, isolate the RWCU flow from the loop and close the 

   suction valve.

Ans: C Ref HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0112, " Recirculation pump Trip", rev.13 LP - 0302-000.00H-000114-rev. 5 Obj. 3 1. Based on pre-examination discussions and referenced procedures, the critical step sequence is 

   based on the discussion item 5.7 of HC.OP-AB.ZZ 4112, " Recirculation purnp Trip'(attached) and
   precautions and limitations 3.1.2 of HC.OP-SO.BB-0002 ' Recirculation System Operation"
   (attached)

2. The suction valve must be closed before the discharge valve, and the seal purge must be 

    closed prior to pump isolation. This makes 'b' the only correct answer.

Recommendation: Change answer key to choice "b" as correct answer 

                                    .
              .                             2

 e
 ,,                               EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS
    EXAM QUESTION RO #27/ SRO #29                                                                            !
    The plant is in Mode 4 with Shutdown Cooling in service on the "A" Residual Heat Removal (RHR)
    loop with the "A" RHR Pump running.
    Which of the following describes how a loss of the "B" Reactor Protection System (RPS) but will affect
    the inboard and the Outboard Shutdown Cooling isolation Valves (F008 & F009)?
    a. TheF008 and F009 valves both close.                                                                   J
    b. The F008 valve closes and the F009 valve remains open.
    c. The F008 and F009 both remain open.
    d. The F008 valve remains open and the F009 valve closes.
    Ans.B
     Ref HC.OP-SO.SM-0001(O), rev 5, page 3, section 3.1.3
     LP 0302-000.00H-000045, rev 12
     Obj. R3.b & R4
     1. The answer key per the stated reference is incorrect. The correct answer per the stated reference
         is "a".

! l 

                                                                                                             I
     RECOMMEDATION:
     Change answcr key to choice "a" as the correct answer.

' 

                                                                                                             )
                                                                                                             \
                                                                                                           .
                                                         3

                                                                                                                      s
                                                EXAM ANSWER KEY CORRECTIONS
                EXAM CUESTION RO #98 / SR3 #96
                Given the following plant conditions:
                .    The plant was operating at rated power when a steam line break occurred in the HPCI room.
                .    HPCI isolated due to high room temperatures
                .    RBVB exhaust radiation levels reached 1.0 E-2 microcuries/ml
                Which of the following describes the ventilation system response for the given conditions?
                a. RBVS remains running.
                b. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 1 FRVS Vent fans are in service.
                c. RBVS isolated,4 FRVS Recire and 1 FRVS Vent fans are in service.
                d. RBVS isolated,6 FRVS Recirc and 2 FRVS Vent fans are in service
                Ans.      A
                Ref.      HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103, rev.10
                LP        0302-000.00H-000127, rev 10, page 8
                Obj.      2 & R6
                1. The answer key was incorrectly typed, the correct answer should be "b"
                2. RBVS exhaust radiation levels reached (1.0 E-2 microcuries/ml) is > 1.0 E-3 which is the isolation
                     signal for RBVS and an initiation signal for FRVS see HC.OP-SO.GU-0001 " Filtration,
                     Recirculation and Ventilation System Operation"
                3. This is also an entry condition for HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103, the lesson plan page listed lists the action
                     of HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0103 for the retention override that
                     if
                     .    Reactor Bldg. exhaust Rad level exceeds 1 x10'8
                                       or
                                                                               4
                     .    Refuel Floo7HVAC Exhaust Rad Level exceeds 1 x 10
                     Then
                      .    Verifyisolation of RBVS
                                   And
                     .    Initiation of FRVS
                Recommendation

! 

                Change answer key to choice "b" as the correct answer

> l 

                                                                     4

L_______________________________.__

  • 1
          CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY

,, 

  EXAM QUESTION RO #20 / SRO #24                                                           .
  Given the following conditions:                                                                           j
  e   Preparations are complete to start the "A" Recirculation Pump
  +   The Pump Discharge Valve (F031 A) is closed
            .
                                                                                                            1
  Which of the following describes how the "A" Recirculation Pump trip on the discharge valve is            l
  bypassed to allow the pump to be started?
  a. This trip is bypassed until the pump start sequence is complete within prescribed time limits.         1
  b. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve has reached the 100% open position.
  c. This trip is bypassed until the pump has been running for 9 seconds.
  d. This trip is bypassed until the discharge valve jog (open) circuit has timed out.
  Ans A
  Ref 0302-000.00H-000020, rev 15, page 39 & 40, section VI.A.2.e.5).c)
  LP      0302-000.00H-000020, rev 15, page 39 & 40, section VI.A.2.e.5).c)
  Obj R10
   1. The referenced Reciculation Flow Control Lesson Plan does not go into sufficient detail, neither in
       the lesson plan body nor in the learning objectives, to differentiate between the discharge valve
       jog circuit from the pump start sequence as the permissive for pump start process completion.        ,
                                                                                                            1
                                                                                                            '
   2. Upon review of normal Control Room references (attached) it is shown on marked up sheets 8,
        14, and 17;
        .   That the K51 relay, which is energized during the start sequence, bypasses the 90% open trip
            to the drive motor breaker until 85 seconds after the sequence has been initiated. This makes
            choice "a" a correct answer
        .   That the K54 relay, which is denergized by the jog circuit timer, bypasses the full closed trip
            signal to the drive motor breaker for the first three seconds of jog circuit operation. This
            makes choice "d" a correct answer.
    RECOMMENDATION:
                                                                                                            '
    Accept both a and d choices as correct answers.
                                                   5

                                                                                                   *
        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY                                 -
 EXAM QUESTION SRO #69
 Which of the following is the basis of the 65 psig Suppression Chamber pressure Limit?              l
 a. 65 psig is the primary containment maximum expected post-LOCA pressure.
 b. Above 65 psig, the system lineup required for containment venting may not be able to be
     completed.
 c. Above 65 psig, the Safety Relief Valves may not be available when required for an Emergency
     Depressurization.
 d. 65 psig is the operationallimit of the Torus to Drywell vacuum breakers.
 Ans. C
 Ref.    0302-000.00H-001268, " Primary Containment Control -Orywell Pressure" , rev
 Obj.    R6/R7
 1. 0302-000.00H-00126B," Primary Containment Control-Drywell Pressure", rev-11 (attached)
     states that 65 psig is the maximum pressure at which SRV's can be opened. This makes "c" the
     correct answer
 2. 0302-000.00H-00124A, "RPV Water Level Control", rev.10, (attached) states regarding the
     Primary Containment Pressure Limit that above this limit
     .   The vent valves in the primary containment vent path above TAF may not open
     .   The SRV's may not be able to be manually opened with PCIG at 90 psig.
 3. This obvious discrepancy was discussed with the Operation Department Emergency Operating
     procedure writers, and the Primary Containment Pressure Limit / Maximum Primary Containment
     Water Level limit worksheet (PSTG WS-9) identifies both the vent valves opening and SRV
     opening as limiting components. This makes "b" also a correct choice
 Recommendation:
 Accept choices "b" and "c" as correct answers

l l I l l l 

                                                     6

          COPIRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY

a> 

  EXAM QUESTION RO #76 / SRO #71
  During a loss of coolant accident the following conditions exist:                                      )
  e    Reactor pressure is 125 psig
  *    Drywell temperature is 325 'F
  Which of the following describes the accuracy and trending capabilities of wide range reactor water
  level indication for the given conditions?
                                                                                                         I
  a. They are not providing accurate reactor water level or level trend information.
                                                                                                      .
  b. They are providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is not reliable.
  c. They are providing accurate reactor water level and level trend information.                       !
  d. They are not providing accurate reactor water level but level trend is reliable.
   Ans. C
   Ref EOP Caution 1, HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0101 RPV Water Level Control Section,
   LP 0302-000.00H-00124A, rev 10
   Obj. 7                                                                                                l
   1. The wide range instruments are calibrated for normal operating pressure and temperature, where
       RPV level is significantly below Normal operating range. See attached 0302-000.00H-000002
       " Nuclear Boiler Instrumentation".
   2. At lower than normal operating pressure the wide range indicators read higher than actual level
       when RPV level is above the mid scale range. See attached temperature compensation curves         3
       from HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0003(O).                                                                         l
   3. Since RPV level was not given, the accuracy of the Wide range level instrument is in question,
                                                                                                        )
        depending on the assumption of the candidate.                                                   ,
   4. The conditions given show that the instrument Reference leg should not be affected by potential
        flashing, since we are below the saturation curve, as could be determined by steam tables
        provided to the candidates, this makes the instrument reliable for trending, as stated in EOP
        caution #1
    5. Based on the assumption of the candidate, either "c" Accurate level and trend, or "d"
        Inaccurate level but reliable trend would be acceptable answers
    RECOMMENDATION:
    Accept "c" or "d" as correct answers
                                                                                                         !
                                                                                                         ,
                                                                                                         l

                                                                                                          >
                                                                                                            j
        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
                                                                                       .

Exam Question RO #79 Given the following conditions: . The plant is at 75% power e _ Control rod 22-27 is being withdrawn on notch to Notch "22" Which of the following is the required immediate operator action if a control rod drift alarm is received and the operator notes control rod 22-27 is continuing to move out and power is rising? a. Apply a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27. b. Place the Rod Select key lock switch to "off"(de-select the rod). c. Direct the local operator to perform a single rod scram on control rod 22-27. d. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power. Ans. D 

Ref      HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204 Positive reactivity addition,
LP 302H-000.00H-000114, rev 5
Obj. 1
1. Runback recirculation flow and insert control rods to reduce power, is a prescribed method for
     power reduction as stated in HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204 section 3.1 which makes "d' a correct choice.
2. Applying a continuous insert signal to control rod 22-27 is a method of " inserting control rods to
     reduce reactor power" and therefore, makes choice "a" a correct answer IAW HC.OP-AB.ZZ-
     0204.
 3. Additionally, since the question states that "the operator notes that control rod 22-27 is continuing
     to move out and power is rising", the operator could enter abnormal procedure HC.OP-AB.ZZ-
     0102 Dropped Control Rod. IAW with this procedure the immediate actions are to:
     .     If necessary then Insert control rods, in sequence, to terminate the power increase.
     .     If a scram condition is reached, Then ensure the reactor scrams and implement procedure
           HC.OP-EO.ZZ-0100(O)
     .     Ensure that all appropriate automatic actions are complete.
 4. Inserting control rod 22-27 would be correct for this abnormal procedure since that would be the
      first rod to insert "in sequence".
 RECOMMENDATION:
 Accept choices "a" and "d" as correct answers
                                                        8

e ~ 

        CORRECT ALTERNATE CHOICE ANSWERS FROM ORIGINAL ANSWER KEY
 EXAM QUESTION RO #84 / SRO #79
 A loss of Reactor Auxiliary Cooling System has occurred?
 Which of the following is the MAXIMUM time allowed, before a reactor scram is required?
 a. An immediate scram is required
 b. One{1) minute
 c. Ten (10) minutes
 d. Twenty (20) minutes
 Ans     C                                                                                               ,
 Ref     HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0123, rev 5, caution 4.8                                                            I
 LP      0302-000.00H-000114, rev 9, page 3
 Obj.    3
 1. The answer key has "a" as being correct, based on caution (4.8) of HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0123 which
     allows 10 minutes to get RACS restored to the recirc pumps or they must be tripped, the operator
     is cautioned to place the mode swi^.ch in " shutdown" prior to tripping the pumps. This makes "c" a ;
     correct answer.
                                                                                                         l
 2. Section 4.9 of the same procedure states if a totalloss of RACS has occurred and cannot be
     immediately restored them perform the following:
     .   Scram the reactor
     .   Trip both Recirc pumps
     .   Trip both CRD pumps                                                                             .
     .   Trip both RWCU pumps
 3. One SRO candidate asked the exam proctor if this loss was a " total loss". His response was yes.
      Using a total loss and following that direction, this would make "a" also a correct answer.
 Recommendation
 Accept cholces "a" or "c" as correct answers
                                                      9

                                                                                                        5
                                         QUESTION DELETIONS                                            ,,

Exam Question RO #04 / SRO #05 Following shift tumover the Nuclear Control Operator (RO) notes that data entered in the narrative log by the previous shift incorrect. The RO draws a single line through the incorrect entry, makes the correct entry and initials and dates the change. Which of the following describes how the RO should highlight and explain the change? a. The correct entry should be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments section. b. The correct entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the corrected entry, c. The incorrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation placed in the comments section, d. The incorrect entry should be circled in red with an explanation made next to the corrected entry. Ans. A Ref HC.OP-AS.ZZ-0002, rev 2, page 20, section - Log Taking LP 0302-000.00H-000113, rev 8 Obj. 125R 1. LP-0302-000.00H-000113, rev 8 objective 125 (attached ), specifi:: ally states "Given access to 

   control room references, distinguish between proper and improper methods of maintaining
   Operations Department logs IAW HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110. This procedure was not provided for the
   candidates to review to determine correct choice.

2. HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110 (applicable pages attached) defines the use of the Narrative and Comments 

   section logs. It also describes Data logs and requirements of circling abnormal, unusual, or O.O.S.
   data in red ink, additionally it states that any abnormal, unusual, or O.O.S. entries will be
   investigated immediately and recorded on the applicable comments section. HC.OP-AP.ZZ-0110
   further has a description of the Comment Sheets / Sections and states they are the Narrative Log
   for operating stations that do not have a formal Narrative Log ledger.

3. HC.OP-AS.ZZ-0002, page 20 (attached) specifically states if an entry is corrected by an individual 

   other than the person entering the ggta, the correction must be circled in red with an explanation
                                             _
   in the comments section.

4. The NCO Narrative Log (attached) is a comments logs in itself and not a data log. Data is taken 

   on logs such as DL-0002 (attached) which has a comments section. The misapplication of the
   NCO Narrative Log as the Data log vice any DL log supplied with a comments section, prevented
   the candidates from determining the correct selection.

RECOMMEDATION: Delete question from exam 

                                                to
                                                                  ..    ..     .-

  a                                                                                                            }
                                                 QUESTION DELETIONS
   *  Exam Cuestion RO #78 / SRO #73                                                          ;
                                                                                            .
      Given the following conditions:
      .      Reactor power is 82%
      .      HPCI is in operation for a surveillance
      .     The "B" loop of RHR is in Suppression Pool Cooling
      .      Suppression Pool temperature is 103*F when the running RHR Pump tripped
      .    ' HPCI was secured
      .      Subsequently, suppression pool temperature reached 106'F
                                                                                                                i
      Which of the following lists the suppression pool temperatures requiring entry into HC.OP-EO.ZZ-         j
      0102, Primary Containment Control AND entry into the LCO actions for Tech Spec 3.6.27
      a. EO-0102 -               95'F
             TS 3.6.2     -
                                 95*F
      b.-    EO-0102 -           95'F
             TS 3.6.2     -
                                 105 F
      c. EO-0102 -               105 F
             TS 3.6.2     -      95*F
                                                                                                               l
       d. EO-0102 -              105'F
           . TS 3.6.2     -
                                 105'F

i . Ans: D '- 

       Ref:       0302-000.00H-00125A, " Primary Containment Control - Suppression Pool Temp", rev 10
                 ~HC . IS.BJ-0001, "HPCI inservice test", step 5.1.16, rev 29
       Obj.     .3
       1. 0302-000.00H-00125A, " Primary Containment Control - Suppression Pool Temp", Rev 10,

l objectives do require knowledge of entry conditions to EOP-0102 (attached) l 

       2. HC.OP-IS.BJ-0001, rev 29, step 5.1.16 states to implement suppression pool average water
             temperature monitoring of technical specification 3.6.2.1 prior to and during HPCI operations by

l performing HC.OP-DLZZ-0026(O) (both attached) 

       3. No leaming objective in the Hope Creek Operations Training program requires commitment to
              memory inservice Test cautions and bases behind the cautions.

l 

        4. No Leaming Objective for Technical Specification evaluation require determination of Technical
              Specification actions without having the applicable section of the procedure available for       i
              reference.                                                                                       j
                                                                                                                4

, . ' 

        5. Testing Technical Specification compliance without the materials available for review is not in the  !
              best interest of the candidate or in compliance with Hope Creek Operations Training Department
             . objectives,                                                                                     j
        6.' Nuclear Business Unit Procedural Compliance requirements, and expectations, for use of a           j
              Catergory I procedure require step by step compliance. The same level of procedural '. sage      .
              should be complied with during examinations, and was not.                                        !
        Recommendation:                                                                                        j
        Delete question                                                                                        1
                                                              11

                                                                                                        +
                                         QUE3 TION DELETIONS

EXAM QUESTION SRO #75 Which of the following describes how the operators would know the Hydrogen Water Chemistry injection (HWCl) system had NOT been removed from service while performing a shutdown in accordance with HC.OP-lO.ZZ-0004(O), " Shutdown from Rated Power to Cold Shutdown"? a. Hydrogen explosions in the Mechanical Vacuum Pump while operating to maintain condenser 

     vacuum.

b. Post-shutdown (2 hours) Turbine Building radiation levels would be much higher, c. Alarms and indications resulting from a control rod drop accident would not be available to the 

     operators as quickly.

d. The Primary and Secondary Condensate Pumps will cavitate. Ans. C Ref HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0102, Dropped Control Rod, rev. 3 

LP      0302-000.00H-000225, rev 05

Obj. 6 & 7.1 

in order for this situation occur the operators would be required to violate procedure HC.OP-lO.ZZ-
0004, " Shutdown from F       d Power to Cold Shutdown". If the operators failed to have the Chemistry
Department remove Hh from service at 35% power, they would also have to miss the next step of -
the procedure which instructs the operators to have l&C restore the MSL RMS setpoints. If the
setpoints are restored with HWCl in service then RMS alarms may result which could clue the
operators in to the problem with HWCl. This scenario requires multiple procedure violations.
There is'no power level specified for this question and in order for HWCl to remain in service it would
have failed to trip at 30% power (as it is currently designed).
Technical Specifications require that with reactor power at 20%, the only control rod motion that is
 allowed is by a scram if MSL Rad Monitor Setpoints have not been restored. HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0102
" Dropped Control Rod" section 5.3 states "The effects of a rod drop accident above 20% power are
 minimal; therefore, H2 injection system operation is only permitted above 20% power".
 There are numerous protections to prevent the conditions specified in this question from occurring.
 The likelihood of all of these failures and then a rod drop accident are too remote to expect the
 students to select choice "c" as the correct answer.
 RECOMMENDATION:
 Delete question from exam
                                                      12

     '
                                                                                                                               3
 ,                                                                                                 HC.OP-SO.CH-0001(Z)
                                                    ATTACHMENT 4
   -
                                                        (Page1of1)
                     MAIN TURBINE CONTROL OIL (EHC) SYSTEM OPERATION
                                         EHC CONTROL LOGIC DIAGRAM                                        ,
            - ~ ~ um                                                                n .a          n.,. .,
                        7              **""          "
                          3                                                                ;   .H!
                               "                       *
             - + "
                          -               [-'    -e     ,". ' !, w ===                  .h3         _,/_,.-.i .cuce      =,:
             ;
       ."., 41)        .
                                                     .
                                                       "                                y-                           ,
                 ve                       4/s\
                                          /
                                                                                     ==.
                       m.                 N,",/-      _
                                                                                     ~-.       ,,
               .                         , .          ._
        "-        ,L '                                                     *
                                                       u,/ *oum                      g     a
                                                               =                                                                 '
              + ~
                       dh                  -
                                                       C                        _,
                                                                                           _,
                                                                                                                 ""
                            .*        .noama                                    -*                             uw m, =
            mm.uw&                                                   ?. %*'  .
                                                                                      .
                                                                                           *sf
                                                                                             <
                                                                                                            l    .c
       "m"
       m
                          *        '
                                    '
                                                                                                            l f- 7 met
                                .                                                                           lH ".,"2 -
                   A        (     ;
                                    ,,       l
                                                                                                                        E
                                           .                                --
          (n==J-IH,            !.          "    ;        "
                                                                      7%     / f- .
               wr
                            *"
                             i
                                                "
                                                         .
                                                                 N",
                                                                  l' 'f \ j
                                                                                                       .I          j
           gun l               1
                             ir t
                                                  '
                                                       a=_ . T)u~                  l
                                                                                        ==l=,
                                                                                         -           -{
           .v                \L'              l            ti        l ar
                                                                              . ,1                          ,
                                                                                                                                  l
                   B                         ..                                              /                         ! rn*
        L"=                -
                                             "
                                                                          .; 2_            \'*\*f ;/"                   O
                             w.      -
                                                                   -a
                                                                              .
                                                                                              Va .R h -

4 

                                .
                                                         Page M2 of 84                                                  Rev.19
      Hope Creek
                                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                                  l
                                                                                                                                  I

                                                         .
                                                        ,
                                                  85
                                                  1 1
                                                  0P
                                                  0S
                                                  0
                                                  0 B
                                                  H D
                                                    -
             Y                                    0 S
                                                  0. V.
             A8
             L
             E
             D
                         E
                                                  0 8
                                                  01
                                                  082
                                                  HV
                                                    -
           D             R
                                                  1
                                                  0
                                                      A
           E
                 8
                         I
                         F                        3
           S
     E
     V OL                                         P
                                                   :
     L     C                                      L
     A
                             O
     V
     L
     L
     A
     B
       NE
       E
       V
           P
           O     8       R
       LR                O
       AO                T
       VT    I
                         I
                         N
       RN8
       AO
       EM
       H
                         O
                         M
                                 E
                                 G
                                 N
                                 A
       S                         R
             R                   O
                                 /         L
       BO                        T
       l
       UIT
                                 I
                                 L         O N
       ON8
       SO
             M
                         N
                         O         L
                                           R
                                           TIO
                                           NT
                                   O
                                   S 1     OC
                     E 7         * I
                                     1     CES
                             OF
                     G         5       :
                                           E
                   8R
                                         .
                     U
                     P               GVR
                                   T
                                   N
                                     I
                                     F     LO
                       F           O       AT
                                   C       VI N
       EA
             Y           F
                         F
                                           L
                                           AO
                                           UM
       ML8
       T E
       I
             D
                         O
                                           D
           D
     E
     V OL
     L
     A
     V
           E
           S
           C
                 8        E
     L                    R
     L
           N
                 O
                          I
     A                    F
     B     E
           P
           O
        E
        V
        LR
        AO
        RN
        VTO
        AO
        EM
         H
              I
                             O
        S                  R
              R            O
        BO
         l
                           T
                           I
         UIT               N

_ _ 

        ONO
         SO
               M
                           O
                           M

_ _ . . _ . _ 

                                                *
 : i

i+ l l 'm 

                                        ATTACHMENT 4

l 

              NRC RESOLUTION OF PSE&G COMMENTS ON THE WRITTEN EXAM
  -
            .  .                      ,          ,
    RO-4 / SRO-5     The facility recommended to delete this question from th,e exam.
                     Based on a review of the references provided, the NRC staff agreed
                     with the facility that this question should be deleted from the exam.
                     There was no clear reference to clearly support a correct answer to
                     this question.
    RO-19            The facility recommended to change the answer key from "c" to "b".
                     Based on a review of the procedure HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0112, Recirculation
                     Pump Trip, there was no answer that provided the sequence to isolate
                     the recirculation pump as required by the procedure. The NRC staff
                     did not totally agree with the facility recommendation. Since there
                     were no correct answers to this question, the appropriate action was
        ,
                     to, delete the question from the exam.
    RO-20 / SRO-24   The facility recommended to accept both'"a" and "d" as correct
                     answers to 'the question. Based on review of the referenc'es, the
                      NRC st.aff agreed with the facility. The answer key was revised to       ;
                      accept "a" and "d" as correct answers.
    80-27 / SRO-29   The facility recommended to change the answer key from "b" to "a".
                      Based on review of the references and prior exam versions, this was
                      clearly a typographical error, the NRC staff agreed with the facility.
                      The answer key was revised from "b" to "a".
    RO-76 / SRO-71    The facility recommended to accept both "c" and "d" as correct           i
                      answers to the question. Caution 1 of the emergency operating            !
                      procedures indicated that if drywell temperature and reactor pressure    l
                      were below the saturation curve then wide range level indication was
                      a reliable instrument. Since the given conditions were below the
                      saturation curve and steam tables were available to @e applicants,
                      they had sufficient information to concluded that the 4 vide range level
                      instrument was useable for the entire range and thus "c" was could       l
                      be a correct answer since no accuracy range was delineated.
                      The examiner further reviewed the licensee provided curve showing
                      inaccuracy of the water level instruments over a range of levels and
                      of reactor coolant system pressures and temperatures. Answer "d"is
                      also correct in that the level instrument would not be providing
                      accurate water level indication but the trend would be reliable. After
                      further review answer "a" is also correct with the "or" condition that
                      the instruments "are not providing accurate reactor water level or
                       level trend information.
                       Accordingly, since the question has three correct answers, it was
                       deleted from the exam for the reasons noted by the examiner above.

                                                                                              *
                                                                                             a
     RO-78 / SRO-73  The facility recommended that this question be deleted from the
                     exam. The licensee indicated that the question was testing the
                     applicant's memory of specific technical specification limiting -
         -           condition for operations (LC) actions or emergency operating .
                     procedure actions as suggested. The examiner viewed the question
                     as testing the applicant's knowledge of the entry conditions into these
                     documents at the analysis level, which is a more challenging question.
                     This was a acceptable testing area as identified by the KA assigned to'
                     this question and because of the importance of this LC. Since there
                     was a single correct answer to the question, there was no basis to         {
                     delete the question from the exam. An acceptable basis would have
                     been no correct answer or more than two correct answers. The
                     facility comment was not accepted.
     RO-79           The facility recommended to accept both "a" and "d" as correct
                     answers to the question. The question required the applicant to

, 

       '
                     identify the required immediate operator actions. Answer "a" was not
                     a required immediate operator action identified in HC.OP-AB.ZZ-0204,
                     Positive Reactivity Addition. The facility recommendation was not
                                                               . .
                     accepted.
    . RO-84 / SRO-79 The facility recommended to accept both "a" and "c" as correct
                     answers since one applicant was told by the proctor, in response to a
                     question, that this was a total loss of RACS. The proctor's response
                     did not alter the question since ten minutes is still the maximum time
                     allowed before a reactor scram is required and answer "c" is the only
                     correct answer. There was no change to the answer key.
     RO 98 / SRO-96  The facility recommended to change the answer key from "a" to "b".
                      Based on review of the references and prior exam versions this was
                      clearly a typographical error and the NRC staff agreed with the
                      facility. The answer key was revised from "a" to "b".
      SRO-69         The facility recommended to accept both "b" and "c" as correct
                      answers to this Destion. Based on review of the references, the
                      NRC staff agreed with the facility. The answer key was revised from
                      to accept both "b" and "c" as correct answers.
      SRO-75          The facility recommended to delete the question from the exam
                      without sufficient supporting justification as to why it should be
                      deleted. The question was based on the discussion section of HC.OP-
                      AB.ZZ-0102, Dropped Control Rod, on why hydrogen injection is
                      secured at low power. This was a legitimate testing area as identified
                      by the KA assigned to the question. Since the question was valid
                      with the one correct answer to the question, there was no basis to
                      delete the question from the exam. There was no change to the
                      answer key.
 ..

O e 

                                 ATTACHMENT 5
                 SIGNIFICANT CONTROL MANIPULATION DETAILS
 APPLICANT DATE         IYPE ASSESSMENT-                                            ,
 55-62176  4/6/97       Flow Acceptable.
           4/6/97       Flow Unacceptable - No documentation available to support
                               that this was not part of a continuous power change.
           4/6/97        Flow Unacceptable - No documentation available to support
                               that this was not part of a continuous power change.
            4/6/97       Rods Acceptable.
            4/6/97       Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was  ,
                               part of'a continuous power change.
            4/6/97       Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                                part of a continuous power change.
                                     ~
                                                                                      l
            4/6/97       Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                                part of a continuous power change.
                                                                                      l
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
            2/21/98      Flow Acceptable
                                                                                      l

                                                                                 o
                                                                                se

APPLICANT DAIE TYPE ASSESSMENT 55-62178 2/1/97 Flow Acceptable 

         3/1/97  Flow Acceptab.le
                                                                                   1
         3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting 5         i
                       rods from 16-12 to reduce power and then three
                       examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                       individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                       individual control rod scram testing, another applicant
                       also completed the withdrawal. No documentation was
                       available to support that the control rod movement
                       resulted in an observable effect on power. Rod
                       withdrawal to recover from an individual rod scram test
                       was not considered to be significant.
         3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                       examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                       individual'ly scrammed by a licensed operator is part of
                       individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant
                       also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                       recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                       considered to be significant.
         3/1/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of three
                       examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                        individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                        individual control rod scram testing, another applicant
                        also completed the withdrawal, and withdrawing 5 rods
                        from 12-16. No documentation was available to
                        support that the control rod movement resulted in an
                        observable effect on power. Rod withdrawal to recover
                        from an individual rod scram test was not considered to
                        be significant.
         2/21/98 Flow Acceptable
         2/21/98 Flow Acceptable
         2/21/98 Flow Acceptable

 o
 S
   APPLICANT DATE     IYEE ASSESSMENT
   55-62183  2/2/97   Flow Acceptable
                                                                                        1
             3/1/97   Flow Acceptable
                                                                                        I
                                                                                        '
             2/2/97   Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting
                              four rods from 10-06 and then withdrawing the same
                              four rods from 06-10. This did not meet the PSE&G
                              acceptance criteria of at lease one notch for a minimum
                              of eight rods.
              3/1/97   Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of inserting 3
                              rods from 08-00, four rods from 14-12 and three rods
                              from 16-12. There was no documentation to support

l 

                              that this resulted in an observable power affect.
                                                                                       i
              3/1/97   Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                                                                                       l
                              examples of partially withdrawing a control rod          j
                            ' individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of  j
                               individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant )
                               also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                               recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                               considered to be significant,                           ,
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable

l 

                                                                                        l'

l l I l 

                                                                                       0
                                                                                       m
   APPLICANT DATE     IyfE ASSESSMENT
   55-62187  2/2/97   Flow Acceptable
 ,
                                       -                 -
    ,
             3/1/97   Flow Acceptable
             3/1/97   Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                             examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                             individually scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                             individual control rod scram testing. Another applicant
                             also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                             recover from an individual rod scram test was not
                             considered to be significant.
             3/1/97   Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of eight
                             examples of partially withdrawing a control rod
                             individually. scrammed by a licensed operator as part of
                             individual control rod scram testing.~ A'nother applicant
                             also completed the withdrawal. Rod withdrawal to
                             recover'from'an individual rod scram test was not
                             considered to be significant.
             3/1/97    Rods Unacceptette - Rod movement consisted of
                             withdrawing 7 rods from 12-16 and one rod from 00-
                             08. There was no documentation to support that this
                             resulted in an observable power affect.
             2/21/98   Flow Acceptable

l 

              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
              2/21/98  Flow Acceptable

! ! I f 

                                                                                           _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ - - _ - _ _ _ _ - _ - _ - _ _
                _ . . . . . . - - .    .  . . . . . .-
         4
         m,   .
                                    APPLICANT DATE             Iyfg ASSESSMENT
                                    55-62175         4/6/97    Rods Acceptable
                                                     4/6/97    Rods Acceptable
                                                     4/6/97    Rods Acceptable

b 

                                                     4/6/97    Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of
                                                                      withdrawing four control rods from notch 00-06 and
                                                                      then withdrawing the same four rods from notch 06-12.
                                                                      This did not meet PSE&G acceptance criteria of at least
                                                                      one notch for a minimum of eight rods.
                                                      6/20/97  Flow Acce,ptable
                                                      2/21./98 Flow Acceptable

\ F F 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 l
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 .

r. f . 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                 1
  _ _ _ . . .

                                                                                  F
                                                                                  A
 APPLICANT DATE    TYPE ASSESSMENT
 55-62174  4/6/97  Flow Acceptable
           6/3/97  Flow Acceptable
           7/10/97 Flow Acceptable
            9/4/97 Flow Acceptable
            4/6/97 Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97 Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97  Rods Acceptable
            4/6/97  Rods Unacceptable - Rod movement consisted of
                          withdrawing four control rods from notch 12-14, then
                          these same four rods from 14-16, and these same four      i
                          rods again from 16-18. This did not meet the PSE&G        l
                          acceptance criteria of at least one notch for a minimum
                          of eight rods.
                                                                                    l
            5/9/97  Rods Did not assess since applicant had the required number.

l 

                                                                                    l

l l l l f

k 1 d, 

  APPLICANT DATE      TX25 ASSESSMENT
  55 60013  12/13/97  Rods Acceptable
            12/13/97  Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                            part of a continuous power change.
             12/13/97 Rods Unacceptable - Documentation indicated that this was
                            part of a continuous power change.
             12/13/97 Rods Acceptable
             12/14/97 Flow Acceptable
             12/14/97 Rods Acceptable
             2/21/98  Flow Acceptable
                                                                                i
                                                                                ;

}}

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML20217M049&oldid=3423723"